Compliance Analysis Overview

DIVISION OF MINES GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF REGULATORY STANDARDS

MANUAL

COAL MINE SAFETY ACT

CHAPTER 14.3

ARTICLE 6 TRANSPORTATION Issue Date: 4/10/00 Revised Date: Page 1 of 1 Section 45.1-161.139.

Inspection of Underground Equipment

This section requires the inspection of underground transportation equipment for safe operating condition such as sanders, panic switches, lifting jacks, lights, steering, fire protection, brakes, emergency brakes, and other safe operating parameters. These examinations may be performed by a certified mine foreman or other certified person whose duties and responsibilities require competency, skill, and knowledge in order to assure the safe operating condition of the equipment. However, certification as a mine foreman does not qualify the examiner to perform any work that requires additional certification, such as electrical or diesel mechanic work. Work that requires any electrical or diesel repairs, must be performed by a properly certified person. The examinations must be performed at least weekly and recorded in a book maintained at the site. These records can be a part of other examination records as long as the safe operating condition of the equipment is addressed within the record.

Electrical and diesel transportation equipment located on the surface of underground mines must be checked at least monthly by a certified person. However, if used at anytime underground, the weekly requirement for examination must be met.

DIVISION OF MINES GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF REGULATORY STANDARDS

MANUAL

COAL MINE SAFETY ACT

CHAPTER 14.3

ARTICLE 6 TRANSPORTATION Issue Date: 4/10/00 Revised Date: Page 1 of 1 Section 45.1-161.139.

Inspection of Underground Equipment

This section requires the inspection of underground transportation equipment for safe operating condition such as sanders, panic switches, lifting jacks, lights, steering, fire protection, brakes, emergency brakes, and other safe operating parameters. These examinations may be performed by a certified mine foreman or other certified person whose duties and responsibilities require competency, skill, and knowledge in order to assure the safe operating condition of the equipment. However, certification as a mine foreman does not qualify the examiner to perform any work that requires additional certification, such as electrical or diesel mechanic work. Work that requires any electrical or diesel repairs, must be performed by a properly certified person. The examinations must be performed at least weekly and recorded in a book maintained at the site. These records can be a part of other examination records as long as the safe operating condition of the equipment is addressed within the record.

Surface electrical and diesel equipment on underground mines must be checked monthly by a certified person; if used underground, weekly inspections are required.

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS & ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING

EXCAVATION ACTIVITY EVALUATION CHART

Is the excavation activity related solely to a construction or farming use on the same site as the excavation? Yes or No a. If yes, refer to the local soil and erosion control agency. b. If no, continue to Question No. 2.

What material is to be excavated? a. Predominantly organic material (including topsoil, soil). Yes or No 1) If yes, refer to the local soil and erosion control agency. 2) If no, continue to b. b. Is it unconsolidated mineral material? Yes or No c. Is it consolidated mineral material? Yes or No d. If yes to either b or c, continue to Question No. 3.

Will mineral be processed, either on or off site before use? Yes or No a. If yes, a DMM permit will be required for this activity. b. If no, continue to Question No. 4.

Will the mineral be used as fill. Yes or No. a. If no, a DMM permit will be required for this activity. b. If yes, the answer the following questions. 1) Will fill be used on-site or adjacent to the excavation? Yes or No a) If yes, refer to the local soil and erosion control agency. b) If no, continue to next question. 2) Will fill be used by the operator? Yes or No a) If no, a DMM permit will be required for this activity. b) If yes, continue to next question. 3) Will fill material be sold or exchanged? Yes or No a) If yes, a DMM permit will be required for this activity. b) If no, continue to Question No. 5

Is excavation activity planned to operate only one-time or only intermittently?

Yes or No. a. If yes, refer to the local soil and erosion control agency. b. If no, refer to the DMM OMT for further analysis

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS & ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING

EXCAVATION ACTIVITY EVALUATION CHART

Is the excavation activity related solely to a construction or farming use on the same site as the excavation? Yes or No a. If yes, refer to the local soil and erosion control agency. b. If no, continue to Question No. 2.

What material is to be excavated? a. Predominantly organic material (including topsoil, soil). Yes or No 1) If yes, refer to the local soil and erosion control agency. 2) If no, continue to b. b. Is it unconsolidated mineral material? Yes or No c. Is it consolidated mineral material? Yes or No d. If yes to either b or c, continue to Question No. 3.

Will mineral be processed, either on or off site before use? Yes or No a. If yes, a DMM permit will be required for this activity. b. If no, continue to Question No. 4.

Will the mineral be used as fill. Yes or No. a. If no, a DMM permit will be required for this activity. b. If yes, the answer the following questions. 1) Will fill be used on-site or adjacent to the excavation? Yes or No a) If yes, refer to the local soil and erosion control agency. b) If no, continue to next question. 2) Will fill be used by the operator? Yes or No a) If no, a DMM permit will be required for this activity. b) If yes, continue to next question. 3) Will fill material be sold or exchanged? Yes or No a) If yes, a DMM permit will be required for this activity. b) If no, continue to Question No. 5

Is excavation planned as one-time or intermittent?

Yes or No. a. If yes, refer to local soil and erosion control agency. b. If no, refer to DMM OMT for analysis.

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING

COMMUNICATIONS MEMORANDUM 01-93 March 20, 1993

REFERENCE: Section 3.6.4a Reclamation Schedule—Mineral mining Regulations, page 6 to 22.

Reclamation Schedule. Shall include a statement of the planned land use to which the disturbed land will be returned through reclamation and the proposed actions to assure suitable reclamation. The method of grading, removal of metal, lumber, and debris, including processing equipment, buildings, and other equipment relative to the mining operation, seeding, fertilizing, and liming shall be specified.

INQUIRY: Mineral mining operators are interested in on-site disposal of on-site generated mineral mine wastes. A simplified procedure for such disposal has been developed through cooperative efforts of the Department of Waste Management and the Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy.

REVIEW: Regulation 3.6.4a requires that the Operation/Reclamation Plan detail disposal and handling of metal, lumber, debris, equipment and buildings, or in other words, mine generated wastes.

Some of these waste items previously have not been clearly exempted from the Department of Waste Management (DWM) regulations, and accordingly, disposal plans have basically involved placement in a DWM approved landfill.

The Department of Waste Management has promulgated new regulations, which will become effective on March 8, 1993. These new regulations provide for a DWM exemption for certain on-site generated mine wastes and allow for on-site disposal, provided the disposal is authorized by the DMM mining permit.

These wastes include: Drill steel Tree stumps/land clearing debris Crusher liners Large off-the-road (OTR) tires Conveyor belting Scrap metal/wood Steel cable Steel reinforced air hoses Screen cloth Broken concrete/block Punch plate V-belts

DIVISION DIRECTIVE: Mine site disposal of certain on-site generated mine wastes can take place under the authority of Mineral Mining Regulation 3.6.4a and the attached guidelines.

Before any mine site disposal of these wastes begins, the operator must amend the existing permit or detail the activity in any new application for a mining permit.

Information required for permit approval is detailed in the attached guidelines.

No on-site disposal may take place prior to DMM approval of the appropriate Operation/Reclamation Plan.

Questions regarding mine site disposal and the permitting and amendment process may be directed to the site Mine Inspector or Mark Goff at the Division of Mineral Mining Office at (434) 329-0602.

This memorandum and the attached guidelines apply only to on-site generated wastes.

Attachment GUIDELINES FOR ON-SITE DISPOSAL OF ON-SITE GENERATED SOLID WASTES General

1. Existing permits must be amended prior to on-site disposal of on-site generated bulky mineral mining wastes as enumerated below. New applications for permits should detail any on-site disposal so future amendments will not be necessary.
2. There must be compliance with all existing operating and permit requirements.
3. Operators should recycle wastes to the maximum extent feasible and possible.
4. No garbage or common wastes such as empty oil containers, filters, liquids, etc. should be placed in the on-site disposal area. These materials should be placed in a permitted off-site waste disposal facility.
5. The disposal site should be properly maintained. All waste materials should be strategically placed to maximize storage volume and to provide special handling as required by the different waste categories.
6. The operator should clearly designate the area to be used for on-site disposal. In addition, the operator should comply with the following conditions: a. The disposal area should be shown on the permit map. b. The disposal site should be in an area that will not be further disturbed by mining. c. The disposal site should be in an area that is not likely to be disturbed during implementation of the post-mining land use as designated in the approved reclamation plan. d. The disposal area should be located as far from streams, water bodies, wells, etc. as possible, but in no case should be less than 100 feet from a surface body of water, less than 200 feet from a well, spring or other groundwater source of drinking water, or less than 50 feet from any public road right-of-way. e. The disposal area should be located in the most impervious rock or soils available. f. All disposal areas should be on permitted property and should be properly bonded. g. All completed disposal areas should be reclaimed in accordance with applicable mining standards as well as with any additional standards set forth in these guidelines.
7. The operator should submit detailed narratives and plans that include the following: a. Specific procedures for placement of wastes. This should include any measures taken to prepare the waste for disposal, the material on which the waste is to be placed, the depth of cover to be placed over the waste, the thickness of waste layer prior to covering, the time schedule for covering waste, and the type and source of material used for a cover. b. The specific wastes to be placed in the disposal area. Disposal of wastes prior to approval by the Division of Mineral Mining (DMM) will result in enforcement action requiring removal of the unapproved wastes. Only on-site generated wastes are eligible for on-site disposal. Disposal of any off-site generated wastes require Department of Waste Management (DWM) approval. c. Specific drainage and sediment control plans for the disposal area. d. Specific procedures for final closure and reclamation of the disposal area.

Metals Any metals to be disposed of on-site should be on-site generated wastes with little or no recycling potential. These metals may include drill steel, screen cloth, punch plates, crusher liners, steel cable and other non-recyclable scrap metals.

1. All materials that are large enough to protrude from the disposal area or into the cover layer should be cut, crushed or otherwise reduced to a size that can be accommodated by the site disposal area.
2. Steel cables should be wound onto spools and disposed of on the spool. Where spools are not available, cable may be coiled and secured with wire ties. Steel cables may also be cut into short segments for disposal. Segment lengths could vary depending on disposal site size and method of placement in the disposal area.

Rubber The waste rubber products to be disposed of on-site could include non-recyclable conveyor belting, V-belts, air hoses and large, heavy equipment tires.

1. Conveyor belting should be rolled prior to placement in the disposal area. Short segments of belt may be placed on flat surfaces in the disposal area (i.e., pit floor or flat soil surface created on a covered waste lift). Lengths of segments disposed of in this manner could vary depending on the disposal area configuration.
2. V-belts may be buried in the on-site disposal area. Longer V-belts may be cut or coiled and tied prior to disposal.
3. Air hoses, generally steel-reinforced, should be coiled and bound with wire ties or cut into shorter lengths, suitable for the waste area, prior to disposal.
4. Large off-road tires ideally should be split prior to disposal. Because this is impractical in many cases, consideration should be given to sufficient cover to prevent any possible floatation. Depth of cover may be decreased by using a layer of boulders or stone rubble as part of the covering. Filling of the tire void with sand, fine crushed stone, or other suitable material may also reduce cover depth.
5. Only off-road tires with an outside diameter of 36 inches or greater should be placed in the on-site disposal area.

Demolition Waste

1. Demolition waste consisting of broken concrete, asphalt, brick, cinder blocks and stone is generally considered inert. Broken concrete, brick and block may be used for rip\rap in diversion ditches and pond outlets where suitable and approved in mine operating plans.
2. Excess demolition debris may be placed in the disposal area as a lower layer of the cover material.

The heavier concrete material may be well suited to covering the off-road tires disposed of on-site.

1. Demolition debris may also be used to backfill slopes to grades acceptable for reclamation and revegetation. Allowable slopes should not exceed 2 horizontal to 1 vertical.
2. All demolition debris used as outlined in Sections 1-3 above should be free of wood and other building materials. Wood may be handled as described in "Trees, Stumps, and Land Clearing Debris" below.
3. This section applies only to disposal of on-site generated demolition debris. Debris from off-site sources cannot be brought onto the mine site for use or recycling without prior written DMM approval.
4. Demolition waste containing paper or other construction materials should not be placed in the on-site disposal area, but should be properly disposed of in a permitted off-site waste disposal facility.

Trees, Stumps, and Land Clearing Debris

1. Trees, stumps, and land clearing debris generated by mining activity may be disposed of on-site.

However, every effort should be made to reduce the quantities of these materials. These efforts may include the following: a. Limited quantities of suitable materials may be used to construct brush barriers for sediment control purposes subject to DMM approval. b. If possible, trees should be sold to sawmills for pulp or sold for firewood. c. Trees may be chipped and the chips used or sold as mulch. Some businesses have large portable chippers and will perform chipping on-site and then remove the chips for sale.

1. Land clearing debris or wood from on-site building demolition may be burned on-site when in compliance with local ordinances and Department of Air Pollution Control regulations. Areas may be designated for storage of these materials while awaiting favorable conditions for burning.
2. Stumps and heavier tree trunks may be buried in mined-out pits or backfill associated with slope reduction on highwalls. In these cases, the debris should be placed in the deepest part of the fill and as far from any face slopes as possible. Vegetative debris should not be buried in the structural portion of any fill, berm, or embankment, and should not be placed in any embankment constructed to dam or retain water, slurries or tailings.
3. Vegetative debris to be buried should be covered with the most impervious soil material available to a depth equal to or greater than ½ the thickness of the material layer being buried. Minimum cover should not be less than 4 feet. Depth-of-cover standards should be maintained on top and on all sides of the waste material.

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING

COMMUNICATIONS MEMORANDUM 01-93 March 20, 1993

REFERENCE: Section 3.6.4a Reclamation Schedule—Mineral mining Regulations, pages 6-22.

Reclamation Schedule. Shall include a statement of the planned land use to which the disturbed land will be returned through reclamation and the proposed actions to assure suitable reclamation. The method of grading, removal of metal, lumber, and debris, including processing equipment, buildings, and other equipment relative to the mining operation, seeding, fertilizing, and liming shall be specified.

INQUIRY: Mineral mining operators are interested in on-site disposal of on-site generated mineral mine wastes. A simplified procedure for such disposal has been developed through cooperative efforts of the Department of Waste Management and the Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy.

REVIEW: Regulation 3.6.4a requires the Operation/Reclamation Plan to detail disposal and handling of metal, lumber, debris, equipment, buildings, or mine wastes.

Some waste items were not clearly exempt from DWM regulations; disposal plans involved placement in DWM-approved landfills.

The Department of Waste Management has promulgated new regulations, which will become effective on March 8, 1993. These new regulations provide for a DWM exemption for certain on-site generated mine wastes and allow for on-site disposal, provided the disposal is authorized by the DMM mining permit.

Wastes include drill steel, tree stumps/land clearing debris, crusher liners, large OTR tires, conveyor belting, scrap metal/wood, steel cable, steel-reinforced hoses, screen cloth, broken concrete/block, punch plates, V-belts.

DIVISION DIRECTIVE: Mine site disposal of certain on-site generated wastes is authorized under Mineral Mining Regulation 3.6.4a and attached guidelines.

Before disposal begins, operators must amend existing permits or include disposal details in new permit applications.

Information required for permit approval is detailed in the attached guidelines.

No on-site disposal may occur before DMM approval of the Operation/Reclamation Plan.

Questions about disposal and permitting may be directed to the Mine Inspector or Mark Goff at (434) 329-0602.

This memorandum and guidelines apply only to on-site generated wastes.

Attachment GUIDELINES FOR ON-SITE DISPOSAL OF ON-SITE GENERATED SOLID WASTES General

1. Existing permits must be amended prior to on-site disposal of on-site generated bulky mineral mining wastes as enumerated below. New applications for permits should detail any on-site disposal so future amendments will not be necessary.
2. There must be compliance with all existing operating and permit requirements.
3. Operators should recycle wastes to the maximum extent feasible.
4. No garbage or common wastes such as empty oil containers, filters, liquids, etc. should be placed in the on-site disposal area. These materials should be placed in a permitted off-site waste disposal facility.
5. The disposal site should be properly maintained. All waste materials should be strategically placed to maximize storage volume and to provide special handling as required by the different waste categories.
6. The operator should clearly designate the area to be used for on-site disposal. In addition, the operator should comply with the following conditions: a. The disposal area should be shown on the permit map. b. The disposal site should be in an area that will not be further disturbed by mining. c. The disposal site should be in an area that is not likely to be disturbed during implementation of the post-mining land use as designated in the approved reclamation plan. d. The disposal area should be located as far from streams, water bodies, wells, etc. as possible, but in no case should be less than 100 feet from a surface body of water, less than 200 feet from a well, spring or other groundwater source of drinking water, or less than 50 feet from any public road right-of-way. e. The disposal area should be located in the most impervious rock or soils available. f. All disposal areas should be on permitted property and should be properly bonded. g. All completed disposal areas should be reclaimed in accordance with applicable mining standards as well as with any additional standards set forth in these guidelines.
7. The operator should submit detailed narratives and plans that include the following: a. Specific procedures for placement of wastes. This should include any measures taken to prepare the waste for disposal, the material on which the waste is to be placed, the depth of cover to be placed over the waste, the thickness of waste layer prior to covering, the time schedule for covering waste, and the type and source of material used for a cover. b. The specific wastes to be placed in the disposal area. Disposal of wastes prior to approval by the Division of Mineral Mining (DMM) will result in enforcement action requiring removal of the unapproved wastes. Only on-site generated wastes are eligible for on-site disposal. Disposal of any off-site generated wastes require Department of Waste Management (DWM) approval. c. Specific drainage and sediment control plans for the disposal area. d. Specific procedures for final closure and reclamation of the disposal area.

Metals Any metals to be disposed of on-site should be on-site generated wastes with little or no recycling potential. These metals may include drill steel, screen cloth, punch plates, crusher liners, steel cable and other non-recyclable scrap metals.

1. Materials protruding from the disposal area or cover layer must be cut, crushed, or reduced to fit within the site disposal area.
2. Steel cables should be wound onto spools and disposed of on the spool. Where spools are not available, cable may be coiled and secured with wire ties. Steel cables may also be cut into short segments for disposal. Segment lengths could vary depending on disposal site size and method of placement in the disposal area.

Rubber: Non-recyclable conveyor belting, V-belts, air hoses, and large equipment tires may be disposed of on-site.

1. Conveyor belting should be rolled prior to placement in the disposal area. Short segments of belt may be placed on flat surfaces in the disposal area (i.e., pit floor or flat soil surface created on a covered waste lift). Lengths of segments disposed of in this manner could vary depending on the disposal area configuration.
2. V-belts may be buried in the on-site disposal area. Longer V-belts may be cut or coiled and tied prior to disposal.
3. Steel-reinforced air hoses should be coiled and tied or cut into shorter lengths before disposal.
4. Large off-road tires ideally should be split prior to disposal. Because this is impractical in many cases, consideration should be given to sufficient cover to prevent any possible floatation. Depth of cover may be decreased by using a layer of boulders or stone rubble as part of the covering. Filling of the tire void with sand, fine crushed stone, or other suitable material may also reduce cover depth.
5. Only off-road tires with an outside diameter of 36 inches or greater should be placed in the on-site disposal area.

Demolition Waste

1. Demolition waste consisting of broken concrete, asphalt, brick, cinder blocks and stone is generally considered inert. Broken concrete, brick and block may be used for rip\rap in diversion ditches and pond outlets where suitable and approved in mine operating plans.
2. Excess demolition debris may be used as a lower cover layer.

Heavy concrete may be used to cover off-road tires disposed of on-site.

1. Demolition debris may also be used to backfill slopes to grades acceptable for reclamation and revegetation. Allowable slopes should not exceed 2 horizontal to 1 vertical.
2. All demolition debris used as outlined in Sections 1-3 above should be free of wood and other building materials. Wood may be handled as described in "Trees, Stumps, and Land Clearing Debris" below.
3. This section applies only to disposal of on-site generated demolition debris. Debris from off-site sources cannot be brought onto the mine site for use or recycling without prior written DMM approval.
4. Demolition waste with paper or other materials must be disposed of off-site in a permitted facility.

Trees, Stumps, and Land Clearing Debris

1. Trees, stumps, and land clearing debris from mining may be disposed of on-site.

However, every effort should be made to reduce the quantities of these materials. These efforts may include the following: a. Limited quantities of suitable materials may be used to construct brush barriers for sediment control purposes subject to DMM approval. b. If possible, trees should be sold to sawmills for pulp or sold for firewood. c. Trees may be chipped and the chips used or sold as mulch. Some businesses have large portable chippers and will perform chipping on-site and then remove the chips for sale.

1. Land clearing debris or wood from on-site building demolition may be burned on-site when in compliance with local ordinances and Department of Air Pollution Control regulations. Areas may be designated for storage of these materials while awaiting favorable conditions for burning.
2. Stumps and heavier tree trunks may be buried in mined-out pits or backfill associated with slope reduction on highwalls. In these cases, the debris should be placed in the deepest part of the fill and as far from any face slopes as possible. Vegetative debris should not be buried in the structural portion of any fill, berm, or embankment, and should not be placed in any embankment constructed to dam or retain water, slurries or tailings.
3. Vegetative debris to be buried should be covered with the most impervious soil material available to a depth equal to or greater than ½ the thickness of the material layer being buried. Minimum cover should not be less than 4 feet. Depth-of-cover standards should be maintained on top and on all sides of the waste material.

DIVISION OF MINES

BOARD OF COAL MINING EXAMINERS CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS http://www.dmme.virginia.gov/dm/default.htm

HOISTINGENGINEER

PHOTO ID REQUIRED

Article 3 of the Coal Mine Safety Laws of Virginia establishes requirements for certification of coal mine workers. The certification requirements are included in §45.1-161.24 through §45.1-161.41 in which the Board of Coal Mining Examiners is established for the purpose of administering the certification program. The Board has promulgated certification regulations 4 VAC 25-20, which set the minimum standards and procedures required for Virginia coal miner examinations and certifications.

CERTIFICATION CLASSIFICATION: Hoisting Engineer * This certification authorizes the holder to perform: ƒ Hoisting operations at shaft, slope and surface inclines ƒ Pre-operation and other required safety checks of hoisting equipment ƒ Record results of hoisting equipment examinations ƒ Duties of an automatic elevator operator after completing the on-site demonstration required by Section 2.20 of the BCME regulations

APPLICATION/EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS: ƒ Application (BCME-1) and $40.00 fee 5 working days prior to examination ƒ Two years of practical mining experience and one year of hoisting experience under the direction of a certified hoisting engineer or appropriately related work experience approved by the Chief of the Division of Mines. A certified hoisting engineer shall verify the hoisting experience ƒ Hold a General Miner Certification ƒ Current first aid training (MSHA 5000-23 Annual Retraining or New Miner Inexperienced Training acceptable)

EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS: A score of 80% on each element of the examination.

ELEMENTS OF EXAM NUMBER OF QUESTIONS ƒ Hoisting (HT) 50 ƒ First Aid (FA) 20 ƒ Observation - practical demonstration ƒ Gas Detection - practical demonstration ƒ Records – practical (not implemented)

RECOMMENDED REFERENCE/STUDY MATERIALS: g Title 30 CFR Part 77 g Hoisting Engineer Study Guide g Coal Mine Safety Laws of Virginia g First Aid for Miners Study Guide g BCME Requirements g Mine Gases Packet

The above mentioned study materials are available at the Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy’s Big Stone Gap Office, Customer Assistance Center (276) 523-8233 and Keen Mountain Field Office (276) 498-4533.

• Continuing education required. See BCME requirements. (Effective August 25, 2004)

Revised 06/02/08

DIVISION OF MINES

BOARD OF COAL MINING EXAMINERS CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS http://www.dmme.virginia.gov/dm/default.htm

HOISTINGENGINEER

PHOTO ID REQUIRED

Article 3 of Virginia Coal Mine Safety Laws (§45.1-161.24 to §45.1-161.41) establishes certification requirements and the Board of Coal Mining Examiners administers the program. Regulations [4 VAC 25-20] set standards and procedures for exams and certifications.

CERTIFICATION CLASSIFICATION: Hoisting Engineer * This certification authorizes the holder to perform: ƒ Hoisting operations at shaft, slope and surface inclines ƒ Pre-operation and other required safety checks of hoisting equipment ƒ Record results of hoisting equipment examinations ƒ Duties of an automatic elevator operator after completing the on-site demonstration required by Section 2.20 of the BCME regulations

APPLICATION/EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS: ƒ Application (BCME-1) and $40.00 fee 5 working days prior to examination ƒ Two years of practical mining experience and one year of hoisting experience under the direction of a certified hoisting engineer or appropriately related work experience approved by the Chief of the Division of Mines. A certified hoisting engineer shall verify the hoisting experience ƒ Hold a General Miner Certification ƒ Current first aid training (MSHA 5000-23 Annual Retraining or New Miner Inexperienced Training acceptable)

EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS: Score at least 80% on each exam element.

ELEMENTS OF EXAM NUMBER OF QUESTIONS ƒ Hoisting (HT) 50 ƒ First Aid (FA) 20 ƒ Observation - practical demonstration ƒ Gas Detection - practical demonstration ƒ Records – practical (not implemented)

RECOMMENDED REFERENCE/STUDY MATERIALS: g Title 30 CFR Part 77 g Hoisting Engineer Study Guide g Coal Mine Safety Laws of Virginia g First Aid for Miners Study Guide g BCME Requirements g Mine Gases Packet

Study materials are available at the Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy’s Big Stone Gap Office (276) 523-8233 and Keen Mountain Field Office (276) 498-4533.

• Continuing education required. See BCME requirements. (Effective August 25, 2004)

Revised 06/02/08

DIVISION OF MINES

CHAPTER: V Investigations

PROCEDURES MANUAL

PROCEDURE NO: 1.05.05

ISSUE DATE: January 1, 1997 SUBJECT: Unintentional Roof Falls

LAST REVISED: 10/00;07/07

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT

To provide procedures for conducting an investigation of all reported unintentional roof falls in order to safely determine the causes of the incident and to address preventive measures to control reoccurrence.

PROCEDURE

1. RESPONSE

Proceed to the mine site to conduct a thorough investigation based on the roof fall situation as reported.

a. Life threatening - proceed immediately b. Fall involving equipment/personnel - proceed immediately c. Fall will be cleaned up (active section) - proceed within 24 hours from the time of notification. d. Falls on idle sections - proceed as soon as possible, not to exceed five working days. e. Falls in outby areas that will not be cleaned up may be examined on the next mine visit unless the inspector/specialist deems otherwise.

2. ARRIVAL AT MINE SITE

An Order of Closure may be issued under Section 45.1-161.91.A.(i) in the event that an imminent danger exists.

Ensure that the incident site is made safe and/or properly dangered off. When necessary, ensure that required “clean-up of roof fall” plan is posted.

3. INVESTIGATION DATA COLLECTION

Investigate incident scene and question witnesses and management to obtain details pertaining to the cause of the incident.

Rv. 10/00;07/07

1-2
Review available mine records relative to the incident.

Interview all witnesses and other personnel with knowledge of the incident.

Evaluate the roof fall area to determine status of incident and possible cause.

Evaluate surrounding area of roof fall for:

a. Signs of failure b. Changes in roof bolt torque c. Deterioration of previously installed roof support d. Mudseams, cracks, and other inconsistencies in the roof strata

Issue appropriate Notices of Violation/Orders of Closure as the situation may necessitate.

If conditions warrant, issue a “quick change” using the DM-RFQC form to the approved roof control plan, specifying the change in standard required. The DM-RFQC form is available in the DM Downloadable Forms in the Public Folders.

4. DETAIL REPORT OF INVESTIGATION

Verbally notify appropriate supervisor of the details of the incident as soon as the investigation is complete. In the event of a multi-day investigation, the supervisor will be updated about current status of the investigation prior to the end of each workday.

A report will be prepared after the investigation is completed by the Inspector or Specialist. The complete report will render circumstances/cause of the incident and contain recommendations for the prevention of similar incidents. DM personnel will provide a copy of the certificate of inspection to the mine operator or his agent, one copy to the employee’s representative and one copy will be posted at a prominent place on the mining premises where it may be reviewed by the employees.

Rv. 10/00;07/07

2-2

DIVISION OF MINES

CHAPTER: V Investigations

PROCEDURES MANUAL

PROCEDURE NO: 1.05.05

ISSUE DATE: January 1, 1997 SUBJECT: Unintentional Roof Falls

LAST REVISED: 10/00;07/07

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT

Provide procedures for investigating all reported unintentional roof falls to determine causes and implement preventive measures.

PROCEDURE

1. RESPONSE

Proceed to the mine site to investigate the reported roof fall.

a. Life threatening - proceed immediately b. Fall involving equipment/personnel - proceed immediately c. Fall will be cleaned up (active section) - proceed within 24 hours from the time of notification. d. Falls on idle sections - proceed as soon as possible, not to exceed five working days. e. Falls in outby areas that will not be cleaned up may be examined on the next mine visit unless the inspector/specialist deems otherwise.

2. ARRIVAL AT MINE SITE

An Order of Closure may be issued under Section 45.1-161.91.A.(i) if imminent danger exists.

Make the incident site safe or dangered off; post the required “clean-up of roof fall” plan if needed.

3. INVESTIGATION DATA COLLECTION

Investigate the scene and question witnesses and management for cause details.

Rv. 10/00;07/07

1-2
Review available mine records relative to the incident.

Interview all witnesses and personnel with incident knowledge.

Evaluate the roof fall area to determine incident status and cause.

Evaluate surrounding area of roof fall for:

a. Signs of failure b. Changes in roof bolt torque c. Deterioration of previously installed roof support d. Mudseams, cracks, and other inconsistencies in the roof strata

Issue Notices of Violation or Orders of Closure as needed.

If warranted, issue a “quick change” via the DM-RFQC form to the approved roof control plan, specifying the standard change. Form available in DM Downloadable Forms.

4. DETAIL REPORT OF INVESTIGATION

Verbally notify the supervisor of incident details after investigation; update daily during multi-day investigations.

After investigation, the Inspector or Specialist will prepare a report with incident cause and prevention recommendations. Copies will be provided to the mine operator, employee’s representative, and posted publicly.

Rv. 10/00;07/07

2-2

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 9-98 Issue Date: April 21, 2008 Subject: Permit Streamline Procedures - Forms (issued 12/17/98, updated 10/1/01 & 04/21/08)

As of March 1, 1999, the Division will require permitting action be submitted on the following electronic forms. (If you are just revising permittee or operator information, you need only submit the completed DMLR-PT-034o or DMLR-PT-034p, as applicable.) The certification form (DMLR-PT-034D) needs to be submitted with each application package.

DMLR-PT-034e Application for Coal Surface Mining and Reclamation Operations.

General and Technical Information DMLR-PT-034eg Application Guide. (The guide will identify the other permitting forms which may be used.) DMLR-PT-034p Application for Coal Surface Mining and Reclamation Operations Permittee Information DMLR-PT-034pg Application for Guide – Permittee Information DMLR-PT-034o Application for Coal Surface Mining and Reclamation Operations -Operator Information DMLR-PT-034og Application for Guide – Operator Information DMLR-PT-034D Certification of Application

The DMLR permitting forms are available through the Internet (http://www.mme.virginia.gov/Dmlr/default.htm ) in Acrobat and Microsoft Word versions.

RENEWAL APPLICATIONS (4VAC25-130-774.15) When renewing a permit, the following material needs to be submitted to the DMLR:

• If the permittee wishes to renew an existing permit under its current boundaries and conditions –

________________________________

1 This Memorandum is to be considered a guideline issued under the authority of § 45.1-230.A1 of the Code of Virginia which reads:

"In addition to the adoption of regulations under this chapter, the Director may at his discretion issue or distribute to the public interpretative, advisory or procedural bulletins or guidelines pertaining to permit applications or to matters reasonably related thereto without following any of the procedures set forth in the Administrative Process Act (§ 2.2-4000 et seq.). The materials shall be clearly designated as to their nature, shall be solely for purposes of public information and education, and shall not have the force of regulations under this chapter or under any other provision of this Code."

1. Application for permit renewal (a) DMLR-PT-034e – (type of application code = TJ). If there are no changes to the existing plans, only the applicable portions of Sections 1 through 3. (b) DMLR-PT-034D – certification. (c) DMLR-PT-034p/DMLR-PT-034o – only if there are changes to the information currently on file with the Division.
2. NPDES application (DMLR-PT-128).
3. Sample public notice.
4. Proof of publication (must be filed with the Division and made a part of the complete application not later than 4 weeks after the date of publication).
5. Proof of liability insurance coverage (copy of the current policy on file).
6. Renewal map with legend (DMLR-PT-017).
7. Map showing the extent of underground mining (if applicable).
8. Operator’s seeding report (DMLR-PT-011) – only if seeding has occurred since progress report from the previous year.
9. Evidence that the performance bond is in full force.

• If the permittee wishes to revise the current plans or extend the mining and reclamation operation beyond the boundaries authorized in the existing permit, two separate application packages are to be submitted as follows, so the DMLR can clearly distinguish between the renewal and revision applications:

1. Revision application - DMLR-PT-034e: Include Sections 1, 2, 21 and those sections proposed to be revised and all applicable sections of the application for the areas to be amended to the existing permit; and
2. Renewal application - (see above).

Midterm Evaluations

The Division will conduct the detailed comprehensive review of the existing permit at the middle of the permit’s term (as per 4VAC25-130-774.11(a) of the regulations). As part of the Division’s mid term permit evaluation, it may request a reassessment of the Probable Hydrologic Consequences (PHC) determination.

Upon completion of the Division’s mid term evaluation (field and technical review), the permittee will be notified of the DMLR findings. The notification letter will inform the permittee that the permit’s plans are:

• adequate and no permit revision is required;
• adequate; however, an updated PHC assessment report is required; or
• inadequate; the letter will list the sections (under DMLR-PT-034e) that need to be revised.

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 9-98 Issue Date: April 21, 2008 Subject: Permit Streamline Procedures - Forms (issued 12/17/98, updated 10/1/01 & 04/21/08)

As of March 1, 1999, the Division will require permitting action be submitted on the following electronic forms. (If you are just revising permittee or operator information, you need only submit the completed DMLR-PT-034o or DMLR-PT-034p, as applicable.) The certification form (DMLR-PT-034D) needs to be submitted with each application package.

DMLR-PT-034e Application for Coal Surface Mining and Reclamation Operations.

General and Technical Information DMLR-PT-034eg Application Guide. (The guide will identify the other permitting forms which may be used.) DMLR-PT-034p Application for Coal Surface Mining and Reclamation Operations Permittee Information DMLR-PT-034pg Application for Guide – Permittee Information DMLR-PT-034o Application for Coal Surface Mining and Reclamation Operations -Operator Information DMLR-PT-034og Application for Guide – Operator Information DMLR-PT-034D Certification of Application

DMLR forms are available online (http://www.mme.virginia.gov/Dmlr/default.htm) in Acrobat and Word formats.

Renewal applications (4VAC25-130-774.15) require submission of the following materials to DMLR:

• If the permittee wishes to renew the current permit—

________________________________

1 This Memorandum is a guideline issued under § 45.1-230.A1 of Virginia Code, which states:

"Beyond regulations, the Director may issue interpretative, advisory, or procedural bulletins on permit matters without following the Administrative Process Act (§ 2.2-4000). These materials are for public info and do not have regulatory force."

1. Application for permit renewal (a) DMLR-PT-034e – (type of application code = TJ). If there are no changes to the existing plans, only the applicable portions of Sections 1 through 3. (b) DMLR-PT-034D – certification. (c) DMLR-PT-034p/DMLR-PT-034o – only if there are changes to the information currently on file with the Division.
2. NPDES application (DMLR-PT-128).
3. Sample public notice.
4. Proof of publication must be filed with the Division within 4 weeks of publication and included in the application.
5. Proof of liability insurance (current policy copy).
6. Renewal map with legend (DMLR-PT-017).
7. Map of underground mining extent (if applicable).
8. Operator’s seeding report (DMLR-PT-011), only if seeding occurred since last year's progress report.
9. Evidence of active performance bond.

• To revise plans or extend operations beyond current permit boundaries, submit two separate applications to distinguish renewal from revision:

1. Revision application - DMLR-PT-034e: Include Sections 1, 2, 21 and those sections proposed to be revised and all applicable sections of the application for the areas to be amended to the existing permit; and
2. Renewal application - (see above).

Midterm Evaluations

The Division will conduct the detailed comprehensive review of the existing permit at the middle of the permit’s term (as per 4VAC25-130-774.11(a) of the regulations). As part of the Division’s mid term permit evaluation, it may request a reassessment of the Probable Hydrologic Consequences (PHC) determination.

Upon completion of the Division’s mid term evaluation (field and technical review), the permittee will be notified of the DMLR findings. The notification letter will inform the permittee that the permit’s plans are:

• adequate; no permit revision needed;
• adequate; however, an updated PHC assessment report is required; or
• inadequate; the letter will list the sections (under DMLR-PT-034e) that need to be revised.

DIVISION OF MINES

CHAPTER: V Investigations

PROCEDURES MANUAL

PROCEDURE NO: 1.05.01

ISSUE DATE: January 1, 1997 SUBJECT: Investigation Of Accidents

LAST REVISED: 10/00

And Incidents

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT

To provide for effective and efficient investigations of accidents and incidents consistent with requirements of the Mine Safety Act for the purpose of determining causes and evaluating and recommending measures to prevent other occurrences.

GENERAL

1. COORDINATION OF INVESTIGATIONS

It is the responsibility of the Division of Mines to respond promptly to the occurrence of all accidents and reportable incidents as mandated by the Coal Mine Safety Laws of Virginia.

In the event of a mine fatality, mine fire, explosion, or entrapment of persons, field personnel will follow the procedures provided in Chapter III, Emergency Response.

It will be the responsibility of field personnel to assist the Emergency Response Team in the event of any of these emergencies.

The receiver of notification of any incident requiring investigation shall obtain information addressed on page three of the Mine Emergency Response Directory, concerning notification of a mine related emergency.

DM personnel may be involved in the investigation of other incidents which will not involve the Emergency Response Team. To respond and manage these investigations, personnel will need to follow procedures necessary to complete the investigation in an organized and effective manner to ensure the safety of all persons involved while determining the cause(s) of the accident or incident, completing a report of the investigation, and communicating the causes and recommendations back to the mining community.

1-2

2. RESPONSE

The receiver of notification of any incident that requires investigation will instruct the informant to remain available for instructions or additional information.

Receiver will assure informant that DM personnel will be dispatched and the approximate time of personnel’s arrival.

Upon receipt of notification of an incident, the DM representative will notify his immediate supervisor and the Public Relations Manager.

The DM representative receiving notification of an incident must coordinate promptly with the affected supervisor to ensure that established response procedures are followed.

An investigation should include but not be limited to, interaction by and between the Division of Mines, company, a representative of the miners, and MSHA.

A tracking number for reported accidents and other incidents will be assigned when the event is confirmed.

3. ARRIVAL AT THE MINE SITE

Properly identify yourself immediately upon arrival and state to the responsible person on site the purpose of your presence.

Verify the validity of the information initially received by DM from the mine. Secure names of witnesses, all persons involved, and other pertinent information.

Notify appropriate supervisor of the incident status, verify available details, and summon additional support personnel to assist if needed.

Direct personnel in ensuring that proper safeguards have been met to protect the health and safety of those involved in the investigation.

4. INITIAL REPORT OF INVESTIGATION

Verbally notify the supervisor and/or Chief of the details of the incident as soon as the preliminary investigation is complete. In the event of a multi-day investigation, the supervisor and/or Chief will be updated of the current status of the investigation prior to the end of each work day.

A report will be prepared after the investigation is completed.

Rv. 10/00

2-2

DIVISION OF MINES

CHAPTER: V Investigations

PROCEDURES MANUAL

PROCEDURE NO: 1.05.01

ISSUE DATE: January 1, 1997 SUBJECT: Investigation Of Accidents

LAST REVISED: 10/00

And Incidents

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT

To conduct effective investigations of accidents and incidents per the Mine Safety Act to determine causes and recommend prevention measures.

GENERAL

1. COORDINATION OF INVESTIGATIONS

Division of Mines must promptly respond to all accidents and reportable incidents as required by Virginia Coal Mine Safety Laws.

For fatalities, fires, explosions, or entrapments, field personnel will follow Chapter III, Emergency Response procedures.

Field personnel must assist the Emergency Response Team during these emergencies.

Notification recipients shall obtain information from page three of the Mine Emergency Response Directory regarding mine emergencies.

DM personnel may be involved in the investigation of other incidents which will not involve the Emergency Response Team. To respond and manage these investigations, personnel will need to follow procedures necessary to complete the investigation in an organized and effective manner to ensure the safety of all persons involved while determining the cause(s) of the accident or incident, completing a report of the investigation, and communicating the causes and recommendations back to the mining community.

1-2

2. RESPONSE

Notification receiver will instruct informant to stay available for instructions or further info.

Receiver will confirm DM personnel will be dispatched and provide estimated arrival time.

DM representative will notify immediate supervisor and Public Relations Manager upon incident notification.

DM representative must coordinate with the affected supervisor to ensure response procedures are followed.

Investigation should include interactions among the Division of Mines, company, miner representatives, and MSHA.

A tracking number will be assigned upon event confirmation.

3. ARRIVAL AT THE MINE SITE

Identify yourself immediately upon arrival and state your purpose to the responsible person.

Verify initial information from the mine; secure witness names, involved persons, and pertinent details.

Notify supervisor of incident status, verify details, and summon support if needed.

Ensure personnel meet safeguards to protect health and safety during investigation.

4. INITIAL REPORT OF INVESTIGATION

Verbally notify the supervisor and/or Chief of the details of the incident as soon as the preliminary investigation is complete. In the event of a multi-day investigation, the supervisor and/or Chief will be updated of the current status of the investigation prior to the end of each work day.

A report will be prepared post-investigation.

Rv. 10/00

2-2

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.05

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE

SUBJECT AML Contract Provisions Section Reclamation Services & AML Ground Control Plan Last Revised April 27, 2006 OBJECTIVE AND INTENT: To ensure ground control plan provisions are included in AML construction project contracts, so as to provide safety to the public located below construction areas, roadways, and in other areas of the operation where persons congregate, work, or travel.

PROCEDURES: The DMLR must ensure the ground control provisions will be incorporated into the contract between the contractor and the DMLR. In addition, DMLR has the authority and will require compliance with any additional provision deemed necessary to protect the public from potential safety hazards when conducting construction activities within red zones1.

The AML Contracting Coordinator, design engineer and Field Inspector will jointly evaluate the on-the-ground conditions and the nature of anticipated work to preliminarily identify the potential red zone areas of the project and incorporate the general ground control provisions into the particular AML contract.

In the event coal may be removed under the AML project, the proposed ground control plan (and any significant modifications thereof) shall be forwarded to the DM Chief for evaluation and comment.

In addition to reviewing the construction specifications of the AML project at the pre-bid showing, the DMLR representatives will also go over the initial ground control plan with the prospective contractors. The contractor selected for the project may accept the DMLR ground control plan or submit another for DMLR review and approval (with DM evaluation/comment). Any approved changes in the project’s ground control plan will be incorporated into the AML contract prior to the parties signing the contract.

The AML project contract will note that any modification of the ground control plan must be submitted and approved by DMLR prior to initially disturbing the subject area. (If the area has already been disturbed, the Field Inspector will issue an order to the contractor to cease additional disturbance in the area, if necessary, until such time as the ground control plan is revised and approved.) As with the other terms of the AML contract, the ground control plan provisions will be binding conditions and obligations on the contractor. The ground control plan may be modified by agreement of the parties.

The ground control plan will include such general requirements (but not be limited to) that -

• Red zones be shown on the construction plans and/or drawings. 1 “Red Zones” are areas where construction activities are or will be conducted that may present a potential threat or hazard to the public safety. 1

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.05

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE

SUBJECT AML Contract Provisions Section Reclamation Services & AML Ground Control Plan Last Revised April 27, 2006

• Berms, fencing, or other barrier protection be used to contain materials located upslope from red zones. In areas where these structures cannot be used or are not practical, spotters will be utilized to control work such that all material is prevented from rolling, slipping, or sliding down slope.

No work will be performed upslope from red zones without these precautions in place and employed.

• Residents or occupants of buildings located below the project site be notified when ground disturbing activities will occur near them and what protective actions will be taken to ensure their safety.

• The contractor be responsible and accountable for the implementation of the approved ground control plan; for ensuring work in red zone area(s) is conducted in a safe manner using proper equipment; that employees be familiar with the ground control plan and project map, red zone areas, perimeter boundaries of the project; location of gas wells/pipelines, utility2 lines, or other structures which may be impacted by the construction activities; and that “Miss Utility of Virginia”3 be called, where applicable, at 1-800-552-7001.

• In the event of an injury or fatality (from the project’s activities), proper notification shall be immediately made to DMLR and, as applicable, to the appropriate office4 of the Virginia Department of Labor and Industry - Occupational Safety and Health Compliance (OSHA), the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA), and/or the State Fire Marshall.

• A map or maps be included in the AML construction plans locating residences, businesses, public buildings, and roads (public and private) that may be affected by the AML construction activities.

The map(s) must also show the location of gas wells, gas lines, and other potentially affected features.

• Describe the protective measures relative to how gas facilities (wells, lines, and associated structures) will be protected during construction activities.

Field Inspector -The Field Inspector –

• May require the contractor to modify the plan for DMLR approval, if during construction, additional red zone areas become apparent to the Inspector. 2 Gas, water, electricity, telephone, sewage or other associated structures. 3 The Miss Utility Law (Virginia Underground Utility Damage Prevention Act) requires that Miss Utility be called at least 3 working days in advance of the planned work (also see website http://www.missutilityofvirginia.com/contactMissUtility.htm) 4 The appropriate contact person or office for VA DOLI OSHA or MSHA should be included as an addendum to the AML contract. 2

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.05

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE

SUBJECT AML Contract Provisions Section Reclamation Services & AML Ground Control Plan Last Revised April 27, 2006

• Must check to ensure that the applicable ground control contract provisions have been reviewed with all employees and that the employees are aware of any red zones located within the project area immediately prior to starting work in red zones.

• Will inspect to ensure that warning signs, flagging, or other no less effective means are present and used to mark work areas that are designated red zones. The method used to mark these work areas will be distinctively different from other warnings and markings utilized at the construction site. 3

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.05

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE

SUBJECT AML Contract Provisions Section Reclamation Services & AML Ground Control Plan Last Revised April 27, 2006 OBJECTIVE AND INTENT: To ensure ground control plan provisions are included in AML construction project contracts, so as to provide safety to the public located below construction areas, roadways, and in other areas of the operation where persons congregate, work, or travel.

PROCEDURES: DMLR must ensure ground control provisions are incorporated into the contractor-DMLR contract and may require additional provisions to protect the public in red zones1.

The AML Contracting Coordinator, design engineer, and Field Inspector will jointly evaluate conditions and work to identify potential red zones and incorporate general ground control provisions into the AML contract.

If coal may be removed, the proposed ground control plan and significant modifications shall be forwarded to the DM Chief for review and comment.

In addition to reviewing the construction specifications of the AML project at the pre-bid showing, the DMLR representatives will also go over the initial ground control plan with the prospective contractors. The contractor selected for the project may accept the DMLR ground control plan or submit another for DMLR review and approval (with DM evaluation/comment). Any approved changes in the project’s ground control plan will be incorporated into the AML contract prior to the parties signing the contract.

The AML contract will specify that modifications to the ground control plan must be approved by DMLR before disturbance. If disturbed, the Field Inspector may order cessation until revised and approved. Changes require agreement.

The ground control plan will include, but not be limited to, general requirements -

• Red zones be shown on the construction plans and/or drawings. 1 “Red Zones” are areas where construction activities are or will be conducted that may present a potential threat or hazard to the public safety. 1

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.05

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE

SUBJECT AML Contract Provisions Section Reclamation Services & AML Ground Control Plan Last Revised April 27, 2006

• Berms, fencing, or other barrier protection be used to contain materials located upslope from red zones. In areas where these structures cannot be used or are not practical, spotters will be utilized to control work such that all material is prevented from rolling, slipping, or sliding down slope.

No work will be performed upslope from red zones without these precautions in place and employed.

• Residents or occupants of buildings located below the project site be notified when ground disturbing activities will occur near them and what protective actions will be taken to ensure their safety.

• The contractor be responsible and accountable for the implementation of the approved ground control plan; for ensuring work in red zone area(s) is conducted in a safe manner using proper equipment; that employees be familiar with the ground control plan and project map, red zone areas, perimeter boundaries of the project; location of gas wells/pipelines, utility2 lines, or other structures which may be impacted by the construction activities; and that “Miss Utility of Virginia”3 be called, where applicable, at 1-800-552-7001.

• In the event of an injury or fatality (from the project’s activities), proper notification shall be immediately made to DMLR and, as applicable, to the appropriate office4 of the Virginia Department of Labor and Industry - Occupational Safety and Health Compliance (OSHA), the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA), and/or the State Fire Marshall.

• A map or maps be included in the AML construction plans locating residences, businesses, public buildings, and roads (public and private) that may be affected by the AML construction activities.

The map(s) must also show the location of gas wells, gas lines, and other potentially affected features.

• Describe the protective measures relative to how gas facilities (wells, lines, and associated structures) will be protected during construction activities.

Field Inspector -The Field Inspector –

• May require the contractor to modify the plan for DMLR approval, if during construction, additional red zone areas become apparent to the Inspector. 2 Gas, water, electricity, telephone, sewage or other associated structures. 3 The Miss Utility Law (Virginia Underground Utility Damage Prevention Act) requires that Miss Utility be called at least 3 working days in advance of the planned work (also see website http://www.missutilityofvirginia.com/contactMissUtility.htm) 4 The appropriate contact person or office for VA DOLI OSHA or MSHA should be included as an addendum to the AML contract. 2

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.05

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE

SUBJECT AML Contract Provisions Section Reclamation Services & AML Ground Control Plan Last Revised April 27, 2006

• Must check to ensure that the applicable ground control contract provisions have been reviewed with all employees and that the employees are aware of any red zones located within the project area immediately prior to starting work in red zones.

• Will inspect to ensure that warning signs, flagging, or other no less effective means are present and used to mark work areas that are designated red zones. The method used to mark these work areas will be distinctively different from other warnings and markings utilized at the construction site. 3

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 16-07 Issue Date: September 19, 2007 Subject: Permitting and Bonding of Shared Structures/Facilities

This guidance is intended to address permit applications that propose to share facilities or structure(s) with more than one separately permitted coal mining operation, as provided by 4VAC25-130-778.22 of the Virginia Coal Surface Mining Reclamation Regulations.

For example, a shared facility or structure could be a haulroad, access road, buildings used to facilitate the mining or coal preparation operations.

The parties applying for permits to share facilities or structures will be individually required to demonstrate their legal right or authority to utilize the property, facility, or structure in question. If there is a dispute as to a party’s right to utilize the facility or structure, please be advised that the Division does not have the jurisdiction or authority to adjudicate property disputes2.

The company first applying to construct and/or permit the property, facility(ies), or structure(s) shall include the plans for such in its application package for the Division’s consideration and review.

The permit applicant shall bond the facility(ies) or structure(s) as required by Parts 4VAC25-130-800 or 4VAC25-130-801 of the regulations.

As provided by item #10.4 of the electronic permit application guide (Existing and Shared Structures) 3, the plans for each facility or structure that is to be used by two or more separately permitted mining operations (that are controlled by entirely separate business entities) may be included in one permit application and referenced in the other application(s). Each permittee shall be required to provide adequate performance bond coverage for the facility or structure unless a sharing agreement is reached with the other business entities. If such an agreement is executed, a copy of the agreement must be provided as an attachment to item #10.4 of the permit application.

The permit application plans should describe each existing structure proposed to be used; including a location, current condition, date of construction, and a demonstration that the structure meets the applicable performance standards of the regulations. In the event the facility or structure does not 1 This Memorandum is to be considered a guideline issued under the authority of § 45.1-230.A1 of the Code of Virginia which reads:

"In addition to the adoption of regulations under this chapter, the Director may at his discretion issue or distribute to the public interpretative, advisory or procedural bulletins or guidelines pertaining to permit applications or to matters reasonably related thereto without following any of the procedures set forth in the Administrative Process Act (§ 2.2-4000 et seq.). The materials shall be clearly designated as to their nature, shall be solely for purposes of public information and education, and shall not have the force of regulations under this chapter or under any other provision of this Code."

2 See §§45.1-228B and 45.1-238B(5) of the Code of Virginia, as amended.

3 http://www.dmme.virginia.gov/dmlr/Forms/DMLR-PT-034eg Application Guide.doc GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 16-07 Issue Date: September 19, 2007

Subject: Permitting and Bonding of Shared Facilities/Structures Page 2 of 2

meet the performance standards, a compliance plan for each structure that must be modified or reconstructed should be included as an attachment to Item #10.4.

Should other permittees apply to share the facilities or structures, each application shall specifically provide to the Division –

• The identity or description of the facility(ies) or structure(s) that will be shared.
• If applicable, the Coal Surface Mining Operation permit number and the entity that currently has the facility(ies) or structure(s) under permit and performance bond.
• A copy of the executed legal agreement with the current permit holder that sets forth the respective responsibilities of each party for the shared facility or structure.

Each party wishing to permit a shared facility or structure shall submit the applicable permit application and fees4 for each individual permit containing the areas encompassed by the facility or structure.

In the event the permittee that bonded the facility or structure elects to complete operations or applies for bond reduction, the permittee shall notify the other permittee(s) sharing the facility or structure concurrently with the completion report or bond reduction application submitted to the Division. The original permittee should submit a “Request for Relinquishment5” with its bond release application for the shared structure or facility. The relinquishment would be to the remaining permittee(s), who will assume control and/or maintenance of the facility or structure.

In the application review process, in a situation where the permit applicant proposes to mine or dispose of excess spoil/refuse material in proposed permit areas already permitted by another company or that have been included in an earlier application currently under Division review, (except for the facility(ies) or structure(s) that will be shared, as approved by the Division) -

• if a new application, it will not be accepted by the Division Field Inspector for review.
• if the application has been under current review, it will be returned to the company and/or consultant with an explanation that no further Division review will take place until the matter is resolved as to the parties’ rights to operate on or utilize the areas. Written documentation resolving the conflicting interests will have to be provided to the Division prior to application resubmittal.

Should you have any questions regarding this guidance memorandum, please contact Permitting Reclamation Program Manager (276 523-8160) or Chief Engineer (276 523-8156). 4 See §4 VAC 25-130-777.17 of the Virginia Coal Surface Mining Reclamation Regulations 5 Request for Relinquishment form is DMLR-PT-027, which is available on the DMME Internet site at http://www.dmme.virginia.gov/dmlr/docs/downloads.shtml.

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 16-07 Issue Date: September 19, 2007 Subject: Permitting and Bonding of Shared Structures/Facilities

This guidance addresses permit applications sharing facilities or structures with multiple permitted coal mining operations, per 4VAC25-130-778.22 of Virginia regulations.

Shared facilities or structures may include haulroads, access roads, or buildings used for mining or coal prep.

The parties applying for permits to share facilities or structures will be individually required to demonstrate their legal right or authority to utilize the property, facility, or structure in question. If there is a dispute as to a party’s right to utilize the facility or structure, please be advised that the Division does not have the jurisdiction or authority to adjudicate property disputes2.

The initial applicant must include plans for the property, facilities, or structures in its application for Division review.

Applicants must bond facilities or structures as required by Parts 4VAC25-130-800 or 4VAC25-130-801.

As provided by item #10.4 of the electronic permit application guide (Existing and Shared Structures) 3, the plans for each facility or structure that is to be used by two or more separately permitted mining operations (that are controlled by entirely separate business entities) may be included in one permit application and referenced in the other application(s). Each permittee shall be required to provide adequate performance bond coverage for the facility or structure unless a sharing agreement is reached with the other business entities. If such an agreement is executed, a copy of the agreement must be provided as an attachment to item #10.4 of the permit application.

The permit application plans should describe each existing structure proposed to be used; including a location, current condition, date of construction, and a demonstration that the structure meets the applicable performance standards of the regulations. In the event the facility or structure does not 1 This Memorandum is to be considered a guideline issued under the authority of § 45.1-230.A1 of the Code of Virginia which reads:

"The Director may issue interpretative or advisory bulletins related to permits without following the Administrative Process Act; these are for info and do not have regulatory force."

See §§45.1-228B and 45.1-238B(5) of Virginia Code.

3 http://www.dmme.virginia.gov/dmlr/Forms/DMLR-PT-034eg Application Guide.doc

Subject: Permitting and Bonding of Shared Facilities/Structures

If structures do not meet standards, include a compliance plan as an attachment to Item #10.4.

If other permittees apply to share facilities, each must submit a specific application to the Division –

• Description of shared facilities or structures.
• If applicable, include the permit number and current permit holder for the shared facilities.
• Provide a copy of the legal agreement outlining each party's responsibilities for the shared facility.

Each party must submit permit applications and fees for their share of the facility or structure.

In the event the permittee that bonded the facility or structure elects to complete operations or applies for bond reduction, the permittee shall notify the other permittee(s) sharing the facility or structure concurrently with the completion report or bond reduction application submitted to the Division. The original permittee should submit a “Request for Relinquishment5” with its bond release application for the shared structure or facility. The relinquishment would be to the remaining permittee(s), who will assume control and/or maintenance of the facility or structure.

During review, if an applicant proposes mining or disposal in areas already permitted or under review (excluding shared facilities approved by the Division) -

• New applications will not be accepted for review by the Division Field Inspector.
• If under review, the application will be returned until parties resolve rights; written proof must be provided before resubmission.

Questions? Contact Permitting Reclamation Program Manager at 276-523-8160 or Chief Engineer at 276-523-8156. See §4 VAC 25-130-777.17. Use form DMLR-PT-027 for relinquishment, available online.

DIVISION OF MINES GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF REGULATORY STANDARDS

MANUAL

COAL MINE SAFETY ACT

CHAPTER 14.3

ARTICLE 11 ELECTRICITY Issue Date: 9/30/02 Revised Date: Page 1 of 1 Section 45.1-161.189.E.

Circuit Breakers and Switches

Electric equipment and circuits shall be provided with switches or other controls of safe design, construction and installation.

The MSA does not specifically address high voltage ground monitoring interlock cover switches on electrical distribution installations.

• High voltage ground monitoring interlock cover switches installed on high voltage electrical cable splice boxes, line splitters and other high voltage installations in underground mines shall be maintained operational as designed if installed on equipment.
• If the inspector establishes that high voltage ground monitoring interlock cover switches have been removed or rendered inoperative and it can be verified that the switches were part of the original equipment design and approval, then a violation must be issued requiring that the cover switches be installed or repaired.

DIVISION OF MINES GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF REGULATORY STANDARDS

MANUAL

COAL MINE SAFETY ACT

CHAPTER 14.3

ARTICLE 11 ELECTRICITY Issue Date: 9/30/02 Revised Date: Page 1 of 1 Section 45.1-161.189.E.

Circuit Breakers and Switches

Electric equipment and circuits shall have switches or controls of safe design, construction, and installation.

The MSA does not specifically address high voltage ground monitoring interlock cover switches on electrical distribution installations.

• High voltage ground monitoring interlock cover switches on high voltage cable splice boxes, line splitters, and other underground mine installations shall be maintained operational as designed.
• If the inspector verifies that high voltage ground monitoring interlock cover switches, part of original design and approval, are removed or inoperative, a violation must be issued to install or repair them.

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 17-07 Issue Date: October 16, 2007 Subject: Impoundments – Underground Mining

In the past there have been a few instances where impoundments have experienced failures within the impoundment area. These events occurred when impounded water or slurry entered old mine works through subsidence fractures or other openings, allowing the water or slurry to travel through the mine workings. This resulted in discharges from mine portals into streams, resulting in major black and/or inadequate water quality discharges with significant adverse impact to the environment or threat to the public health and safety.

This guidance memorandum is intended to heighten awareness of the potential threats that may occur in relation to current or proposed impoundments, and to ensure that permittees and applicants adequately address these potential situations in accordance with §§4VAC25-130- 780.25, 4VAC25-130-784.16, 4VAC25-130-784.25, 4VAC25-130-816.49, 4VAC25-130-817.41(i)(3), 4VAC25-130-817.49, 4VAC25-130-817.81 and/or 4VAC25-130-817.84 of the Virginia Coal Surface Mining Reclamation Regulations.

The Division will review each proposed underground mining operation to determine whether it will be in the vicinity of an existing or proposed impoundment. The Division will also perform this type of review at the time a mid-term review is conducted on an existing underground mining permit.

A permittee or applicant of an existing or proposed underground mining operation should determine whether the existing or proposed underground mine works have the potential to affect existing or proposed impoundments. If the underground mining operation is to be in the vicinity of an impoundment, then the permittee should ensure the plans for the proposed or approved operations address the stability of the impoundment areas relative to the existing, proposed, or abandoned underground mine works. The approved plans should demonstrate that an adequate barrier is present or will be maintained to prevent a breach of the impoundment’s contents into existing or abandoned mine works.

The Division will require each new permit or revision application proposing a new impoundment or modification of an existing impoundment to provide the demonstration of 1 This Memorandum is to be considered a guideline issued under the authority of § 45.1-230.A1 of the Code of Virginia which reads:

"In addition to the adoption of regulations under this chapter, the Director may at his discretion issue or distribute to the public interpretative, advisory or procedural bulletins or guidelines pertaining to permit applications or to matters reasonably related thereto without following any of the procedures set forth in the Administrative Process Act (§ 2.2-4000 et seq.). The materials shall be clearly designated as to their nature, shall be solely for purposes of public information and education, and shall not have the force of regulations under this chapter or under any other provision of this Code." GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 17-07 Issue Date: October 16, 2007

Subject: Impoundments – Underground Mining Page 2 of 2

adequate protection referenced in the preceding paragraph and to provide verification of existing or proposed underground mine works that are or will be located under or adjacent to the impoundment.

The Division will review the stability of the impoundment area and the adequacy of barriers from the underground mine works, including internal mine barriers as required by §§4VAC25-130-816.49, 4VAC25-130-817.41(i)(3), 4VAC25-130-817.49, 4VAC25-130-817.81 and/or 4VAC25-130-817.84 of the Virginia Coal Surface Mining Reclamation Regulations.

Should you have any questions regarding this guidance memorandum, please contact the DMLR Technical Services Manager at (276) 523-8156.

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 17-07 Issue Date: October 16, 2007 Subject: Impoundments – Underground Mining

In the past there have been a few instances where impoundments have experienced failures within the impoundment area. These events occurred when impounded water or slurry entered old mine works through subsidence fractures or other openings, allowing the water or slurry to travel through the mine workings. This resulted in discharges from mine portals into streams, resulting in major black and/or inadequate water quality discharges with significant adverse impact to the environment or threat to the public health and safety.

This memorandum raises awareness of potential threats related to current or proposed impoundments and requires permittees and applicants to address these per §§4VAC25-130-780.25, 784.16, 784.25, 816.49, 817.41(i)(3), 817.49, 817.81, 817.84 of Virginia Coal Surface Mining Regulations.

The Division will review each proposed underground mining operation to determine whether it will be in the vicinity of an existing or proposed impoundment. The Division will also perform this type of review at the time a mid-term review is conducted on an existing underground mining permit.

A permittee or applicant of an existing or proposed underground mining operation should determine whether the existing or proposed underground mine works have the potential to affect existing or proposed impoundments. If the underground mining operation is to be in the vicinity of an impoundment, then the permittee should ensure the plans for the proposed or approved operations address the stability of the impoundment areas relative to the existing, proposed, or abandoned underground mine works. The approved plans should demonstrate that an adequate barrier is present or will be maintained to prevent a breach of the impoundment’s contents into existing or abandoned mine works.

The Division requires permit or revision applications for new or modified impoundments to demonstrate compliance with this memorandum, issued under Virginia Code § 45.1-230.

"In addition to the adoption of regulations under this chapter, the Director may at his discretion issue or distribute to the public interpretative, advisory or procedural bulletins or guidelines pertaining to permit applications or to matters reasonably related thereto without following any of the procedures set forth in the Administrative Process Act (§ 2.2-4000 et seq.). The materials shall be clearly designated as to their nature, shall be solely for purposes of public information and education, and shall not have the force of regulations under this chapter or under any other provision of this Code." GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 17-07 Issue Date: October 16, 2007

Subject: Impoundments – Underground Mining Page 2 of 2

Permittee must verify that adequate protection exists for underground mine works under or near the impoundment.

The Division will review impoundment stability and barrier adequacy, including internal barriers, per §§4VAC25-130-816.49, 817.41(i)(3), 817.49, 817.81, 817.84.

Questions? Contact DMLR Technical Services Manager at (276) 523-8156.

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING

SURFACE BLASTER’S CERTIFICATION

STUDY GUIDE

March, 2001

Copyright 2001 Commonwealth of Virginia

Commonwealth of Virginia Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy Division of Mineral Mining P. O. Box 3727 Charlottesville, VA 22903

(434)951-6310TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction......................................................................................................................... 2

Section 1 Duties and Responsibilities of the Certified Blaster..............................................3-6

2 Hazard Recognition in Blasting ..........................................................................7-14

3 Basic Knowledge of Blasting ............................................................................15-35

4 Blasting Design/Control ....................................................................................36-45

5 Blasting Effects..................................................................................................46-66

6 State Law and Regulations applicable to Surface Blasting Certification..........67-77

Appendix.................................................................................................................. A1-A27

I.

Blasting Related Accident Abstracts ...............................................................A2-A7 A. Injury/Fatality Cases

B. Flyrock Incidents

II.

Associated Articles ........................................................................................A9-A14

III.

Example Record Forms ...............................................................................A15-A20

IV.

Suggested Blasting Equipment Lists………………………………………A21-A22

V.

Safety Talk Outlines/Summaries .................................................................A23-A28

VI.

Bibliography ........................................................................................................ A29

This Guide has been developed for the purpose of preparing individuals for the Virginia Board of Mineral Mining Examiner’s Surface Blaster certification examination. This Guide is not intended to cover all particular circumstances surrounding the design, loading, and firing of explosives. The Division of Mineral Mining assumes no responsibility for the specific application of the material presented in this Guide.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

1

INTRODUCTION

This study guide was prepared to assist in providing basic blasting knowledge and understanding of safe practices necessary to perform the duties of a surface (mineral mine) blaster. Every blaster must possess knowledge of theory and principles of explosives, as well as practical know-how in their storage, handling, transportation, and use. More importantly, every blaster must be aware of what is necessary to prepare and conduct good blasting operations that protect the health and safety of miners and other individuals. Considerations for the adjacent community and the environment must also be a top priority.

Mineral Miners must have one (1) year of blasting experience on a surface mineral mine working under the direct supervision of a certified blaster (or equivalent experience approved by Division of Mineral Mining) in order to qualify for State certification. A minimum score of 80% is required on each section of the State examination to obtain certification.

The use of explosives in the mineral mining industry continues to present a potentially serious risk of injury and death to miners. The prevention of such accidents depends, to a large extent, on two factors: (1) the knowledge and experience of persons responsible for the use of explosives and (2) well defined safety precautions to guide mine operators and miners in the safe conduct of blasting operations.

The prevention of blasting related accidents depends on careful planning and the faithful observance of proper blasting procedures and practices. Even the slightest abuse or misdirection of explosives can result in serious injury or death to mining personnel or the public.

Two cardinal rules must be acknowledged and understood when using explosives:

A blaster’s most important responsibility is safety.

The safety of every blast is dependent on the people involved.

A surface blaster must have essential training and experience that not only develops skills, but proper safety attitudes as well. The same holds true for other mining personnel who handle explosives or assist in any way with blasting operations. All persons involved must know what is, and what is not safe…and why. Explosives safety is a habit that can only be developed through training and the repetition of proper procedures.

A surface blaster shall always follow State and Federal Laws and applicable regulations, as well as manufacturer’s instructions when transporting, storing, handling, and using explosives. The appropriate manufacturer should be consulted in any situation when a blaster has any doubts or questions involving explosives.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

2

SECTION 1

DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CERTIFIED BLASTER DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

3

SECTION 1 -- DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE

CERTIFIED BLASTER

• Regulatory Responsibilities
• Responsible person in-charge
• Activities conducted safely
• Experienced Person
• Task Training
• Design and Loading (flyrock/dangerous effects)
• Pre-Inspection
• Hazard Alert
• Clearing of Blast Site
• Weather Monitoring
• Loading Procedures
• Clearing of Blast Site
• Weather Monitoring
• Loading Procedures
• Clearing of Blast Area
• Blasting Signals
• Firing of Shot
• Reporting Requirements
• Post-Blast Examination
• Disposal of Misfires
• Blast Reports/Shot Record
• Inventory Log
• Report Theft or Loss of Explosives DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

4

• DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CERTIFIED BLASTER

Virginia Mineral Mining Laws and Regulations require certain tasks to be performed by an individual certified as a Surface Blaster. Following is a list of the most critical duties and responsibilities of the certified surface blaster, with direct reference to the applicable section of the law or regulations.

1. A certified blaster shall be in direct charge of blasting activities. (4 VAC 25-40-800A)

1. Ensure that all activities under their supervision are conducted in a safe manner (45.1-161.292:6 (B) & 4 VAC 25-40-190)

(a) Blasting crew has appropriate personal protective equipment.

(4 VAC 25-40-1710/20/20/40)

(b) Blasting crew not under influence of drugs/alcohol. (4 VAC 25-40-250)

(c) Finger rings prohibited. (4 VAC 25-40-1780)

(d) Prevent smoking within 50’ of blast site. (4 VAC 25-40-800 F)

1. Ensure that all miners with less than six months experience work with, or under the supervision of, an experienced person. (4 VAC 25-40-110)

1. Provide task training for all new, or reassigned, employees involved in blasting activities.

(4 VAC 25-40-100)

1. Design and load the shot to prevent flyrock or other dangerous effects (ex: air blast, ground vibration, ground control). (4 VAC 25-40-800D)

1. Inspect the blast site for hazards. (4 VAC 25-40-800 G2)

1. Alert blasting crew to hazards involved: (4 VAC 25-40-800 B)

1. Ensure that the blast site is cleared of all nonessential personnel and equipment prior to bringing explosives to the site. (4 VAC 25-40-800 G4)

1. Monitor weather conditions to ensure safe loading & firing. (4 VAC 25-40-800 G1)

10. Ensure proper loading procedures are followed: (4 VAC 25-40-800)

(a) Load boreholes as near to the blasting time as possible. (4 VAC 25-40-800H)

(b) Blast as soon as possible upon completion of loading. (4 VAC 25-40-800H)

(c) Keep explosives & detonators a safe distance from each other until made into a primer. (4 VAC 25-40-800 I) DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

5 (d) Ensure primers are not made up or assembled in advance. (4 VAC 25-40-800 J)

11. Remove all personnel/miners from the blast area prior to connection of the detonation device. (4 VAC 25-40-800 R)

12. Ensure blasting signals (audible warning signal) are given & posted. (4 VAC 25-40-800 Q)

13. Fire the shot from a safe location. (4VAC 25-40-800S)

14. Report, to the operator, any unplanned explosion, serious fire, serious or fatal injury, or any occurrence of fly rock. (45.1-161.292:51)

15. Perform a post-blast examination of the blast area, and ensure that the all clear signal is given prior to miners returning to work in the area. (4 VAC 25-40-800 T)

16. Properly dispose of all misfires after waiting 15 minutes. Guard or barricade & post warning signs until corrected. (4 VAC 25-40-820 A,B,C)

17. Complete a detailed blast report for all blasts and maintain the reports on-site for at least 3 years. (4 VAC 25-40-810)

18. Keep an accurate inventory log, on-site, of all explosives and detonators stored at the mine.

(4 VAC 25-40-780 D)

19. Ensure that any theft, or unaccounted loss of explosives is reported to the local police, the State Police, U.S. Treasury-Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms, and the Division of Mineral Mining. (4 VAC 25-40-780 E)

• In addition to the items listed above, some mining operations have blasting requirements set by a local government jurisdictional authority that the blaster must follow.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

6

SECTION 2

HAZARD RECOGNITION IN BLASTING DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

7

SECTION 2 – HAZARD RECOGNITION IN BLASTING

• Introduction
• Rock Structure
• Types of Minerals in Virginia
• Natural Geologic Hazards

• Misfires
• Introduction
• Prevention of Misfires
• Handling of Misfires
• Regulations Related to Misfires

• Wet Holes

• Extraneous Electricity
• Definitions
• Sources of Extraneous Electricity
• Background (minimum firing current)
• Minimizing the Probability of Stray CurrentHAZARD RECOGNITION

IN BLASTING

Introduction

The certified blaster needs to be able to recognize safety hazards that are natural to the geological formation he is working with as well as safety hazards that can be created by blasting. Weather, in the form of rain, freezing temperatures, and thawing can also create hazards. Rock mass has a wide variety in geology and structure. Rock characteristics can vary greatly from one part of a mine to another. Bedding planes, joints, cracks, faults, open beds, cavities, mud seams, and zones of weakness/incompetent rock may be detected by a driller and aid the certified blaster in avoiding or creating a hazard. An accurate drilling log and good communications between the certified blaster and driller can help in maintaining a successful blasting program.

Rock Structure

Rock structure can be described as the features produced in a rock by movements during and after its formation. Rock structure is the result of what has happened to rock over millions, even billions of years.

Classification/Types of Minerals Mined in Virginia

Classifications:

• Sedimentary Rock – a layered rock, formed through the accumulation and solidification of sediment which may originally be made up of minerals, rock debris, animal or vegetable matter.

Examples: Limestone, Sandstone, shale, gypsum, conglomerate, salt

• Igneous Rock – formed from molten material that solidified upon cooling.

Examples: Granite

• Metamorphic Rock – formed (while in the solid state) by the transformation of pre-existing rock beneath the earth’s surface through agencies of heat, pressure, and chemical active fluids.

Examples: Slate (was shale), quartzite (was sandstone), marble (was limestone) DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

9 Natural Geologic/Ground Control Hazards

Defined – a condition in the rock or mineral deposit that may pose a safety or health threat to personnel. This can result from mining activity or from natural geology of the formation.

Faults – fractures with subsequent rock movement along one or both sides of the fracture zone.

A fault may contain fine-grained material or recrystalized rock. During blasting, faults can cause overbreak or backbreak to a fault plane. Venting or blowout could occur if material within the fault zone is weakly cemented/formed.

Bedding – the layering or planes dividing rock formations. Separation of beds can be fractions of an inch to tens of feet apart.

Joints – cracks or fractures in rock with no associated displacement. A joint can be intersecting with as well as perpendicular or parallel to bedding planes. It is common for a complex pattern of many joints to be present in a single geologic unit. Joints are usually most troubling relative to distributing and confining explosive energy within a rock mass, especially if existing joints are open.

Contacts – places or surfaces where different rock types come together.

Hazards that can result from mining activity include overhanging material, loose unconsolidated material on the face, back-break, excess toe, oversize rock, and airborne contamination/exposure of harmful substances (silica, asbestos).

For most mineral mines, maximum dust exposure limits are determined by the amount of free silica (quartz) found in airborne dust in their work environment. The percentage of quartz varies with the type of rock, sand, or mineral being mined. Granite tends to have a moderate to high percentage of silica while limestone is normally low; therefore a miner working at a limestone quarry has a much higher permissible exposure limit (PEL) for dust than a miner working at a granite quarry.

Miners who inhale tiny (respirable) particles of silica run the risk of contracting “silicosis” which can seriously impair their ability to breathe normally. Any type of dust, fume or mist inhaled can be detrimental; therefore, miners should minimize their exposure by ensuring that control measures such as water sprays and dust collectors are operational, and by using appropriate PPE supplied by the mine operator.

Hazards that can result from geological conditions include fault zones, slip planes, bedding, caves/cavities, fracture formations, mud/dirt seams, weathering, aquifers, joints/folds.

An examination for unsafe conditions, and the responsibility to report such conditions, is the direct responsibility of each miner (4 VAC 25-40-460).

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

10 Misfires

Introduction

The certified blaster’s search for misfired explosives after the shot must be thorough since every charge that does not detonate truly represents a potential accident.

The rule in blasting is, or should be, that the best way to handle a misfire is to prevent it from occurring in the first place.

Prevention of Misfires

The best way to prevent a misfire is to become familiar with the most common causes.

Twelve of the most common causes are listed below:

Poor wire/tubing connections (corrosion, dirt)

Bare splices on the ground, lying in water or wet areas

Improper detonator circuit

Improperly balanced detonator circuit

Current leakage or damaged tubing

Mixing detonators from different manufacturers in the same blast.

Detonators not wired or connected into the circuit

Defective or inadequate firing line

Inadequate power supply 10. Improperly made primers 11. Using nonwater resistant explosives in wet holes 12. Improper loading practices

Occasionally, a primer will detonate but not initiate a portion of the powder column. These misfires are often due to ground movement cutoffs, inadequate priming, deteriorated explosives, or bridged charges in the borehole.

Handling of Misfires

Under most conditions the safest way to dispose of a misfire is to reshoot it, provided there is sufficient burden around the borehole to prevent flyrock hazards. If electric detonators fail or if nonelectric initiators fail, an attempt to shoot the borehole with a fresh primer may be made if deemed safe by the certified blaster in charge.

This work will require the stemming to be removed; such work must be done with great care. The best method to remove stemming is with a stream of water through a plastic pipe or hose. Once the stemming is removed a new primer may be inserted in the borehole. There have been cases where the second primer did not initiate the entire powder column but generated enough heat to cause the original misfired charges to start burning. This will result in a dangerous “hang fire” which may detonate several minutes later. The sound of a reprimed charge is not a certain indication that the original misfire has completely detonated.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

11 Regulations Related to Misfires

4 VAC 25-40-820 -- provides for a 15 minute waiting time before entering the blast area; disposal to be done in a safe manner by the certified blaster; and the guarding or barricading and posting of warning signs until the misfire is cleared.

4 VAC 25-40-800 A -- a certified blaster shall be in direct charge of blasting activities.

Wet Holes

Boreholes that contain moisture should not be loaded with unprotected ANFO. A water-resistant ANFO product should be used. Water readily dissolves ammonium nitrate prills, leading to desensitization of the ANFO. This desensitizing effect of water has been demonstrated in many poor blasts where ANFO was used in wet boreholes without sufficient emulsion or external protection.

Wet hole bags can easily become separated by floating in water or mud in the borehole.

Frequent priming of every other bag can help overcome the substandard performance from this problem.

In severe water conditions, a water-resistant product should be loaded as packaged and shot as soon as possible. Certified blasters must know their water conditions and use products that will perform safely.

In addition to wet hole explosive bags, other measures used to combat water problems are borehole liners & dewatering.

Extraneous Electricity

Definitions

Stray Current – current that flows outside an insulated conductor system.

Static Electricity – electrical energy that is stored at rest on some person or object.

Sources of Extraneous Electricity

1. Lightning discharges to ground from electrical storms.
2. Stray ground currents from poorly insulated and improperly grounded electrical equipment.
3. Radio frequency (RF) energy from transmitters.
4. Induced currents, present in electromagnetic fields, such as those commonly found near high- voltage transmission lines.
5. Static electricity generated by wind-driven dust and snowstorms, by moving conveyor belts, and by the pneumatic conveying of ANFO.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

12

1. Galvanic currents generated by dissimilar metals touching or separated by a conductive material.

Static electricity can be generated in the atmosphere and stored on any insulated and ungrounded conductive body, such as a person or truck and can be discharged through detonator wires.

Intense high-frequency radiation can accidentally initiate electric detonators. Therefore, an investigation of any potentially hazardous source of radio frequency (RF) energy near a blasting site should be conducted when using electric detonators. The Institute of Makers of Explosives (IME) Safety Library Publication #20 classifies sources of radio frequency and lists safe distances.

Other sources of possible stray current include electric fences in the blast area, metal fences, machinery housings, a conductive rock strata, and any other object in contact with a defective insulated electrical source.

Lightning undoubtedly represents the greatest single hazard to blasting because of its erratic nature and high energy whether using an electric or nonelectric system. In the interest of safety, blasting should be suspended, and all personnel should be evacuated to a safe distance from the blast area whenever lightning storms are in the vicinity. The danger from lightning is considerably increased if there is a transmission line, water line, compressed air line, fence, stream, or other conductor available to carry the current between the storm and the shot location. A common sense rule is to evacuate the shot area when thunderstorm activity comes within 5 miles of the shot site.

Background

The minimum firing current for commercial electric blasting caps presently manufactured in the United States is approximately .25 amps. The IME has established the maximum “safe” current permitted to flow through an electric blasting cap without hazard of detonation as .05 amps.

When extraneous currents such as stray current exceeds .05 amps, the source of current must be traced and eliminated before electric-blasting caps can be used safely. If the source of current cannot be traced and eliminated, then a nonelectric system of initiation must be used.

Safety Procedures to Help Minimize the Probability of Stray Current

1. If an electrical power distribution system and or electrically operated equipment is located near a blasting site, then periodic checks of the wire and insulation should be made to insure it is maintained in good condition.

1. All metal objects, pipes, framework of metal housings, etc. should be provided with a low resistance ground to earth.

1. Remove all possible potential sources of stray current such as powerlines, lights, DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

13 electric equipment, batteries, etc. from the blast site prior to the loading of explosives.

1. Known stray current sources located near blasting should be de-energized and locked out when explosive materials are present.

1. Do not remove shunts from detonator legwires except for continuity testing, after which they should be reshunted, and kept shunted until tying them into the blast circuit.

1. Insure that all splices are insulated from the earth or ground and other potential stray current sources. Always use a well-insulated firing line that is not damaged and is not near any possible source of stray current.

1. Precautions to take during dust and snowstorms include placing the electric detonators on the ground and slowly extend the legwires along the ground.

1. Electric blasting should be suspended when severe dust or snowstorms are present.

1. All moving equipment in the blast site that can generate static electricity should be shut down while blasting circuits are being connected and until the blast has been fired.

10. A semiconductive loading system for ANFO will help to bleed off the static charge as it is generated.

11. Make certain that there are no radio frequency transmitting devices (including cellular phones) closer than recommended by The Institute of Makers of Explosives (IME) and be on the lookout for new structures/antennas.

12. Keep mobile radio transmitters in the “off” position near blasting areas and place adequate signs to remind mobile transmitter operators.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

14

SECTION 3

BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF BLASTING DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

15

SECTION 3 – BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF BLASTING

• Explosive Properties – General
• Explosive Products
• Dynamite
• Water Gels/Slurries
• Emulsions
• Anfo – Blasting Prills
• Blends
• Boosters
• Initiating Devices
• Electric
• Non-electric
• Detonating Cord
• Shock Tube
• Black Powder
• Blasting Instruments
• Blaster’s Multimeter
• Blaster’s Ohmmeter
• Blasting Machines
• Seismograph DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

16

BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF BLASTING

Explosive Properties

An explosive is a chemical compound, or mixture of compounds, initiated by heat, shock, impact, friction, or a combination of these conditions. Once initiated, it decomposes very rapidly in a detonation producing a rapid release of heat and large quantities of high-pressure gases. The gases produced expand rapidly with sufficient force to overcome confining forces, such as the rock surrounding a borehole. High explosives are categorized as being able to be initiated by a No. 8 test blasting cap, and which react at a speed greater than the speed of sound through the explosive medium.

If improperly or accidentally initiated, explosives may burn without the aid of atmospheric oxygen. The flame burning of explosives is called deflagration.

The energy released by the detonation of explosives manifests itself in four basic ways: 1) rock fragmentation; 2) rock displacement; 3) ground vibration; and 4) airblast. In addition, toxic and non-toxic fumes are also produced, and are released into the atmosphere.

All explosives have specific characteristics which differentiate them, and which can be measured to determine their performance under specific blasting conditions. A brief explanation of some of the more important explosive properties follows.

Detonation Velocity

Detonation velocity (DV) is the speed at which the detonation wave travels through a column of explosives. DV is typically measured in feet per second (fps), or meters per second (m/s), and may be affected by many factors including explosive type, diameter of the explosive column, confinement, and temperature. Most commercially available explosives in use today have detonation velocities in the range of 10,000-18,000-fps. Each explosive has an ideal velocity, which is dependent on the explosive’s composition and density.

Depending on the type of explosive, and how it is confined, the diameter of the product will influence the DV up to a certain charge diameter. Generally, the larger the diameter the greater the velocity until the explosive’s maximum (ideal) velocity is reached. DV is also strongly dependent on the density (packing density in a drill hole) of the explosive. All explosives also have a critical diameter, which is the smallest charge diameter at which the detonation process will support itself once initiated.

Confinement of the explosive charge will also affect the DV. Generally, the greater the confinement of the explosive the higher the DV. For some explosive products such as ANFO, dynamites, emulsions, heavy ANFO, and water gels the effect of confinement can be significant in small diameter holes. Confinement usually has less influence on DV as the charge diameter increases.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

17 Adequate priming of an explosive charge is critical in ensuring that the detonation will reach its maximum velocity as quickly as possible. If priming is inadequate the charge may fail to detonate, may build up slowly to its final velocity, or may initiate a low order detonation or deflagration. Blasters should always follow the explosive manufacturer’s recommendations for priming in order to ensure maximum velocities.

Density

The packing density of an explosive loaded in a borehole is one of its most critical properties. Density affects sensitivity, DV, and critical diameter of the explosive charge. It is defined as the weight per unit volume and is typically expressed in grams per cubic centimeter (g/cc). The density of most commercial explosives ranges from a low of about 0.8 g/cc to a high of about 1.6 g/cc. Free-flowing ANFO products are in the low density range of approximately

1. 8 - 1.15 g/cc. Cartridge explosive products such as emulsions, water gels, and dynamites have densities in the range of 0.9 -1.6 g/cc. Since water is considered to have a density of 1.0 any product with a density of less than 1.0 will float. Blasters should also realize that muddy water or salt water in a borehole might have a density greater than 1.0 g/cc.

Sensitivity

Sensitivity is a loosely used term that indicates the absolute or relative ease with which an explosive can be induced to chemically react. Different explosives will show differing sensitivity to stimuli such as shock, low velocity impact, friction, electrostatic discharge, or other sources of energy. The shock initiation sensitivity is the ease with which an explosive can be induced to detonate. Some explosives require only a single detonator for initiation, while others require large booster charges.

Detonator, or cap sensitivity, is one measure commonly used to indicate product ease of initiation, and also to classify products for safety in transportation, storage, and use. The standard used is the explosives’ sensitivity to initiation by a No. 8 test blasting cap. Blasting agents are an example of an explosive product that will not initiate with the detonation of the No. 8 test cap, under test conditions.

Fumes

The chemical reaction resulting from the detonation of explosives produce water vapor, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, and also in smaller concentrations, poisonous gases such as carbon monoxide and nitrogen oxides. Fumes differ from smoke, in that smoke is mostly steam and the solid products of combustion and detonation. Exposure to smoke, especially that produced from dynamite, should be avoided as severe headaches may result from contact with small particles of unreacted nitroglycerin in the smoke. Some carbon monoxide and oxides of nitrogen will be produced from all detonations, with the amounts depending on the conditions of the detonation.

It is imperative that adequate waiting periods be observed before allowing personnel to enter the blast area, as some toxic gases are both odorless and colorless. Absence of smoke is no guarantee that noxious gases are not present in the blast area, therefore always ensure the area has been sufficiently ventilated before entering.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

18 Flammability

Flammability refers to the ease with which an explosive, or blasting agent can be ignited by heat. As you might suspect, most dynamites are easy to ignite and burn violently. If the burning takes place in a confined space the burning may transform into a detonation. Water gels and emulsions are more difficult to ignite than dynamite, however, after most of their water is evaporated by a heat source they can support combustion without confinement. Of the most common commercial explosives, ammonium nitrate products, emulsions and water gels have a lower tendency than dynamite to convert burning into a detonation.

Explosive Classification

The U.S. Dept. of Transportation classifies explosives according to their hazard potential.

Division 1.1 or 1.2 (formerly Class A) explosives: This class exhibits the maximum hazard potential and includes such products as dynamites, certain watergels/slurries, fuse, fuse caps, electric and non-electric detonators, detonating cord, MS connectors, primers, boosters, etc. All those explosive products that can be initiated by a No. 8 test blasting cap are classified as high explosives and must be handled with caution.

Division 1.3 (formerly Class B) explosives: This class possesses a flammable hazard, and includes fireworks. Class B explosives do not have a particular application to mining.

Division 1.4 (formerly Class C) explosives: This class possesses a minimum hazard and includes primarily blasting agents, such as ANFO, and low sensitivity water gels.

Explosive Products

Dynamite

Dynamite has been a mainstay of the commercial explosives industry, ever since Alfred Nobel learned that nitroglycerin absorbed into diatomaceous earth was safer to transport, and use. Most modern dynamites contain nitroglycerin as a sensitizer, or as the principal means for developing energy. Where field conditions permit, ANFO, water gels, and emulsions have replaced dynamite as lower cost alternatives. Dynamites are packed into cylindrical cartridges ¾”diameter, or larger, and ranging from 4-24” in length.

The three basic types of dynamite are: granular, semi-gelatin, and gelatin. The semi-gelatin and gelatin dynamites contain nitrocotton, a cellulose nitrate that combines with nitroglycerin to form a cohesive gel, in relatively high percentages. Dynamites also differ in the principal materials used to provide their energy. In ‘straight’ dynamites nitroglycerin is the principal energy source, in ‘ammonia’, or so-called ‘extra’, dynamites ammonium nitrate replaces a large portion of the nitroglycerin to create a less expensive and more impact resistant dynamite. In these dynamites the ammonium nitrate is the principal source of energy, and the nitroglycerin acts as a sensitizer.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

19 The nitroglycerin in dynamites can be inhaled, or absorbed through the skin. It acts as a blood vessel dilator, reducing the amount of blood flow to the brain, and causing headaches that are sometimes severe.

Water Gels and Slurries

“A water gel/slurry explosive is essentially a thickened aqueous solution of oxidizer and/or fuel salts in which is dispersed additional oxidizers and/or fuels as well as sensitizers.”4 As a slurry the explosive is fluid, pumpable and essentially miscible with water. As a water gel formulation the explosive has been made dimensionally stable and water-resistant by the addition of cross-linking agents. Water gel explosives contain significant amounts of water and separate oxidizer and fuel components making them less sensitive than water-free nitroglycerin dynamites. Water gels are made up of oxidizing salts and fuels dispersed in a continuous liquid phase. The addition of gellants, and cross-linking agents, thickens the mixture and makes it water-resistant. Ammonium nitrate, sodium nitrate, and calcium nitrate are the oxidizing salts most commonly used, whereas aluminum, coal, gilsonite, sugar, ethylene glycol, and oil are the most common fuels. The addition of nitrate salts of organic amines, nitrate esters of alcohol, perchlorate salts, fine particle size aluminum, or other explosives may adjust the sensitiveness of the water gels. Also, physical sensitizers such as chemically produced bubbles, or glass ‘microballoons’, may be blended into the gel either alone, or in combination with other chemical sensitizers. The density of most water gels ranges from 1.0 – 1.35 g/cc. Water gels may be formulated to be either cap sensitive, or insensitive. In either case they are less sensitive to abusive impact, shock, or fire than dynamite. They are explosives, however, and should never be abused. The sensitivity of water gels is affected by temperature, with higher temperatures increasing the sensitivity of the products.

Emulsions

Emulsion explosives are the combination of two immiscible (incapble of mixing) liquids in which one phase is uniformly dispersed throughout the other. They are dispersions of water solutions of oxidizers in an oil medium, or water-in-oil emulsions. The unique structure provides a high ratio of oxidizer to fuel, and gives the emulsion its unique characteristics. The fuel phase of an emulsion is typically oil or wax, or a combination of the two. No. 2 fuel oil is common to many emulsions. The oxidizer solution phase consists of microscopically fine droplets that are surrounded by the fuel phase. The oxidizer solution always contains ammonium nitrate, and may also contain sodium nitrate, calcium nitrate, and ammonium or sodium perchlorate. The oxidizer remains dispersed in the fuel to form a stable emulsion through the addition of a surfactant or emulsifying agent. The ratio of oxidizer to fuel in an emulsion is typically 9:1. In some cases aluminum, or ANFO, are added to an emulsion to increase the energy of the explosive. Emulsions have been found to be very safe explosives to handle, and use, and have failed to detonate in impact and friction tests standard to the industry.

Emulsions will normally not detonate during burning, but there is no guarantee of this, especially if the emulsion has become contaminated with other materials. Although emulsions express a great degree of safety they will detonate if exposed to severe conditions, and should never be abused. Emulsions may be formulated as cap sensitive, or insensitive explosives. 4 ISEE Blaster’s Handbook, 17th Edition, Chapter 6, Water Gels/Slurries, pg. 69.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

20 Anfo – Blasting Prills

Ammonium nitrate is an essential ingredient in nearly all commercial explosives including those mentioned above. Predominantly it is used in the form of a small porous pellet called a prill, and mixed with fuel oil. Approximately four billion pounds of ANFO (ammonium nitrate-fuel oil) is consumed in the U.S. annually accounting for nearly 80% of the domestic commercial explosives market. The main limitations of ANFO are no water resistance, and low product density. ANFO in its most commonly used formulation consists of 94% ammonium nitrate prills, and 6% No. 2 diesel fuel. Although ammonium nitrate prills are extensively used as agricultural fertilizers they differ from explosive grade prills, as they are denser and less porous. The detonation velocity of ANFO is largely dependent on the size of the borehole and degree of confinement. DV may reach nearly 16,000 fps under optimum conditions. Most ANFO has a poured density of 0.77 to 0.85 g/cc with a practical maximum density of about 1.10 g/cc. Anfo is not cap sensitive, and must be primed to achieve maximum DV. When priming ANFO, the highest detonation pressure material available should be used thus assuring the ANFO reaches its steady state velocity within a minimum distance from the point of initiation.

Efficient primers for ANFO have diameters that approach the diameter of the borehole, especially in holes less than five inches in size. ANFO has no water resistance, and therefore should never be loaded unprotected into boreholes containing water. ANFO may be loaded bulk, may be packaged in bags, or may be packaged for loading in cylindrical textile, or cardboard, tubes with plastic liners.

Blends

Generally, a blend is a mixture of a water-in-oil emulsion and ANFO. They are typically not sensitive to initiation by means of a blasting cap, and are classified as blasting agents. There are three main purposes for blends. They are: 1) to increase the density of ANFO, thereby increasing energy in the borehole; 2) to provide water resistance to ANFO; and 3) to reduce mining costs. Blends containing less than 50% emulsion are sometimes called ‘heavy ANFO’.

Some formulations of blends may reach detonation velocities in excess of 18,000 fps. Blending of the products allows a wide range of detonation velocities, and densities for the explosive user.

Once the mixture reaches a ratio of 40:60 (emulsion:ANFO) the mixture is essentially waterproof. At a ratio of 60:40, the mixture may be pumped.

Boosters/Primers

A booster is an explosive used to perpetuate or intensify an explosive reaction. A booster is often, but not always, cap sensitive and does not contain an initiating device. The terms primer and booster are often used interchangeably, but the two serve very different functions. A primer is used to initiate an explosive reaction, and contains a detonator, detonating cord, etc., whereas a booster does not contain a detonator. Dynamite, water gel/slurries, and emulsions are all sometimes used as boosters for ANFO products. Many cast boosters are also used as primers, and are molded with a cap well in the booster so that insertion of a detonator is made easier.

Other types of cap sensitive explosives may also be used to make primers.

The popularity of ANFO and water gels created the need for the development of high-velocity and high-energy boosters. Compact, high detonation pressure, non-nitroglycerin boosters have been developed to meet this need. Even though these boosters are more resistant DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

21 to accidental detonation from impact, shock, or friction than dynamite they must be handled safely.

Cast boosters are cap sensitive explosives that typically contain the high explosive trinitrotoluene (TNT) as the casting material. Other explosive materials may be mixed into the melted TNT, and will impart different energy and/or sensitivity to the booster. Some types of cast boosters are pentolite boosters, composition B boosters, torpex boosters, and amatol/sodatol boosters. The density of cast boosters ranges from 1.55-1.7 g/cc, and they have excellent water resistance. They detonate at velocities of 20,000-25,000 fps, or more.

In addition to the cast boosters, nitroglycerin explosive boosters are still commonly used.

These are usually found in stick, or cylindrical form. Ammonium nitrate gelatins (so-called ‘extra’ gelatins) are the most popular of this type.

An accepted rule-of-thumb for efficient priming is to use the largest diameter primer that will fit the borehole. The primer is usually located at, or near, the bottom of the borehole.

Bottom initiation serves to maximize confinement of the charge, and tends to produce less flyrock and airblast than top initiated holes. Multiple primers may be used in single boreholes to ensure detonation of the entire explosive column, and to initiate separate, decked, explosive charges. Primers should never be made up until immediately prior to insertion into the borehole, and primer components should be kept physically separated until that time. When cartridge explosives are used as primers it may be necessary to make a hole in the explosive in order to seat the detonator. Only non-sparking implements (i.e. powder punch) should be used for this purpose. The detonator should always be completely seated within the explosive cartridge.

Since detonators fire directionally they should be oriented toward the center of the cartridge (see Diagram 3-1 for examples of primers).

Initiating Devices

Only by the careful choice, and utilization, of the proper initiating device can blasters achieve the most effective use of explosives. Blasters must always remember that all initiating devices are designed to explode, and must be handled with the same care as high explosives.

Depending on the prime source of energy, initiating devices fall into two basic types: electric and non-electric. Blasting caps may be instantaneous, or delayed in milliseconds (1/1000th of a second). To constitute separate detonations a delay must be at least 8 ms (milliseconds), however, most detonators are delayed in intervals of 25 ms.

Electric Detonators

Electric detonators come in several types with the most common being the low firing – current variety. An electric detonator consists of a metal shell containing a high explosive base charge that is designed to initiate other explosives. Above the base charge is a primary charge designed to convert the burning reaction transmitted from the ignition source into a detonation.

Above the primary charge, in delay detonators, is a pyrotechnic charge, which burns at a known rate. At the top of the detonator is the bridge wire that receives the electric current from the leg wires, which protrude from the cap. The bridge wire is encased in an ignition mixture. Internal safeguards are built into all modern commercial detonators in order to prevent electrostatic energy from accidentally initiating the detonator. Electric detonators, which contain no DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

22 pyrotechnic delay charge, are considered instantaneous detonators. The burning time of any delay charge determines the millisecond delay period of the cap.

Detonator leg wires may be made of copper, iron, or copper clad iron and come in a variety of gauges and lengths. Electric detonators produced in North America have shunts on the free ends of the leg wires to prevent current from unintentionally flowing through the bridge wire. Internal construction of electric detonators varies with different manufacturers, therefore, electric detonators from different manufacturers must never be used in the same blast. Such a practice is almost certain to result in dangerous misfires.

Diagram 3-1.Primers

Lead line /Leg Wires Cord Well

Cast Booster Detonator

Cap Well

In a cast booster the lead lines/leg wires are fed through the booster, and the detonator is then inserted into the cap well so that the detonation is directed into the explosive.

When making a primer using slurry, or cartridge explosives it may be necessary to make a hole in the explosive cartridge with a non-sparking implement. The lead line/leg wires may then be half-hitched around the cartridge, or taped to the cartridge. The detonator must be seated completely within the explosive.

Lead line/Leg wires

Tape Detonator (Insert into hole) Half-hitch around cartridge

Detonator DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

23 Proper electric blasting will allow for the safe firing of large numbers of detonators from a safe, remote location. “Successful electric blasting depends on four basic principles: 1) proper selection and layout of the blasting circuit; 2) an adequate energy source compatible with the type of circuit selected; 3) recognition and elimination of all electrical hazards; and 4) circuit balancing, good electrical connections, and careful circuit testing.”5 The type of circuit will depend to a great extent on the number of detonators to be fired, and the type of operation.

Generally, a single series is used on shots containing 50 detonators, or less. For delivering the electrical energy to the circuit a capacitor discharge blasting machine offers the safest, most dependable, and economical source.

Prior to loading any electrically detonated blast all electrical hazards must be eliminated.

Such hazards are lightning, stray current, radio frequency energy from transmitters, induced currents from high voltage power lines, and static electricity.

Once loading begins the connections between leg wires, connecting wires, and lead lines must be tight, clean, and insulated from the ground. Also, the circuit resistance of all circuits should be calculated, and tested. The resistance of each detonator should be tested prior to loading of the explosive charge, and the ends of leg wires, connecting wires, and lead lines should be kept shunted.

When testing electric blasting circuits a Blaster’s Multimeter or Blasting Ohmmeter (Blaster’s Galvanometer ) must be used. Use of any other instrument may result in enough current to cause a partial, or total detonation.

Two basic types of electric blasting circuits will be discussed in this guide: single series and series-in-parallel (See Diagram 3-2). A single series circuit provides a single path for the current through all the detonators. It is usually limited to small blasts containing 50 detonators, or less. A series-in-parallel circuit is the most common type of electrical blasting circuit. In this type of circuit the ends of two, or more, single series circuits are connected together, and are then connected to the firing line. The main advantage of the series-in-parallel hook-up is that a large number of detonators can be initiated without a large increase in voltage requirements.

In order to test a blasting circuit it is first necessary to calculate the theoretical circuit resistance. Methods of calculating the resistance of single series, and series-in-parallel, circuits is as follows:

Single series – The total resistance of a single series circuit is the number of detonators times the resistance of one detonator (See Table 3-2) plus the resistance of any connecting wire and firing line.

Circuit Resistance = (No. of detonators x resistance of one detonator) + resistance of connecting wire + resistance of firing line. The resistance of wire is calculated by taking the resistance of 1000’ of the appropriate gauge wire from a chart (See Table 3-1), multiplying the figure by the total number feet of that gauge wire used in the circuit, and then dividing by 1000. 5 ISEE Blaster’s Handbook, 17th Edition, Chapter 16, Electric Firing Techniques, pg. 179.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

24 Resistance of wire = total length of wire x resistance of 1000’ of wire

1000

Resistance figures are calculated, and measured, in Ohms.

Example: Calculate the total circuit resistance of a single series containing 20 detonators, with a resistance of 2.1 ohms each, 200’ of 16-gauge connecting wire, and 1000’ of 14-guage firing line.

Cap resistance = 20 x 2.1 ohms = 42 ohms

Connecting wire resistance = 200 x 4.02 = 0.804 ohms

1000

Firing line resistance = 1000 x 2.53 = 2.53 ohms

1000

Total circuit resistance = 42 (detonators) + 0.8 (connecting wire) + 2.53 (firing lines)

= 45.33 ohms

When tested the circuit should read between 45 and 46 ohms. If the reading is too low some detonators may not be connected in the circuit. If the reading is too high it indicates too many detonators in the series, or loose or dirty connections.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

25 Diagram 3-2. Wiring Configurations

Electric Blasting Caps

Connecting Wire

Firing Line

Power Source

A. Single Series Circuit Electric Blasting Caps

Connecting Wire

Firing Line

Power Source

B. Series-in-Parallel Circuit DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

26 Table 3-1.6 Resistance* of Copper Wire

AWG Gauge No.

Ohms per 1,000 feet

6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22

1. 395
2. 628
3. 999
4. 588
5. 525
6. 02
7. 39 10.15 16.14

• At 68° Fahrenheit. 6 ISEE Blaster’s Handbook, 17th Edition, Chapter 16, Electric Firing Techniques, pg. 186.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

27 Table 3-2.7 Nominal Resistance* of Electric Blasting Detonators In Ohms per Detonator (This is for sample calculations only: refer to your supplier for actual resistances of your products)

Copper Wire Iron Wire

Length of Wire Instantaneous Delay Instantaneous Delay (Feet) Detonators Detonators Detonators Detonators

4

1. 26
2. 16
3. 10
4. 00 6
5. 34
6. 24
7. 59
8. 49 7 --
9. 84 -8
10. 42
11. 32
12. 09
13. 99 9 --
14. 34 -10
15. 50
16. 40
17. 59
18. 49 12
19. 58
20. 48
21. 09
22. 99 14
23. 67
24. 57
25. 58
26. 48 16
27. 75
28. 65
29. 08
30. 98 20
31. 91
32. 81
33. 06
34. 98 24
35. 07
36. 97

30

1. 15
2. 21

40

1. 31
2. 06

50

1. 42
2. 32

60

1. 69
2. 59

80

1. 71
2. 61

100

1. 11
2. 01

• At 68° Fahrenheit. 7 ISEE Blaster’s Handbook, 17th Edition, Chapter 16, Electric Firing Techniques, pg. 185.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

28 Series-in-Parallel – It is important to remember in series-in-parallel circuits that the resistance of all the series in the circuit should be balanced. Balancing the series is usually done by wiring the same number of detonators in each series. In order to determine the resistance of a balanced series-in-parallel circuit the resistance of one series, in the circuit, is divided by the total number of series in the circuit.

Detonator circuit resistance = Resistance of one series

Total number of series in the circuit

Example: Calculate the total resistance of a series-in-parallel circuit containing 5 series of 10 detonators each. The resistance of a single detonator is 2.32 ohms.

Resistance of one series = 10(detonators) x 2.32 ohms

=23.2 ohms

Number of series in the circuit = 5

Total resistance of the detonator circuit = 23.2

5

= 4.64 ohms

The resistance of the entire blasting circuit would be found in the same way as it was done in the previous example for a single series. The resistance of the detonator circuit would be added to the resistance of any connecting wire and the firing lines.

In order to find the current in any electrical circuit we can use Ohm’s law. It states that the current flowing in a circuit is equal to the voltage divided by the resistance.

I = V Where: I = current in amperes

R

V= applied voltage in volts

R= resistance in ohms

It is important to remember that the nominal firing current for each series, in a series-in-parallel hook-up, of basting caps is 1.5-2.0 amperes depending on the manufacturer. If mixed series of instantaneous, and delay detonators are used in a circuit a current of 2.0 amperes should be used due to the fast functioning of the instantaneous caps.

Current leakage is another problem that can cause misfires when using electric detonators if it is undetected. Current leakage is the loss of a portion of the firing current through the ground, therefore bypassing the firing circuit. The leakage can be caused by the detonator leg wires being damaged during loading, the wire connections coming in contact with the ground, or improper splices in the boreholes. Current leakage can be detected by the use of a Blaster’s Multimeter. The conductivity of the rock is the principal factor in the amount of current leakage that can occur.

Capacitor discharge blasting machines, when used properly, are the most dependable method of detonating electric blasting caps.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

29 Capacitor discharge blasting machines are most commonly used for detonating electric blasts, but in order to determine if sufficient current is being delivered to the entire shot the blaster must consider the rapid current decay associated with the machine. Charts have been developed for use with individual blasting machines to show the number of detonators, and number of series, that the machine will safely detonate. Blasters must consult the appropriate chart for their machine to ensure it will deliver sufficient energy to detonate their planned blast.

The above information is provided for review only. It is not intended to be sufficient information to design a blast. Additional training, charts, and other information are required for each blast design. The information in this section is taken from the 17th edition of the ISEE Blaster’s Handbook.

Non-electric Detonators

There are two main types of non-electric detonation systems in use in North America today, shock tube and detonating cord. The main advantage of non-electric systems is perceived to be their lack of susceptibility to initiation from extraneous electrical energy. The shortcoming of most non-electric systems is that they cannot be tested to ensure a complete circuit exists prior to detonation.

First, we will discuss detonating cord systems. Detonating cord is a flexible cord containing a core of high explosives. The cord detonates at a velocity of approximately 22,000-fps. Different sizes of detonating cord are usually expressed as grains of explosive per linear foot of cord. The core of detonating cord is usually composed of PETN, and is covered with various combinations of materials. The cords are generally color coded by each manufacturer to identify the product grade. Detonating cord, although classified as a high explosive, is relatively insensitive, and requires close contact with at least a No. 6 detonator to assure initiation.

Depending on the core load, and type of explosives, detonating cord may propagate through knots and splices. Most cords with at least 20 grains/ft of explosive will propagate through splices. The manufacturer’s recommendations should be consulted, and followed, for each specific cord. When used down boreholes, exploding detonating cord will cause the compression of the explosive column surrounding the cord. This is a concern with explosives that have a critical density range in which they will detonate, such as ANFO in small diameter holes. Where compatible, detonating cord may also be used in conjunction with shock tube initiation systems.

One of the concerns with using detonating cord is the amount of noise generated when the cord explodes. Because of the noise, any cord greater than 3 grains/ft must be covered with at least 6 inches of loose earth when being used within 800 ft. of an inhabited building. Also, to insure complete detonation, a double trunk line or loop system must be used to connect holes in the blast. Other specific regulations for the use of non-electric detonating systems can be found in Sec. 4 VAC 25-40-930 of the Safety and Health Regulations for Mineral Mining 1998.

Detonating cords with low core loads of 2.4-4.0 grains/ft are considered low energy cords. These cords transmit their explosive energy to an attached detonator. They are somewhat similar in appearance to shock tube systems, and are attractive in situations where it is important for the cord to self-destruct. By doing so, they leave no contamination in the product being mined.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

30 Surface delay systems are available for both types of detonating cord, therefore, allowing flexibility in blast delay patterns. Detonating cord should always be cut with a knife, and not with pliers, wire strippers, or scissors, due to the hazard of metal to metal contact.

The second type of non-electric detonation system is the shock tube. The system utilizes a dust explosion in an almost empty tube to transmit the initiation signal. The tube is coated on the inside with a fine layer of HMX high explosive, combined with aluminum. The explosive is held on the tube wall by a static charge. When sufficient shock, and ignition, is delivered to the tube the dust explodes and the detonation is propagated through the tube in a fashion similar to a coal dust explosion in an underground mine. The tubing is insensitive to ordinary heat or impact, and requires high impulse shock to be energized. The most common initiation devices are mechanical devices, which utilize a shotgun shell primer activated by a firing pin. The reaction travels through the tube at a rate of approximately 6,500-7,000 fps. When the explosive reaction reaches a detonator it initiates the functioning of the delay elements in the detonator.

With the exception of the ignition area, the detonator is very similar to one detonated electrically. Surface delay connectors, and down hole delay detonators are available for these systems making them very flexible and adaptable. The shock tube itself is made of a durable, flexible plastic, however, any cut or damage to the tube that might allow moisture to enter the tube could result in a cutoff of the detonation signal. The following is a list of precautions particular to the use of nonelectric shock tube detonating systems:

• Always store, handle, transport, and use all explosive products, including nonelectric systems, in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
• Only properly trained personnel should use nonelectric detonating systems.
• Always avoid situations where shock tube could become entangled, or entwined, with vehicles, machinery, or equipment.
• Protect the components of shock tube systems from unintended energy, such as, any source of heat, electricity, or impact.
• Always follow the manufacturers’ recommendations when cutting and splicing lead-in trunkline shock tube.
• Never remove, or crimp, a detonator on shock tube.
• Never allow water, or moisture to enter a shock tube.
• Never hold shock tube in your hand while detonating, as the tube may rupture.
• Do not mishandle, or abuse shock tubing.
• Do not kink, pull, stretch, or put undue tension on shock tube.
• Never attempt to disassemble a surface delay detonator from the connector block.
• Never abuse shock tube by driving vehicles, or equipment, over it.
• Never attach the shock tube lead line to the initiating device until the blast area has been cleared.
• Since shock tube systems can only be checked visually, the blaster must use a systematic and orderly method of inspecting the hookup. Preferably, the visual inspection should be done twice to ensure proper connections of all tubing in the blast.

Non-electric systems vary from manufacturer to manufacturer, therefore always consult the manufacturer’s recommendations for the product being used. Never mix systems from different manufacturers in the same blast unless specifically approved by the manufacturers.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

31 Black Powder

The modern commercial explosives industry has its roots in the development of black powder. The main ingredient of black powder was initially potassium nitrate (saltpeter), and is thought to have been used by the Chinese as early as the 10Th century. Later explosive manufacturers were able to substitute sodium nitrate for the more costly potassium nitrate.

Annual consumption of black powder in the U.S. is less than 100,000 pounds. Black powder forms the powder train in safety fuse, and has historically been used in the dimension stone industry in Virginia. In order for an operator to use safety fuse, or black powder, in Virginia they must first receive special approval from the DMM (4 VAC 25-40-800 C). The approval would specify restrictions for handling, transportation, and storage of the materials.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

32

BLASTING INSTRUMENTS

Blaster’s Multimeter

“The blaster’s multimeter is a compact volt-ohm-millivolt meter specifically designed to measure resistance, voltage, and current in blasting operations.”8 In all cases, instruments used to test blasting circuits should include the word blaster’s in the name. Standard electrical test meters must never be used to test blast circuits as they may deliver sufficient current to detonate all, or part, of a blast. The blaster’s multimeter can be used to: 1) measure the resistance of a single blasting circuit for continuity, and the total resistance in a series-in-parallel circuit; 2) survey blast sites to determine if extraneous current hazards exist; 3) measure a wide range of resistances necessary to investigate static electricity hazards, and; 4) measure power line voltages up to 1500 volts AC and DC.

Blasting Ohmmeter

The blasting ohmmeter is an analog (‘swing needle’) device used to measure the resistance in ohms of a blasting circuit. The measurement is useful for:

• determining if the bridgewire of an individual detonator is intact
• determining the continuity of an electric detonator series circuit, and
• locating broken wires and connections in a series, or series-in-parallel circuit. 8 ISEE Blaster’s Handbook, 17th Edition, Chapter 33, Blasting Equipment and Accessories, pg. 539.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

33 If the special silver chloride battery in the blaster’s ohmmeter is depleted it must be replaced with an identical battery. Never replace it with a standard battery.

Blasting Machines

The two basic types of blasting machines are: 1) generator; and 2) capacitor discharge

(CD).

The generator type machine uses a small hand driven generator to produce a direct current pulse that energizes the electric detonators. The energy is generated by the twist of a handle, squeeze of a lever, or pushing down of a handle. The generator type machines are usually rated by the number of instantaneous, or delay, caps that they will successfully fire in a straight series. Under certain conditions these type machines may be used to detonate series-in-parallel circuits, but should never be used for straight parallel circuits.

CD blasting machines have a capacitor, or bank of capacitors that store a large quantity of electrical energy. The energy may be supplied by a high voltage battery, or by a high voltage

oscillator from a low voltage battery. The blaster discharges the energy into the blasting circuit by activating a firing switch. The discharge of energy occurs in milliseconds. CD blasting machines will discharge many electric detonators in relation to their weight and size, and are a reliable means of firing electric blasting circuits. The machines are rated in terms of voltage and energy, and blasters must consult the manufacturer’s specifications to determine if the machine is sufficient for their application. The machines should always be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Persons using capacitor discharge blasting machines must be aware that the discharge from the machine can be lethal. Blasting machines should be tested frequently, by an approved tester, to insure that the machine delivers its full output of energy.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

34 Several CD blasting machines combined into a single unit is called a sequential timer.

The timer is programmed so that it energizes multiple electric detonator circuits in a time delay sequence. The units provide blasters with a number of delays greater than those available when using electric detonators with a conventional blasting machine. They are especially useful where it is necessary to limit the amount of explosives per delay in order to control noise and vibration.

Blasting Seismographs

A blasting seismograph is used to monitor, record, analyze, display, and print ground vibration and noise from a blast. It is used to measure the transfer of seismic wave energy from one point to another. Standard seismographs utilize four channels for signals from four sensors; three for ground motion and one for sound (air pressure). The data from blast events are shown as peak measurements of ground motion and airblast. Ground sensors are contained in a geophone, which is placed in direct contact with the earth, and airblast is monitored through a microphone. Typical data registered are peak particle velocity (the speed at which a particle moves perunit of time), peak displacement (the distance particles are moved by the seismic wave), peak acceleration (rate of change in velocity per unit of time), and the frequency of movement (the number of cylces per second (hertz) that the particles vibrate). Airblast is a temporary pressure pulse above the atmospheric pressure level. Airblast is measured in pounds per square inch, and converted into decibels (dB). Below are two examples of seismographs.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

35

SECTION 4

BLASTING DESIGN / CONTROL DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

36

SECTION 4 – BLASTING DESIGN/CONTROL

• Drilling
• Selection of Hole Diameter
• Required Production
• Terrain
• Material Characteristics
• Type and Size of Excavating and Hauling Equipment
• Proximity to Vibration-Sensitive Areas
• Bench or Lift Height
• Explosives Type and Size
• Burden and Spacing
• Stemming
• Timing/Delays
• Scaled Distance
• Weather and Atmospheric Conditions
• Time of Day DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

37

BLASTING DESIGN/CONTROL

Drilling

In the surface drilling and blasting profession the most critical part is often the drilling portion. A blasthole is a cylinder whose prime purpose is to accommodate an explosive charge.

A drill log/report is the best way for a driller to communicate the condition of the blastholes to the certified blaster in charge of the blasting operation. The log/report should include but not limited to:

1. Identify each hole in the drill pattern.
2. The amount of overburden (material on top of the rock being blasted).
3. Seams and at what depth they are located.
4. Mud and at what depth it is located.
5. Water and at what depth it is located.
6. Total depth of the drill hole.
7. Was subdrilling done and how much.

The drill log/report information should be included in the planning of the blasting operation by the certified blaster.

It is important that mine operators covey information related to their mine development plan to the drillers and blasters who will ultimately implement critical parts of the plan. The certified blaster is charged with designing a shot, which meets the expectations of the mine operator, and complies with requirements of State and Federal mine law and regulations.

Selection of Hole Diameter

In order to determine the appropriate hole size, or diameter, several important factors must be considered. We must also keep in mind that the most appropriate hole size may change over the life of the mining operation. It is generally accepted that the larger the blast hole the less expensive the drilling cost, as long as the hole size remains appropriate for the operation. Some other factors to be considered are:

• Required Production
• Terrain
• Material Characteristics/Geology
• Type and Size of Excavating and Hauling Equipment
• Proximity to Vibration-Sensitive Areas
• Bench or Lift Height
• Explosives Type and Size

The capital investment available for initial startup is also a consideration. Of the factors listed above, geology is probably primary, as it is the one thing that cannot be altered. In hard, DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

38 massive formations the distribution of explosives throughout the blast area is critical. Smaller holes, or a closer spacing, will result in finer fragmentation than larger holes on a wider spacing.

• Required Production

Present, and future, production needs must be considered, as it will affect the type and number of drilling units required. However, production needs must be balanced against other considerations in order to come up with an appropriate hole size.

• Terrain

In most cases, the larger the drill, the more limited it is in its ability to traverse rough terrain, and work in tight areas. For initial mine development a smaller drill might prove more versatile than a larger unit, which might be more suitable to an established mine with a series of developed drill benches.

• Material Characteristics/Geology

Some of the characteristics of the rock, or ore, that lend them to drillability, and fragmentation, and that will also influence hole size are:

• Hardness or compressive strength of the rock. Percussive drilling is less affected by rock hardness than is rotary drilling. Hardness also relates to fragmentation, which can affect hole sizes in relation to explosive distribution.

• Rock Structure. The geology of the rock to be blasted also can affect selection of hole size. The existence of joints, fractures, folds, bedding planes and faults, as well as, the existence of cap rock will affect drilling operations. All the above factors influence fragmentation, back break, and stability of formations, which in turn affect economic efficiency of the drilling and blasting operation.

• Type and Size of Excavating and Hauling Equipment

It is often thought that because large excavators and haulage equipment is used, blastholes will need to be large as possible and the drill patterns spread, in order to handle larger size blasted rock. To a degree this is correct, but it is important to keep in mind that the main purpose in using the larger excavation and haulage equipment is to promote higher levels of production more economically, not to cut costs on drilling and blasting. Thus, caution needs to be applied when making determinations of blasthole size based solely on the scale of excavation, haulage and crushing equipment used. However, if the equipment used is relatively small in scale, careful assessment of the hole size, as it relates to the fragmentation desired, must be made.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

39

• Proximity to Vibration-Sensitive Areas

The majority of operators who utilize blasting and drilling techniques are very aware of restrictions placed on vibration, especially as it may relate to potential lawsuits. Larger holes contain more explosives per foot of hole, and unless decked, they will have higher charge weights per delay resulting in higher vibrations. In a new operation, some research and testing on hole size is advisable.

• Bench or Lift Height

If benches have a fixed height, then blasthole size must be determined accordingly. Legislation dictates maximum bench height in certain areas, so some of the blasthole size selection process is eliminated. When bench height varies, there is much more latitude on hole size decisions; but in many cases bench or bank height is pre-set by production requirements and the equipment used.

Evaluation in determining bench or lift height should include:

1. The depth of the hole may be limited by the blow energy of the drill.

1. Steady State Velocity (The characteristic velocity at which a specific explosive at a given charge diameter will detonate).

1. The deeper the hole, the higher the percentage of explosives can be placed in the hole.

It is necessary to stay down a certain depth with the top of the explosive column

in order to achieve desired results. To do this, the remaining depth of the hole

must be filled with proper stemming. Since at detonation in an explosive column, energy is directed to the path of least resistance, it is generally necessary to “subdrill” or drill below the intended floor level. The path of least resistance, when properly designed stemmed, and subdrilled, should be the burden distance. Larger diameter holes are generally farther apart, so subdrilling is somewhat greater in order to break between the holes and avoid causing high bottom. The length of the explosive column is the bench height plus the subdrilling minus the stemming.

The relationship between hole diameter and bench height cannot be over emphasized.

The use of a hole diameter that is too large for the respective bench height will result in poor explosive distribution. If stemming is decreased to allow the explosive column to reach farther up the blasthole, the possibility of flyrock and noise increases.

• Explosives Type and Size

The explosive type, size and method of loading should be a consideration in selecting drill hole diameter. The larger the column of explosive the more it will maintain its Steady State Velocity. The larger blastholes will produce more tons/yards of material, which could show a cost saving per foot, drilled. The blasthole diameter is an important DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

40 part of the drilling and blasting operation, and will contribute to the cost and safety. In achieving the desired results the blasthole diameter may be changed several times during the life of the operation.

Burden and Spacing

Burden (The distance from the drill hole and the nearest free face or the distance between drill holes measured perpendicular to the spacing. Also the total amount of material to be blasted by a given hole, usually measured in cubic yards or tons). A rule of thumb for burden is two times the drill hole diameter in inches equals the distance to the free face in feet.

Spacing (The distance between drill holes. In bench blasting, the distance is measured parallel to the free face and perpendicular to the burden). A rule of thumb for spacing is one and a half times the burden.

• Drilling Patterns

There are many types of drill patterns. The most frequently used are square, rectangular, and staggered. The square pattern has equal burden and spacing. The holes in each row are aligned directly behind the holes in the row in front of it.

In the rectangular pattern, the burden is less than the spacing. The holes in each row are again aligned directly behind the holes in the row in front of it.

The staggered pattern may have equal burden and spacing. However, it is used more often with the burden less than the spacing. The holes in alternate rows are in the middle of the spacing of the row in front of it. The staggered pattern usually requires extra holes to achieve a uniform bank on each end of the blast.

Where a cap rock condition exists, “helper” or “satellite” holes may be added to any drill pattern. These are short holes drilled only to sufficient depth to go to the base of the hard capping layer. They are drilled in offset rows, equidistant from the nearest standard-depth holes. The powder load for these holes is typically limited in order to avoid flyrock problems.

Stemming

Stemming (Inert material placed in a borehole on top of or between separate charges of explosive material. Used for the purpose of confining explosive materials or to separate charges of explosive material in the same borehole.) A rule of thumb for stemming is two times the diameter of the borehole in inches equals the distance in feet.

If flyrock is in countered coming from the top of the blast or excessive air blast levels are recorded, the stemming should be increased. The size and type of stemming can also have an effect on the amount of stemming. In general the stemming amount should equal the burden of the blasthole. In cases of high hazard the stemming may need to be increased.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

41 A rule of thumb for larger blastholes is to use stemming sized to 1/20th of the hole diameter. The desire is to create a locking effect between the stemming and the side of the blasthole.

Drill cuttings should not be used as stemming as it contains a large amount of fine material. In dry holes drill cuttings will not lock with the wall. In wet holes the cuttings may mix with water and create a high specific gravity mixture that may lift the explosive causing separation and decreasing stemming length in the blasthole. This may cause flyrock, excessive air blast, leave undetonated explosives in the muck pile, or create poor fragmentation.

Timing/Delays

Millisecond (MS) delay blasting was introduced in open pit quarry blasting many years ago. Even when blasting to a free face, the rock movement time can be an important factor.

This is particularly true in multiple row blasts. For a typical quarry with15-foot spacing, the initial movement at the free face may occur in 10 to 12 milliseconds, but the burden only moves about 0.5 foot in 10 milliseconds. With one or two rows of holes, the prime movement is directly out from the face. As the number of rows increases, the rock movement will tend toward the vertical. The low velocity of the broken rock successively reducing the relief toward the free face causes this. This can contribute to “tight” bottom as well as flyrock.

It is a common practice of many blasters to double the delay time on the last row. This provides additional time for the rock ahead of the last row to move forward so that the relief on the last row will be increased. This practice called “skipping a period”, will also reduce the upward ripping action and materially reduce the backbreak on the face.

When the blast consists of as many as eight or nine rows, the timing on MS delays should provide the additional time without skipping a period. The NO. 1 through NO. 8 periods (25 through 200 MS) will provide a nominal 25 milliseconds between each period. NO. 8 through NO. 15 (200 MS through 500 MS) provided a nominal 50 milliseconds between each period.

NO. 15 through NO. 19 (500 MS through 1,000 MS) provided a nominal 100 milliseconds between each period. This sequence is provided only as an example: the actual sequences and intervals of detonator timing vary with manufacturer.

Always base timing designs on the limitations of detonator accuracy since delays of a given period have a range of actual firing times. Check with your supplier to avoid overlap or crowding.

Even with additional time between rows, the tendency still exists for the rock to stack if the number of rows is excessive. The hole diameter, burden and spacing, and height of face all have a pronounced effect on the number of rows that can be fired successfully without excessive stacking or creating high bottom. When the rock is broken, it will occupy on the average 30 percent more volume (this is termed “swell factor”) than it did in the solid (swell factor will vary with the type of rock). In most cases the material has only two directions to move, to the front and vertically. Obviously, excessive movement in either direction will result in dangerous flyrock. If the number of rows is excessive, forward movement is limited, thus additional space for forward expansion cannot be provided.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

42 The number of rows of large-diameter holes on wide burden and spacing that can be successfully blasted will be less than the number of rows of small-diameter holes on close burden and spacing. The reason for this is that the movement of the front rows with large-diameter holes will not provide the necessary space required for expansion. For the same reasons more rows of shallow holes, 25 feet deep or less, can be successfully blasted than holes 60 feet deep.

MS delay detonators allow the blaster to design the blast to take advantage of the relief provided by the natural terrain, or to create points of relief by the pattern design. They also allow the blaster to control the direction of rock movement within the limits of the natural contour and geology of the formation.

Scaled Distance

Scaled Distance (Ds) means the actual distance (D) in feet divided by the square root of the maximum explosive weight (W) in pounds that is detonated per delay period for delay intervals of eight milliseconds or greater; or the total weight of explosive in pounds that is detonated within an interval less than eight milliseconds.

For example, if the nearest inhabited building not owned or leased by the mine operator is 2,200 feet away, and a scaled distance of 55 is used, the weight per delay is: 2,200 feet divided by 55 equals 40 squared equals 1,600 pounds of explosive per delay. This means an operator could blast one hole per delay containing 1,600 pounds of explosive, two holes per delay containing 800 pounds of explosive, or four holes per delay containing 400 pounds of explosives.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

43 4 VAC 25-40-880.B. If seismic monitoring of each blast is not conducted, blasting shall be in accordance with the following scaled distance formulas: 2

W D Ds Ds

D W =     = W = Maximum charge weight of explosives per delay period of 8.0 milliseconds or more.

D = Distance in feet from the blast site to the nearest inhabited building not owned or leased by the mine operator.

Ds = Scaled distance factor shown below:

Distance (D) to Peak Particle

Nearest inhabited Velocity, inches Ds (when not Building, feet Per second Using a seismograph)

0-300

1. 25 50 301-5,000
2. 00 55 5,001 and beyond
3. 75 65

The scaled distance is derived as a combination of distance and charge weight influencing the generation of seismic or air blast energy.

The total energy of the ground motion wave generated in the rock around a blast varies directly with the weight of charge detonated. As the ground motion wave propagates outward from a blast, the volume of rock subject to the compression wave increases. Since the energy in the ground shock is distributed over successively greater volumes of rock, the peak ground motion levels must decrease.

Weather and Atmospheric Conditions

Prior to bringing explosives and detonators to the blast site, weather conditions shall be monitored to ensure safe loading and firing, 4 VAC 25-40-800.G.

Atmospheric conditions such as temperature inversions and surface winds can affect the air blast pressure considerably. The direction and speed of any wind can also affect the travel of an air blast wave. The air blast wave will be bent in the direction that the wind is blowing to a degree depending on the wind speed. Because of the fact that wind speed is usually lower at ground level than it is higher up, the rays may even be bent back to the earth’s surface by the wind.

If the proper temperature inversion and wind speed and direction conditions are present at a blast site, it is possible that their effects may combine to produce air blast wave travel.

The inversion-bent and wind-carried wave might produce a focal point of high overpressure downwind from the blast site. Air blast complaints are apt to be heard if the focal point is near DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

44 an occupied building or in a residential area. Downwind focusing of an air blast wave reportedly could increase the overpressure by a factor of as much as 100.

It has been found that windows are probably the weakest part of a structure that will be exposed to air blast, they are most apt to suffer damage. Poorly mounted panes that are prestressed will be cracked and broken most easily. Extremely high overpressure could cause the formation of exterior masonry cracks or interior plaster cracks.

Although it is possible that high air blast overpressure could cause structural damage; those produced by routine blasting operations under normal atmospheric conditions are not likely to do so. The principal effects are most often 1) a slight overpressure that rattles windows and 2) noise that startles people. The rattling windows and noise may leave them under the impression that their house was violently shaken by blasting. Complaints may result if the subjective response of the people is such that the disturbance is annoying or intolerable.

In situations where air blast from production shooting can be a problem, it is often customary to fire a small surface shot and measure the peak overpressure at the point of interest. If a normal reading is obtained, then the main production shot is fired. If it is excessively high, then the blast should be delayed. Local meteorological information can be obtained from local weather stations, airports, and smoke rising from smoke stacks.

Time of Day

Boreholes to be blasted shall be loaded as near to the blasting time as practical. Loaded shots shall be blasted as soon as possible upon completion of loading and connection to the initiation device. Surface blasting shall be conducted during daylight hours only, 4 VAC

25-40-800.H.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

45

SECTION 5

BLAST EFFECTS DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

46

SECTION 5 – BLAST EFFECTS

• Introduction
• Airblast
• Ground Vibration
• Blasting Restrictions-Airblast and Ground Vibration
• Flyrock DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

47

BLAST EFFECTS

Introduction

The public relations problems involving blasting have increased in the past years. The increased difficulty that blasters face with public relations is the result of urban expansion and the commencement of surface operations near densely populated areas. When blast effects intrude upon the public's comfort, strained relations usually arise between operators and surrounding communities.

The two most common complaint problems are air blast and ground vibration.

Blasting produces ground vibration and airblast that can result in structural response at off-site buildings. This perceived motion could be very disturbing to homeowners; therefore, it is advantageous to establish good public relations with nearby neighbors. Most homeowners mistakenly believe that any motion of window glass or house structure originates from ground vibration striking the foundation of the house, when in fact the concussion element of airblast is often the culprit. DMM Safety & Health Regulations establish maximum limits for both ground vibration and airblast based on comprehensive studies conducted by the U.S. Bureau of Mines (USBM).

Explosive manufacturers, mine operators and government agencies have spent substantial amounts of time and effort in order to gain a better understanding of the relationships between blast variables and the blast effects of air blast and ground vibration.

Much knowledge has already been gained and numerous studies have yielded guidelines for the case of delay blasting and modern monitoring techniques. These studies and guidelines, if used, will help reduce the likelihood of damage to domestic structures and hopefully reduce the number of public complaints. The process by which blasting causes damage to structures is not a well-defined process. While the variables of the blast design can be controlled, there is some variation in the strength of an explosive and the actual delay time between the individual explosions that comprise a round. There is substantial random variation in the vibration propagation characteristics of the rock, the airblast propagation characteristics of the atmosphere (weather changes), and the strength and the ability of the nearby man-made structures to withstand the stresses of the blast without breaking. This means that until a substantial body of experience has been collected at a given site, there is a small likelihood that the next blast will produce more damage than the last one of like size. This must be kept in mind when assessing blasting safety.

Blasters can overcome the complaints about noise and vibration through careful blast design with effective use of delays, by careful monitoring of the blast effects and by meeting with neighbors to explain the care and safety precautions used to protect their property and safety. Communication and keeping the public constantly informed are a big factor that will help to reduce the number of complaints. Blasters must continue to analyze blast design, monitor effectively and maintain accurate records in an effort to reduce persistent complaints.

The records of blast design and blast effect are very important factors when government agencies investigate and discuss the problems of complaints.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide 48Airblast

In order to help reduce and or avoid air blast complaints, a blaster must understand the relationship between an explosive blast, weather conditions and an air blast.

The air blast from an explosive detonation is a compression wave in the air. It is caused either by the direct action of explosive products from an unconfined explosive in the air or by the indirect action of a confining material subjected to explosive loading. Noise is the portion of the spectrum that lies in the audible range from 20 to 20,000 hertz. The concussion of a blast results from the spectrum below 20 hertz. Airblast is described in terms of the maximum pressure in lb./sq. in., or in terms of the sound pressure level measured in decibels (dB). Figure 5-1 permits conversion from one scale to another. 140 dB is the threshold of pain, 85 dB is normal street traffic, 40 dB is a background noise level in the home, and zero is the threshold of hearing. The highest decibel level allowed cannot exceed 129 decibels.

All of the energy liberated by the explosive is initially in the form of a highly compressed gas. Some of that gas escapes to the surface and travels through the air as airblast. The largest part of the compressed gas energy goes into breaking and moving rock.

The sudden movement of the rock at its face or at the ground surface also causes a disturbance, which propagates through the air. Parts of these disturbances are in the audible range of frequencies (>20 Hz) and are collectively called noise. Some of these disturbances are in the sub-audible range. Both parts together are called airblast. If sufficiently intense, they can cause buildings to vibrate and crack, windows to vibrate or break and discomfort or pain to individuals.

Atmospheric conditions affect the intensity of noise from a blast at a variable distance.

These conditions determine the speed of sound in air at various altitudes and directions. The speed of sound is determined primarily by two factors: (1) temperature and (2) wind speed.

Normally the air temperature decreases as the altitude from the earth's surface increases. A temperature inversion exists if the air becomes warmer as the altitude increases.

If the weather conditions (temperature and wind velocity) are such that a greater sound velocity in any direction occurs above the earth's surface, a sound speed inversion exists and therefore bends the sound rays back toward the earth's surface.

When a temperature inversion exists, the temperature and sound velocity increase with altitude. The sound rays will bend back toward the earth's surface but will decrease more slowly with distance than with a sound speed inversion.

Conversely, when the temperature decreases with altitude and sound speed, the sound rays are refracted away from the earth's surface. This condition is more stable and is the most frequent condition during the time of the most surface blasts. With this condition, the noise level decreases rapidly with distance.

In the early morning, a temperature inversion may be present following clear nights with low wind speeds that prevent mixing of the atmosphere. The lack of cloud cover allows the temperature of the ground and air above it to drop rapidly creating the inversion. Blasting DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

49 done in the early morning will result in loud noise levels. As mid-morning arrives, the sun's rays will cause the ground temperature to warm and rise and the increased ground temperature warms the air in contact with it. This process will continue throughout the day and the mid-morning. At this time, favorable conditions for blasting are present. Near and after sunset, the temperature of the earth's surface begins to cool and a low altitude inversion may exist.

The presence of cloud layers signifies the presence of a temperature inversion. The commonly accepted idea that noise is reflected from the bottom of clouds is mistaken. The clouds signify the presence of an inversion, which reflect the sound back toward the earth's surface.

Changes in sound velocity with altitude may also be caused by wind. Wind is highly directional. Normal wind increases with altitude and therefore causes an increase of sound speed with an increase of altitude. The wind direction results in an increase or decrease in noise levels in the down wind direction. The effect of wind on noise levels is generally the greatest in the winter months because of the higher wind speed that is present during this time of year. In the warmer months, wind speeds are normally lower and help prevent the formation of temperature inversions.

The following are favorable atmospheric conditions for blasting:

1. Clear to partly cloudy skies, light winds and a steady increasing air temperature from daybreak to shot time.

1. Blast time should be delayed to at least mid-morning to allow early morning temperature inversions, if present, to be eliminated.

The following are unfavorable atmospheric conditions for blasting:

1. Foggy, hazy or smoky days with little or no wind or conditions associated with temperature inversion.

1. During strong winds accompanying the passage of a cold front.

1. During periods of the day when the surface temperature is falling.

1. Early in the morning or after sunset on clear days.

1. Cloudy days with a low cloud ceiling, especially when there is little or no wind.

Air blast is usually caused by one of three mechanisms. The first cause is energy released from unconfined explosives such as uncovered detonating cord trunklines or mudcapping used in secondary blasting. The second cause is the release of explosive energy from inadequately confined borehole charges resulting from inadequate stemming, inadequate burden or mud seams. The third cause is movement of the burden and the ground surface.

Blasts are designed to displace the burden. When the free face moves out, it forms an air compression wave that results in air blast. For this reason, locations in front of the free face receive higher air blast levels than those behind the free face.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

50 The following are typical airblast sources for most blasting projects.

1. The air pressure pulse (APP), caused by the sudden outward displacement of the rock face, is a low frequency pulse.

1. Conversion of ground surface vibration to air vibration at some distance from the explosion called the rock pressure pulse (RPP) or in seismological literature, air coupled ground roll.

1. Venting of the explosion produces gas to the surface through broken rock, called the gas release pulse (GRP).

1. Escape of explosion produced gases to the surface up the drill bole after the stemming is blown out, called the stemming release pulse (SRP).

1. Explosion of detonating cord exposed on the ground surface, which produces a high frequency pulse, called the surface detonation pulse (SDP).

Structural effects of most common concern are window breakage and plaster cracking.

Research has largely been limited to single-family houses. Overpressures of only 0.03 PSI can vibrate loose window sashes, often to the annoyance of the public, but without permanent damage. Airblast pressures of 1.0 PSI will break most windowpanes and as pressures exceed

1. 0 PSI, plaster in flexible walls will crack. Windows and plaster that have been stressed previously, that is by house settlement may be damaged at pressures down to 0.1 PSI.

The odds of a large window being broken were indicated to be 1/10,000 at 0.012 PSI.

Similar odds for small windows exist at 0.030 PSI. For common practice, 0.1 PSI (130 dB) can be taken as the safe limit for window glass (Figure 5-1). Airblasts are relatively strong sources of midwall vibrations, and poor sources of corner (whole-structure racking) vibration. The airblast levels producing the same amounts of corner vibration as 0.50 in./sec ground vibration are 0.020 to 0.024 lb./in. squared (137 to 138 dB). Airblasts with 0.007 to 0.009 lb./in. squared (128 to 130 dB) produce wall vibration equivalent to that from 0.50 in./sec, ground vibration.

From these equivalencies, airblast appears less likely to crack walls than ground vibration.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

51 Figure 5-1. Sound Level Conversions

1.000 MOST WINDOWS

BREAK

10.00

1. 100

1. 000

2 0.010 MILLIBARS IN

/

LB 0.100

1. 001

LOWER) -4 0.010

10 OR OVERPRESSURE.

Hz PAIN

(1 OVERPRESSURE. OF

• 5 0.001

10 TRAFFIC CRITERIA

-4 THRESHOLD 10

-6 STREET USBM 10

10 -5 10 -7 50 70 90 110 130 150 170

SOUND LEVEL. dB

When a large number of explosive charges are detonated with small time delays between them, the air blast pulses from the individual charges may superimpose in a given direction and produce a strong air blast.

An air blast whether audible or inaudible can cause a structure to vibrate in much the same way as ground vibrations. Air blast is measured with a blasting seismograph. Both amplitude and frequency are measured. The amplitude is measured in decibels or pounds per square inch and frequency is measured in hertz. Air blast from a typical surface blast has less potential than ground vibration to cause damage to structures. However, air blast is a frequent cause of complaints. When a person senses vibration from a blast or experiences house rattles,

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide 52it is usually impossible to tell whether ground vibrations or air blast is being sensed. A thorough discussion of air blast is a vital part of any surface mine-public relations program.

Because air blast is a major cause of blasting complaints, some operators choose to seismograph all surface blasts. Air blast, though, does result in a potential for structural damage.

Air blast recordings provide good evidence in case of complaints or law suits. Air blast readings taken in conjunction with ground vibration readings is especially helpful in determining which of the two is the primary cause of complaints. Sound travels faster in warmer air due to the air molecules being less dense than in colder air. Also, the speed and direction of the wind can cause a "focusing" affect of the concussion and sound waves.

Properly executed blasts, where surface explosives are adequately covered and borehole charges are adequately stemmed, are not likely to produce harmful levels of airblast. Careful attention to and adjustment for the following details will usually improve results by reducing -airblast or complaints additionally:

The following are methods of controlling air blast:

1. Avoid the use of unconfined explosives: (a) Bury detonating cord one foot or more; (b) Use low-load detonating cord if possible; (c) Never adobe or mudcap in populated areas unless necessary.

1. Use adequate stemming: (a) Use crushed stone for stemming in wet holes for better confinement and to avoid densifying water with drill fines so that low-density charges may float; (b) Use additional stemming on the front row if excessive backbreak from the previous shot is present.

1. Use drill patterns having nearly equal burden to spacing ratios.

1. Use a longer delay interval between rows than between holes in a row.

1. Be sure the blast proceeds in the proper sequence.

1. Consider geologic abnormalities: (a) Use nonexplosive decks through mud-dirt seams, weak seams, etc.; (b) Have drillers report cavities that could be overloaded with explosives; (c) Avoid or backfill cavities and day-lighted seams; (d) Maintain accurate drilling records; (e) Check the drillers’ log to get an accurate analysis of all boreholes.

1. Schedule shots at times when neighbors are busy; not at home or when they expect blasting to occur.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

53

1. Avoid excessive delays between holes.

1. Consider beam formation when designing blasts: (a) Minimize the number of opening holes having the same delay period; (b) Avoid the use of long charges in boreholes whose length is large when compared with the burden of the hole.

10. Evaluate topography for burden and focusing effects. Orient face to avoid facing built-up area.

11. Analyze weather for temperature inversions, wind and low cloud cover.

12. Test-shoot and develop site-specific criteria.

Good pre-blast planning again is important. Follow the drill pattern closely, provide adequate stemming in boreholes - at least equal to the burden, blast during favorable weather conditions, and cover any trunk lines or any other explosive devices to minimize the airblast affects.

Ground Vibration

The public relations problem of ground vibration that is associated with the use of explosives is just as prevalent as the air blast problem. Once again, manufacturers, explosive consumers and government agencies have spent a vast amount of time and effort to gain a better understanding of ground vibration.

The detonation of an explosive contained in a drill hole or series of drill holes generates a large volume of high-temperature (2,000-5,000o C), high-pressure (0.2 x 10 6 to 2.0 x 10 6 PSI) gas. The sudden application of this pressure to the cylindrical surface of a drill hole generates a compressive radial stress and strain in the rock. This wave crushes the rock that immediately surrounds the borehole. The boundary that surrounds the crushed rock area represents the area of the blast-fractured zone. The waves attenuate (decrease) in amplitude with increasing radius, R, from the explosive and at some distance no longer produce breakage but only vibration of the ground. Figure 5-2 shows a plan and cross section view of an idealized single hole blasting operation and is used to define some terms of interest. At any point the displacement of the ground can be resolved into three perpendicular components UR (radial), UV (vertical), and UT (tangential). For reasons to be explained below, it is customary to express damage criteria, and to predict and to measure ground vibration, in term of the three orthogonal components of velocity-- UR , UV, and UT. When the intensity of the stress wave is reduced so that there is no permanent deformation of the rock, the wave propagates through the rock in an elastic manner in such a manner that the rock particles will return to their original position following passage of the stress wave. The stress waves travel through the earth causing rock particles to vibrate. All blasts create ground vibration. This situation is similar to the circular ripples produced on the surface of calm water when struck by a rock. Ground vibrations are measured with a seismograph machine. Vibrations are measured in terms of amplitude (size of the vibrations), measured in inches per second of peak particle velocity (PPV), and frequency (number of times that the ground moves back and forth in a given time period), measured in velocity in hertz or cycles per second. Excessively high ground vibration levels can damage domestic structures.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

54 Moderate to low levels of ground vibration can be irritating to neighbors and can cause complaints and or legal claims of damage and nuisance

Studies have shown that high frequency wave energy is absorbed more readily than low-frequency wave energy so that the energy content of stress waves at large distances is concentrated at low frequencies. The velocity is referred to as particle velocity in order to distinguish this quantity from propagation velocity. The peak particle velocity of ground vibration depends on the maximum charge-weight-per-delay of eight milliseconds or more and not on the total charge weight of the blast. The most significant ground motion parameter is the maximum radial particle velocity uR, which is usually the maximum of the three components at the radii of interest.

Various kinds of stress waves travel at different speeds and interact in a complicated manner with themselves and the material in which they travel. A blast that finishes detonating in a few hundred milliseconds or less can produce ground motion for several seconds at locations several hundred yards away. A process known as dispersion whereby the different frequencies travel at different velocities enhances the lengthening of ground motion with distance.

The amplitudes of ground vibration at a given distance from an explosion increases with the following:

1. The energy in the explosion. Energy is the capacity to do work (the fracturing and movement of rock and the creation of air and ground-transmitted shock and vibration) and is directly proportional to the weight of explosive. Energy (W) is a weaker function of the type of explosive used. For practical purposes, all commercial explosives in use today can be taken as having the same energy/unit weight. The number of explosives (delays) fired in round times the energy per delay determines the total energy in the round. It is common practice to express energy in units of pounds of explosive, although in a strict sense energy should have units of force times distance.

1. The confinement of the explosive by the burden (see Figure 5-2) and stemming. It is usual practice to stem all holes to minimize airblast effects. Pre-split shots have a semi-infinite burden. The confinement of the explosive determines the partitioning of the energy among rock breakage, ground vibration and airblast. The greater the confinement, the more energy directed into rock breakage and vibration and the less to airblast. Hole spacing and sequence of firing also impact confinement.

1. The type of rock has a weak influence on maximum particle velocity. The denser the rock, the higher the peak particle velocity close to the explosion. At large distances, the reverse is sometimes the case. However, the effect of the type of rock is so weak that it is usually ignored in preliminary estimates of ground motion and it is automatically accounted for in project specific, ground motion curves developed by physical observations.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

55 Figure 5-2. Plan and Cross Section Blasters can overcome the vibration complaints through careful blast design, the effective use of delays, and by careful monitoring of the blast effects. The best protection against complaints and damage claims is good public relations. The blaster should inform local residents of the need and importance of blasting. A blaster should also stress the relative harmlessness of properly controlled blasting vibrations. In situations where complaints persist, continued attention to blast design, effective monitoring and good record keeping will be of invaluable importance. Prompt and sincere response to complaints is vital.

Blasting induced ground motion has some important characteristics. In close-proximity to a blast, the predominant frequencies exceed 100 Hz and the vibration drops off sharply with distance. In general, frequency will decrease as the distance from the explosion increases and the maximum particle velocity will decrease.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

56 Excessive ground vibrations are caused by either putting too much explosive energy into the ground or by not properly designing the shot. Part of the energy that is not used in fragmenting and displacing overburden will go into ground vibrations. The vibration level at a specific location is primarily determined by the maximum weight of explosives per delay period and the distance of that location from the blast. The delays in a blast break it up into a series of smaller, very closely spaced individual blasts. The longer the intervals between delays the better the separation will be between the individual blasts. Eight milliseconds is the minimum delay that can be used between charges if they are to be considered as separate charges for vibration purposes. In addition to charge weight per day, distance and delay interval, two other factors affect the level of ground vibration. The first factor is overconfinement. A charge with a properly designed burden will produce less vibration. The second factor is an excessive amount of subdrilling. Excessive subdrilling will cause an extremely heavy confinement of explosive energy. In multiple row blasts, there is a tendency for the later rows to become overconfined. To avoid this, it is often advisable to use longer delay periods between the later rows to give better relief.

Two vibration limits are important; the level above which damage is likely to occur and the level above which neighbors are likely to complain. There is no precise level at which damage begins to occur (Table 5-1). How much actual ground movement takes place determines whether structural damage will occur to buildings off the mine site. The lower the frequency produced, the more likely that structural damage can occur (Figure 5-3). Frequency waves below 20 Hz are inaudible but are capable of producing structural vibration and damage.

The damage level depends on the type, condition, age of the structure, the type of ground on which the structure is built and the frequency of the vibration. People tend to complain about vibrations far below the damage level. The threshold of a complaint depends on complainant health, fear of damage, attitude toward the mining operation, diplomacy of the mine operator, and how often and when blasts are fired and the duration of the vibrations. The vibration tolerance level is very dependent on local attitude toward mining. Careful blast design and good public relations are essential elements for an operator to live in harmony with neighbors in order to minimize complaints and avoid legal claims.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

57 Figure 5-3.

10.0

1. 00

1. 00

1. 00

EM 1110-2-3800

1. 00

13 DEC 77, FED. REGISTER

1. 00

INTOLERABLE

IPS 0.60

1. 40

VELOCITY, UNPLEASANT 8 MARCH 83, FED.

0.20 REGISTER

PARTICLE

1. 10

1. 08

1. 06

0.04 PERCEPTIBLE

1. 02

1. 01 1 2 8 10 20 40 60 100

FREQUENCY, CPS

VARIOUS RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURE TOLERANCE LIMITS

HUMAN RESPONSE

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide 58The intensity of stress waves that can be tolerated by various kinds of structures must be established before acceptable charge weights at various distances can be determined. The level of motion required to damage a structure depends upon its construction. For example, a steel-framed building can tolerate a more intense stress wave than a residential structure with plaster walls. Because plaster is the weakest of the most commonly used materials for construction and because of the prevalence of such structures, damage criteria is based on this type structure.

Blasters may consult structural engineers who are able to specify permitted vibration levels for certain types or kinds of structures.

Good pre-blast planning is essential to ensure frequency waves resulting from the blast remain above the structural damage levels. This can be achieved by varying the duration of the blast, varying the pounds per delay of explosives, maintaining proper burden and spacing, or any combination.

The following is a list of steps that a blaster can take to help reduce ground vibration:

1. Use a blast design that produces the maximum relief that is practical. Explosions in boreholes, which have good relief and those having nearby free faces, produce less ground vibration. The use of delay blasting techniques establishes internal free faces, which reduces ground vibration. The proper design of delay patterns can help achieve maximum relief. In general when blasting multiple row patterns, greater relief can be obtained by using a greater delay time between rows than between holes in a single row. A delay time between holes in a row of at least one millisecond per foot of burden is usually recommended for the necessary relief and maximum fragmentation.

1. Use the proper powder factor. An excessive powder factor will usually increase both ground vibration and air blast and may cause excessive burden displacement or fly rock. On the other hand, an insufficient powder factor will usually increase ground vibration by delaying or reducing the effect of stress waves reflected off the free faces.

The optimum powder factor must be determined by experimentation at any given blasting site and used.

1. It is necessary to reduce the charge/delay to some value that will produce a maximum particle velocity less than those in the damage criteria. To achieve the desired fragmentation, it is necessary to keep the powder factors above some minimum level.

Powder factor is defined as weight of explosives in pounds per cubic yard of rocks to be excavated. Depending on the type of rock, the burden, and the maximum fragment size desired, the proper power factor will usually range from 0.5 to 1.0 lb./cu yd. To accomplish both purposes it is sometimes necessary to increase the number of shot holes drilled. If no delays are being used, the obvious first step is to introduce the use of delays. This can be done up to the point where the explosive in each borehole is fired separately by using a combination of millisecond delays and a multiple circuit blasting machine, If this is not sufficient, decking of the charge within the borehole should be considered. This technique involves several charges separated by 5 ft or more of stemming the same hole, with one fired after the other through the use of delays. If it was originally necessary to fully load the hole to get the desired powder factor, decking will require either a larger diameter shot hole or more shot holes at a closer spacing. Since the loading, wiring and initiation of decked shots are more DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

59 complex; this procedure requires greater experience. Alternatively, it may be desirable to avoid decking and simply reduce the spacing between shot holes. This option is not as complex but usually requires more boreholes.

1. Use a spacing-to-burden ratio equal to or greater than one, if possible. The presence of weak seams or irregular backbreak may dictate the use of a spacing-to-burden ratio less than one.

1. Control drilling of blast holes as closely as possible.

1. Keep the amount of subdrilling to the minimum required to maintain good floor conditions. A typical amount of subdrilling is .3 times the burden at floor level.

Excessive subdrilling will usually increase ground vibration because of high confinement and a lack of a nearby free face.

1. Use various techniques to reduce charge-weight-per-delay which should in turn reduce the peak particle velocity: (a) Reduce hole depths and reduce bench heights; (b) Use smaller diameter holes; (c) Subdivide explosive charges in hole by using inert decks and fire each explosives deck with an initiator of a different delay period; (d) Use electronic timers to increase the available number of delay periods of electric blasting caps and to increase timing flexibility. Sequential timers are used for this purpose and are real effective in helping to shorten the duration of ground motion.

1. Use delay electric blasting caps or surface connectors to reduce the number of holes on a delay. If the time for a wave (compression) to travel from the shot hole through the burden to the face and be reflected back to the borehole as a different wave (tension) is less than the delay time between charges, the second charge is more confined and a greater amount of its energy results in vibration. If for multiple row blasts, the rock in front of the first row of borehole has not moved sufficiently forward before the detonation of the second row the confinement effect is also strengthened. In general, the longer the delay intervals within the millisecond range the better. This interval must be short enough that the round is not perceived by an observer to be a series of separated explosive events.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

60 Table 5-1. Categories of Building Damage Damage to buildings can be grouped in three categories Threshold: Formation of new minor cracks in plaster or at joints in wallboard, opening of old cracks and dislodging loose objects.

Minor: Superficial, not affecting the strength of the structure; for example, loosened or fallen plaster, broken windows, significant cracks in plaster, hairline cracks in masonry.

Major: A significant weakening of the structure, large cracks, shifts of the foundation, permanent movement of bearing walls, settlements which cause distortion of the structure or walls out of plumb.

The threshold of cracking reported ranges from 0.8 to 11.8 in./sec. The data show that the higher the frequency of the maximum particle velocity, the higher the threshold. The data also show a trend in which surface mine blasting produces lower thresholds than quarry blasts which are in turn lower than construction blasting. This trend is consistent with the frequency effect as shown by- the relation of the predominant frequencies in the three types of events in Figure 5-3.

When the maximum particle velocity component in any direction exceeds 2.0 in./sec, the threshold of cosmetic damage begins. Minor damage begins at about 5.4 in./sec and major damage at about 7.6 in./sec. There have been more than 100 observations of residential structures at particle velocities in the 2-6 in./sec range where no blasting damage was recorded.

The damage threshold particle velocity is a random variable and in the majority of cases, the threshold of damage will lie below 2 in./sec. The cases below the 2-in./sec level where some damage occurred are infrequent.

Threshold damage is always cosmetic in nature as it does not affect the usefulness of the structure but can result in an economic loss. Most minor damage such as cracking of masonry is also cosmetic in nature, but can cause loss of use of the structure until repaired. Most minor damage can be quickly repaired. In general, cracking is more likely to occur in older structures that have already suffered prestraining and fatigue, and in plaster, rather than in newer wallboard construction. Predominant frequencies observed in measurements of construction blasting range from 10 to 40 Hz while those from quarrying operations are in the 5-30 Hz range.

Frequency decreases with range. Particular stratigraphic arrangements can enhance particular ground motion frequencies. Likewise, particular structural arrangements of buildings or components when excited by ground vibrations have a natural preference to vibrate at a particular frequency called a natural frequency. Typical natural frequency are as follows: DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

61 Table 5-2. Typical Natural Frequencies

Structure or Element Natural Frequency, Hz

Multistory Building F = 0.1N (N = number of stories) Radio Tower 100 ft tall

1. 8 Petroleum distillation tower 65 ft tall
2. 2 Coal silo, 200 ft tall
3. 6 Building walls 12 - 20 Wood frame residences (1 and 2 story)
4. 0 Standard deviation = 2.2

Most vibrations from construction blasting and nearly half of the vibrations from quarry operations are at frequencies above the range given above. A residential structure will respond less (that is. strain less) when shaken by a 1 in./sec maximum velocity ground motion at a principal frequency of 80 Hz than it will to a 10 Hz ground motion with the same maximum velocity. The structure tends to resonate (that is, vibrate at ever increasing amplitudes) when shaken by a ground motion with a large number of cycles at or near its natural frequency. While this tendency to increase without limit is controlled by damping and the transient nature (nonsteady state) of the blasting induced ground-motion; increases of a factor of 4 in response due to this phenomena are not uncommon. In the absence of velocity versus time data from a test blasting program at the site, from which frequency of ground motion can be determined, it is recommended that construction and quarry blasting peak particle velocities at the nearest residential structure be limited to 2.0 in./sec or less. Experience indicates the probability of damage to residential structures is at or below this level will be very small.

Observations by the Bureau of Mines have shown recorded particle velocities of 0.75 in./sec for modern residences, and 0.5 in./sec for older structures have little or no effects. The Bureau of Mines indicates that one of the motivations for these levels were human irritation with, and tolerance of, repeated blasting operations. The Bureau of Mines established a 1.0 in./sec criteria for commercial surface mining blasting in the proximity of human habitation and DMM adopted this as well (4 VAC 25-40-880). Also, DMM has adopted criteria to permit alternate use of the allowable maximum velocity-frequency chart (4 VAC 25-40-880). The design engineer or equivalent should consider the age of the structures, the condition of the structure, the type of blasting (construction or quarry), and pick a threshold value consistent with the expected frequency content of the motion and the appropriate level of risk of damage.

Comparison of human response to steady state vibration as a function of frequency and various blasting vibration criteria for residential structures.

Figure 5-4 shows the effect of steady state vibration on individuals determined from a systematic research program. Blasting vibration is transient and less disturbing.

The effects of transient motion with and without accompanying noise and observer bias is presented in the table below.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

62 Table 5-3.

Maximum Particle Transient Motion, Blasting Accompanied by Velocity No Sound Effects, Sound Effects, In./sec.

Impartial Observer Biased Observer

0-0.02 “Not noticed” “Not noticed”

1. 02-0.06 “Not noticed” “Noticed, complaints possible”
2. 06-0.20 “Noticed” “Noticed, complaints possible”
3. 20-0.40 “Noticed” “Severe, complaints likely”
4. 40-1.20 “Disturbing” “Severe, complaints likely”
5. 20-2.00 “Severe” “Severe, complaints likely”

The above table and Figure 5-3 indicate that humans are less tolerant of low frequency blasting vibrations than are buildings, and that accompanying noise and bias against the project at which the blasting is being done makes them more unwilling to accept transient vibration.

The previous table indicates that repeated blasting operations with maximum particle velocities of over 1/2 in./sec at occupied structures will produce complaints and that operation at the 1/4 in./sec level may in some cases result in complaints. Good blasting practice includes consideration for these human responses at offsite locations.

Mine operators often receive blasting complaints from neighbors even though they are well within ground vibration and airblast limits being enforced by DMM. This can often be attributed to the fact that most homeowners are not knowledgeable about blasting; therefore, their concerns may be alleviated by meeting with them to discuss how blasts are designed to minimize effects, and how structure response from blasting compares with other sources such as closing doors, loud traffic, etc. In addition, mine operators can request technical assistance from DMM in addressing blasting concerns by neighbors.

Bureau of Mines indicates that one of the motivations for these levels were human irritation with, and tolerance of, repeated blasting operations. The Bureau of Mines established a 1.0 in./sec criteria for commercial surface mining blasting in the proximity of human habitation and DMM adopted this as well (4 VAC 25-40-880). Also, DMM has adopted criteria to permit alternate use of the allowable maximum velocity-frequency chart (4 VAC 25-40-880).

The design engineer or equivalent should consider the age of the structures, the condition of the structure, the type of blasting (construction or quarry), and pick a threshold value consistent with the expected frequency content of the motion and the appropriate level of risk of damage.

Many mine operators prefer to seismograph every blast. Seismograph recordings are very useful in understanding and troubleshooting ground vibration problems. Seismograph records provide excellent evidence in case of later complaints or damage lawsuits.

A seismograph is a special instrument that is used to measure particle motion that is associated with stress waves. The velocity type seismograph is the most widely used type for measuring ground motion generated by blasting operations. The velocity type seismograph records particle velocity of the stress wave at a particular location. Particle velocity is the rate of change in the stress wave amplitude as a function of time. A seismograph will record the particle motion of stress waves in three mutually perpendicular directions. The three directions are longitudinal or horizontal, transverse, and vertical. Most seismographs are normally DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

63 constructed to measure particle velocities ranging from .1 to 10 inches per second over a frequency range of 2 to 200 hertz or cycles per second.

Where vibrations are not a serious problem, a blaster may choose to use the scaled distance equation rather than measuring all blast vibrations with a seismograph. The scaled distance approach works well when the mine is an adequate distance from structures, vibrations are not a problem and the operator wants to save the expense of measuring vibrations. At close distances, though, the scaled distance approach becomes quite restricting in terms of allowable charge weight per delay and therefore monitoring is often a more economical option.

The use of the scaled distance formula used to compute charge-weight per-delay permits the prediction of blast effects over a large range of charge weights and distances.

Blasting Restrictions - Airblast and Ground Vibration

DMM Safety & Health Regulations establish limits for airblast and ground vibration measured at inhabited buildings not owned or leased by the mine operator. The limit for airblast is 129 decibels, unless a higher limit based on the type of microphone being used is approved by

DMM. [4 VAC 25-40-890]

Ground vibration limits are based upon the method of compliance chosen by the mine operator. There are three methods to choose from:

1. Mine operator measures airblast and ground vibration by use of seismograph for each blast to assure airblast does not exceed 129 decibels and that ground vibration (peak particle velocity) does not exceed 1.25 inches per second (ips) within 300’ of the blast site; or 1.00 inches per second (ips) at a distance of 301' - 5,000' from blast site; or 0.75 inches per second at more than 5,000' from the blast site.

1. Mine operators, who do not have a seismograph, uses the maximum charge weight per delay period method to calculate the maximum pounds of explosives that can be detonated on the same delay cap period. This method requires the certified blaster to take into careful consideration the distance to the nearest neighbor, and the scaled distance factor contained in DMM regulations.

1. The mine operator can use an alternate-blasting plan in accordance with the 4 VAC 25-40-880(c). Using this method can result in limits that may be higher or lower than the usual 1.00 ips.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

64 Figure 5-4. Alternative Blasting Level Criteria If necessary to prevent damage the DMM Director may specify lower allowable ground vibration and airblast limits (4 VAC 25-40-895). It is important that the mine operator inform the certified blaster responsible for designing the blast the method of compliance being used, or any other restrictions imposed by DMM or local authorities

Flyrock

DMM Safety & Health Regulations state that the design and loading of a blast shall provide sufficient burden, spacing, and stemming to prevent flyrock or other dangerous effects (4 VAC 25-40-800 D.) Flyrock occurs when blasting operations result in flying rock fragments or missiles, which have the capacity to damage a structure or injure a person.

Flyrock is more of a problem in highly fractured rock than in massive rock.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

65 Flyrock means any uncontrolled material generated by the effects of a blast that was hazardous to persons or to property not owned or controlled by the operator. It represents a serious hazard to both mine employees and other persons who may be located at, or near the mine. For the blaster in charge, the mention of flyrock conjures images of confrontations with neighbors and regulatory agencies. Previous flyrock incidents in Virginia have resulted in personal injury, property damage, or death. Investigation of these incidents have often revealed one or more of the following contributing factors:

1. Angled boreholes with varying amounts of burden along the length of the borehole;
2. Shallow boreholes (snake-holes) in toe of free-face with insufficient stemming;
3. Inadequate burden for the diameter of borehole drilled;
4. Insufficient stemming for borehole depth and burden;
5. Overloaded boreholes where loading density exceeded rock density of burden;
6. Inadequate controls during secondary blasting of boulders.

It is the certified blaster’s responsibility to design the blast with sufficient burden and stemming to prevent flyrock or other dangerous effects. Blasters must give careful consideration to:

1. Evaluation of geologic conditions of material to be blasted;
2. Design of drill pattern;
3. Design of detonation sequence;
4. Calculation of powder factors for variable burden on front row of boreholes;
5. Compliance with ground vibration and airblast limits imposed by DMM or local government;
6. Sensitivity of neighbors to effects (noise/vibration) of blasting;
7. Use of good judgment by the blaster when using the arts/sciences of blasting.
8. Blasting has been, and continues to be, both an art and a science that relies heavily upon good judgement by the certified blaster in charge.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

66

SECTION 6

STATE LAW AND REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO SURFACE BLASTING CERTIFICATION DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

67

SECTION 6 – STATE LAW AND REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO

SURFACE BLASTING CERTIFICATION

• Virginia Mineral Mine Safety Law
• Division of Mineral Mining’s Safety and Health Regulations

[This section is designed to assist the prospective surface blaster in study and preparation for certification. Much of the knowledge necessary for the blaster certification examination as well as practical applications in blasting operations are detailed in two documents (1) The Mineral Mine Safety Laws of Virginia and (2) Safety and Health Regulations for Mineral Mining. You will need to study/use these two documents directly in familiarizing yourself with their content.

A summary of the main areas you should focus on follows in an effort to condense and clarify the points of information that are most important.] DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

68

STATE LAW AND REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO SURFACE

BLASTING CERTIFICATION

Applicable Areas of the Mineral Mine Safety Act

Certified Surface Blasters need to possess a general knowledge of the Virginia Mineral Mine Safety Act in order to understand and comply with the laws as they apply to mineral mining operations and to safety and health considerations. Specifically, Certified Surface Blasters should be knowledgeable of the mineral mining laws as they apply to their certification, duties, and responsibilities.

It is advisable for any individual who plans to obtain certification as a Surface Blaster-Mineral Mining to study and acquaint themselves fully with the following Articles under Chapter 14.4:1 of Virginia’s Mineral Mine Safety Act. (You should refer directly to the Mineral Mine Safety Laws of Virginia – specific Articles and Sections – for study.)

Main Points – Mineral Mine Safety Laws (1999) (Pages cited refer to Law Book)

Article 1: General Provisions ...............................................pgs. 9-15

• Definitions (pgs. 9-13)*
• Persons not permitted to work in mines (pgs. 13-14)
• Prohibited Acts by Miners or other persons; miners to comply with Law (pg. 14)
• Safety Materials and Supplies (pg. 14)
• Notifying Miners of Violations; Compliance with Act (pgs. 14-15)

Definitions* - Know the terms and their meaning as used in the Laws (these same terms also apply as used in The Safety and Health Regulations for Mineral Mining) *surface blasters will not be held responsible for knowing Underground Mining terminology

Surface Blasting Certification applicants should be familiar with certain areas of Article 1 -- General Provisions, including the standards concerning safety and health of miners, persons not permitted to work in mines, prohibited acts by miners and miners compliance with laws, safety materials and supplies requirements, and notification of miners of violations and compliance with the Act.

Article 3: Certification of Mineral Mine Workers.............pgs. 16-21

• General Knowledge and Understanding of entire Article is Advisable
• Special attention to Revocation of certificates (pg. 20)

Surface Blasting Certification applicants need to have general knowledge of Article 3.

This Article deals with the Board of Mineral Mine Examiners; coveringstructure, functions, and powers of the Board. This Article also covers certifications required of certain persons DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

69 employed in mineral mines, certification examinations (and exam fees), penalties under the law for performance of certain tasks by uncertified persons, certification reciprocity, and renewal requirements and reexamination procedures. Specific Sections of this Article address requirements for General Mineral Miner Certification and Foreman Certification.

Article 4: Licensing of Mineral Mines.................................pgs. 21-27

• Independent Contractor Information Required to be filed on license application (Item 3 under section 45.1 –161.292.32 ( pg. 23)
• Making false statements; penalty ( pgs. 26-27)

Attention should be given to this Article, mainly for an understanding of Section 45.1.161.292:39 which addresses “Making false statements; penalty.” This section could apply in any situation where duties, information, or records are applicable in a certified blaster’s capacity.

Article 6: Mine Explosions; Mine Fires; Accidents ...........pgs. 29-31

• General Knowledge and Understanding of Entire Article is Advisable
• Special Attention to Operator’s reports of Accidents; investigations and reports of other accidents and injuries (pgs. 30-31)

Surface Blasting Certification applicants need to know the State requirements for mineral mines applicable to reporting mine explosions, mine fires, and accidents.

Responsibilities of mine operators involving investigations, reports, and records are defined in Article 6. Duties of mine inspectors and procedures that apply to the Division of Mineral Mining related to these topics are also outlined in this Article.

Article 7: Mine Inspections ..................................................pgs. 31-34

• General Knowledge and Understanding of Entire Article is Advisable

This Article contains numerous requirements of which a Certified Surface Blaster applicant should generally be aware of. Mine inspection frequencies, risk evaluations at mineral mines, duties of operators and inspectors related to mine inspections and denial of entry (of mine inspectors) standards are major areas of importance in Article 7.

Article 8: Enforcement and Penalties; reports of viols......pgs. 34-38

• General knowledge and Understanding of Entire Article is Advisable
• Pay close attention to requirements under Notices of Violations (45.1-161.292:63 B) – pg. 35 and Reports of Violations (45.1-161.292:70) – pg. 38

Article 8 details laws relating to DMM’s issuance of Notices of Violations and Closure Orders and how the process works, including such items as tolling time for abatement of violations, injunctive relief, penalty for willful violation of the provisions, prosecution of DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

70 violations, and reports of violations. All of the preceding items represent areas of the law that a Certified Blaster applicant will want to review and understand in the process of becoming certified.

Article 9: Miner Training.....................................................pgs. 38-39

• Mineral mining safety training program (pg. 39)

As a Certified Surface Blaster applicant, there are requirements in the area of Miner Training that you should be aware of. In addition to the General Mineral Miner certification previously covered in Article 3, Article 9 outlines requirements for safety training programs (plans) for new miner, newly-employed experienced miners, training of miners for new tasks, annual refresher training, and hazard training. Knowing the training required and to whom it applies is information all certified persons should be familiar with.

Applicable Areas of the Safety and Health Regulations for Mineral Mining

Main Points – Virginia Division of Mineral Mining’s Safety and Health Regulations

Title 4 (Conservation and Natural Resources) of Virginia’s Administrative Code contains the Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy’s Division of Mineral Mining’s Safety and Health Regulations. Chapter 40 contains 16 Parts, 14 of which apply to both surface and underground mineral mining operations. Part 15 is applicable to underground mines only and Part 16 addresses Mining near Gas and Oil Wells. Also incorporated into the Mineral Mining Safety and Health Regulation Booklet is Chapter 35 of the Virginia Administrative Code – this contains rules of the Board of Mineral Mining Examiner’s addressing the Certification Requirements for Mineral Miners.

Because your main objective is to prepare to become certified as a Surface Blaster, the most important Parts of these Regulations (for this purpose) are Part VI – Explosives, and Part VII – Drilling. Because these relate directly to the subject of blasting, you will want to know every detail for exam purposes and more importantly, so you can maintain compliance with the regulations at the mine once you become certified.

A large percentage of the other Safety and Health Regulations are also important knowledge for the certified surface blaster. On the practical side, every single requirement exists because of operational or safety related problems, accidents, or injuries that have occurred when rules such as these were not followed.

In summary, many of the regulations are specific to drilling and blasting and apply directly to the work and practices that a certified surface blaster performs (or oversees). Many other regulations may apply indirectly, and simply address sound operational, health and safety, and accident prevention practices that are pertinent to everyone who works in the mineral mining industry.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

71

• Chap. 35 – Cert. Requirements for Mineral Miners....pgs. 5-11

Chapter 35 is contained in the 2000 edition of the Safety and Health Regulations (pgs. 5-11). These requirements stand alone and represent all specifics concerning who, how, and what is necessary to become certified by the Board of Mineral Mine Examiners.

Part I of Virginia’s Board Of Mineral Mine Examiners Certification Requirements for Mineral Miners clearly define all specifics for becoming certified; including examination requirements, reciprocity, and renewal of certifications.

Part II addresses Minimum Certification Requirements in the different certification areas required by the Board. These include Underground Foreman, Surface Foreman, Surface Foreman-Open Pit, Surface Blaster, Underground Mining Blaster, Mineral Mine Electrician, Mine Inspector, and General Mineral Miner.

Prospective Surface Blasters will want to be familiar with these regulations in general, and will be exposed to the requirements and processes as they apply for their certification and continue renewals through their careers.

• Chap. 40 – Safety and Health Regulations for Mineral Mining

Part I – General Administrative Provisions .......................pgs. 13-18

4 VAC 25-40-10 – Definitions

Reminder: Terms defined in Title 45.1- Article 1 of the Mineral Mine Safety Laws that are used in the Safety and Health Regulations retain their meaning. These terms are not listed and defined again in the definitions section of the regulations, but you will be responsible for knowing them from your study of the Laws.

The following are all important terms to know, as listed and defined in Part I of the Safety and Health Regulations, as you prepare to become a certified surface blaster: (terms specific to blasting are in bold print for emphasis) “Abandoned mine” “Face” or “bank” “Primer” “Abandoned “Flash point” “Refuse” workings” “Free-face” “Rollover protection” “Acceptable” “Flyrock” “Safety fuse” “Angle of repose” “Heavy duty mobile equipment” “Safety hazard” “Blast area” “Hoist” “Scaled Distance (Ds)” “Blast site” “Loaded” “Scaling” “Burden” “Major Electrical Installation” “Stemming” “Company “Misfire” “Substantial Construction” official” “MSHA” “Suitable” “Department” “Occupational Injury” “Switch” “Director” “Overburden” “Travelway” “Division” “Potable” “Wet drilling” “Escapeway “Powder chest”

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide 72Generally, surface blasters should be aware of the following Safety & Health Regulations, also found in PART I:

4 VAC 25-40-25 – Purpose and Authority

4 VAC 25-40-40 – Certification

4 VAC 25-40-50 – Duties of Mine Operators

4 VAC 25-40-70 – Approval Procedure

4 VAC 25-40-90 – Documents Incorporated by Reference

Part II– General Safety Provisions......................................pgs. 18-28

There are a number of items in Part II of the Safety & Health Regulations that Certified Surface Blasters should be acquainted with. From the standpoint of your prospective role as a certified person who may supervise others on the mine site, or in order to have a working knowledge of the regulations as they apply to safety and training requirements, the following sections should be reviewed and understood:

4 VAC 25-40-100 – Employee Training

4 VAC 25-40-110 – Inexperienced Employees

4 VAC 25-40-120 – When Foreman Required

4 VAC 25-40-130 – Examination by Foreman

4 VAC 25-40-140 – First Aid Training for Foreman

4 VAC 25-40-145 – Inspection of Mobile and Stationary Equipment

4 VAC 25-40-150 – Assignment of Persons to Hazardous Areas

4 VAC 25-40-160 – Emergency Medical Assistance

4 VAC 25-40-170 – Emergency Telephone Numbers

4 VAC 25-40-180 – Emergency Communications Systems

4 VAC 25-40-190 – Compliance with Regulations

4 VAC 25-40-200 – Illumination Requirements

4 VAC 25-40-210 – Cleanliness

4 VAC 25-40-220 – Water Supplies DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

73 4 VAC 25-40-230 – Toilet Facilities

4 VAC 25-40-250 – Use of Intoxicating Substances

4 VAC 25-40-260 – Posting Hazards

Part III – Ground Control....................................................pgs. 28-31

Certain regulations relating to Ground Control requirements have implications to blasting operations, therefore a certified blaster should know the basic content of Part III of the Safety and Health Regulations. These sections should be reviewed in order to understand the requirements and their practical application relating to proper operational and safety practices:

4 VAC 25-40-390 – Stability Requirements

4 VAC 25-40-400 – Open Pit Mine Rims

4 VAC 25-40-410 – Benches

4 VAC 25-40-420 – Scaling Hazardous Areas

4 VAC 25-40-430 – Hazardous Conditions

4 VAC 25-40-440 – Installation of Rock Bolts

4 VAC 25-40-450 – Correction of Unsafe Conditions

4 VAC 25-40-460 – Examination for Unsafe Conditions

4 VAC 25-40-470 – Keeping Clear of Equipment

4 VAC 25-40-480 – Trimming of Faces

Part IV – Fire Prevention and Control ...............................pgs. 31-37

Part IV also contains some requirements that a certified blaster should be familiar with.

Fire Prevention, protection, and control in mineral mining are extremely important considerations for all miners. Again, because of leadership and operational responsibilities that fall on the shoulders of the Certified Surface Blaster, the following sections of Part IV of the Health and Safety Regulations should be reviewed thoroughly:

4 VAC 25-40-490 – Smoking Near Flammable and Combustible Materials

4 VAC 25-40 500 – Warning and Evacuation Procedures

4 VAC 25-40-520 – Storage of Flammable Materials

4 VAC 25-50-560 – Solvents DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

74 4 VAC 25-40-570 – Waste Materials

4 VAC 25-40-580 – Use of Flammable Liquids for Cleaning

4 VAC 25-40-610 – Fire Equipment

4 VAC 25-40-630 – Training and Practice Drills

4 VAC 25-40-640 – Firefighting Assistance

4 VAC 25-40-670 – Fire Extinguishers

Part V – Air Quality and Physical Agents ..........................pgs. 37-39

All Sections

Airborne contaminant exposure limits, dust source control, silica compounds limitations and noise exposure limits are addressed in Part V of the Safety and Health Regulations. This brief Part, in its entirety should be reviewed for understanding, as it does have implications to surface blasting practices at mineral mine sites.

Part VI – Explosives..............................................................pgs. 39-50

All Sections Part VII – Drilling.................................................................pgs. 50-54

All Sections

Review and be knowledgeable of every detail of all sections of Parts VI and VII of the Safety and Health Regulations. These regulations address requirements in the certification area that you are seeking and every single item is important, in terms of potential examination material and the practical knowledge necessary to perform as a Certified Surface Blaster.

Part VIII – Compressed Air, Gases, and Boilers ...............pgs. 54-59

Certain sections of this Part VIII of the Safety and Health Regulations should be reviewed. While direct applicability to blasting is minimal, you should be aware of the following sections:

4 VAC 25-40-1100 – Boilers and Pressure Vessels

4 VAC 25-40-1110 – Air Compressors

4 VAC 25-40-1120 – Compressed Air Receivers DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

75 4 VAC 25-40-1190 – Repairs

4 VAC 25-40-1200 – Improper Use of Compressed Air

4 VAC 25-40-1210 – Locking Devices Part IX – Mobile Equipment ...............................................pgs. 59-72

It is difficult to work at a surface mineral mine without operating or otherwise interacting in some way with the use of mobile equipment of some type. Nationally, and in Virginia, mobile (powered haulage) equipment accidents continue to be one of the leading causes of serious injuries and fatalities in the mineral mining industry. For these reasons it is advisable for certified surface blasters to familiarize themselves with certain standards contained in the Safety and Health Regulations.

4 VAC 25-40-1320 – Brakes on Mobile Equipment

4 VAC 25-40-1330 – Emergency Brakes

4 VAC 25-40-1340 – Requirements for Starting or Moving Equipment

4 VAC 25-40-1350 – Construction of Operators’ Cabs

4 VAC 25-40-1370 – Safety Equipment

4 VAC 25-40-1380 – Extraneous Materials in Cabs

4 VAC 25-40-1390 – Operating Speeds

4 VAC 25-40-1410 – Restraining Berms or Guards

4 VAC 25-40-1420 – Operation under Power Control

4 VAC 25-40-1430 – Maintaining Control of Equipment

4 VAC 25-40-1460 – Prohibited Means of Transportation

4 VAC 25-40-1470 – Securing Equipment in Travel Position

4 VAC 25-40-1510 – Setting Brakes

4 VAC 25-40-1540 – Traffic Rules

4 VAC 25-40-1550 – Heating and Cooling Cabs

4 VAC 25-40-1570 – Audible Warning Devices DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

76 4 VAC 25-40-1580 – Backup Alarms

Part X – Personal Protection...............................................pgs. 70-72

All Sections

Proper personal protective equipment for miners is an important safety measure. As a certified person who may be in charge of other workers, it is important that you understand such requirements and assume responsibility for assuring that all personnel are using (wearing) proper Personal Protective Gear that is in good and functional condition. These include such basic items as safety harnesses, hard hats, protective footwear, safety glasses or goggles, and gloves.

Part X has other related requirements that address personal protection, including sections that cover First Aid material availability, finger ring(s) prohibition when working with tools/equipment, light reflective material requirements for night visibility of persons, loose clothing hazards and protection from falling (or engulfing) material at dump sites.

While all sections of Part X may not apply directly to blasting work, there are numerous important items that apply to all miners. Review and be knowledgeable of all requirements in Part X.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

77

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING

SURFACE BLASTER’S CERTIFICATION

STUDY GUIDE

March, 2001

Copyright 2001 Commonwealth of Virginia

Commonwealth of Virginia Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy Division of Mineral Mining P. O. Box 3727 Charlottesville, VA 22903

(434)951-6310TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction......................................................................................................................... 2

Section 1 Duties and Responsibilities of the Certified Blaster..............................................3-6

2 Hazard Recognition in Blasting ..........................................................................7-14

3 Basic Knowledge of Blasting ............................................................................15-35

4 Blasting Design/Control ....................................................................................36-45

5 Blasting Effects..................................................................................................46-66

6 State Law and Regulations applicable to Surface Blasting Certification..........67-77

Appendix.................................................................................................................. A1-A27

I.

Blasting Related Accident Abstracts ...............................................................A2-A7 A. Injury/Fatality Cases

B. Flyrock Incidents

II.

Associated Articles ........................................................................................A9-A14

III.

Example Record Forms ...............................................................................A15-A20

IV.

Suggested Blasting Equipment Lists………………………………………A21-A22

V.

Safety Talk Outlines/Summaries .................................................................A23-A28

VI.

Bibliography ........................................................................................................ A29

This Guide has been developed for the purpose of preparing individuals for the Virginia Board of Mineral Mining Examiner’s Surface Blaster certification examination. This Guide is not intended to cover all particular circumstances surrounding the design, loading, and firing of explosives. The Division of Mineral Mining assumes no responsibility for the specific application of the material presented in this Guide.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

1

INTRODUCTION

This study guide was prepared to assist in providing basic blasting knowledge and understanding of safe practices necessary to perform the duties of a surface (mineral mine) blaster. Every blaster must possess knowledge of theory and principles of explosives, as well as practical know-how in their storage, handling, transportation, and use. More importantly, every blaster must be aware of what is necessary to prepare and conduct good blasting operations that protect the health and safety of miners and other individuals. Considerations for the adjacent community and the environment must also be a top priority.

Mineral Miners must have one (1) year of blasting experience on a surface mineral mine working under the direct supervision of a certified blaster (or equivalent experience approved by Division of Mineral Mining) in order to qualify for State certification. A minimum score of 80% is required on each section of the State examination to obtain certification.

The use of explosives in the mineral mining industry continues to present a potentially serious risk of injury and death to miners. The prevention of such accidents depends, to a large extent, on two factors: (1) the knowledge and experience of persons responsible for the use of explosives and (2) well defined safety precautions to guide mine operators and miners in the safe conduct of blasting operations.

The prevention of blasting related accidents depends on careful planning and the faithful observance of proper blasting procedures and practices. Even the slightest abuse or misdirection of explosives can result in serious injury or death to mining personnel or the public.

Two key rules must be acknowledged when using explosives:

A blaster’s most important responsibility is safety.

Every blast’s safety depends on the people involved.

A surface blaster must have essential training and experience that not only develops skills, but proper safety attitudes as well. The same holds true for other mining personnel who handle explosives or assist in any way with blasting operations. All persons involved must know what is, and what is not safe…and why. Explosives safety is a habit that can only be developed through training and the repetition of proper procedures.

A surface blaster shall always follow State and Federal Laws and applicable regulations, as well as manufacturer’s instructions when transporting, storing, handling, and using explosives. The appropriate manufacturer should be consulted in any situation when a blaster has any doubts or questions involving explosives.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

2

SECTION 1

DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CERTIFIED BLASTER DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

3

SECTION 1 -- DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE

CERTIFIED BLASTER

• Regulatory Responsibilities
• Responsible person in-charge
• Activities conducted safely
• Experienced Person
• Task Training
• Design and Loading (flyrock/dangerous effects)
• Pre-Inspection
• Hazard Alert
• Clearing of Blast Site
• Weather Monitoring
• Loading Procedures
• Clearing of Blast Site
• Weather Monitoring
• Loading Procedures
• Clearing of Blast Area
• Blasting Signals
• Firing of Shot
• Reporting Requirements
• Post-Blast Examination
• Disposal of Misfires
• Blast Reports/Shot Record
• Inventory Log
• Report Theft or Loss of Explosives DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

4

• DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CERTIFIED BLASTER

Virginia Mineral Mining Laws and Regulations require certain tasks to be performed by an individual certified as a Surface Blaster. Following is a list of the most critical duties and responsibilities of the certified surface blaster, with direct reference to the applicable section of the law or regulations.

1. A certified blaster shall be in direct charge of blasting activities. (4 VAC 25-40-800A)

1. Ensure that all activities under their supervision are conducted in a safe manner (45.1-161.292:6 (B) & 4 VAC 25-40-190)

(a) Blasting crew has appropriate personal protective equipment.

(4 VAC 25-40-1710/20/20/40)

(b) Blasting crew not under influence of drugs/alcohol. (4 VAC 25-40-250)

(c) Finger rings prohibited. (4 VAC 25-40-1780)

(d) Prevent smoking within 50’ of blast site. (4 VAC 25-40-800 F)

1. Ensure that all miners with less than six months experience work with, or under the supervision of, an experienced person. (4 VAC 25-40-110)

1. Provide task training for all new, or reassigned, employees involved in blasting activities.

(4 VAC 25-40-100)

1. Design and load the shot to prevent flyrock or other dangerous effects (ex: air blast, ground vibration, ground control). (4 VAC 25-40-800D)

1. Inspect the blast site for hazards. (4 VAC 25-40-800 G2)

1. Alert blasting crew to hazards involved: (4 VAC 25-40-800 B)

1. Ensure that the blast site is cleared of all nonessential personnel and equipment prior to bringing explosives to the site. (4 VAC 25-40-800 G4)

1. Monitor weather conditions to ensure safe loading & firing. (4 VAC 25-40-800 G1)

10. Ensure proper loading procedures are followed: (4 VAC 25-40-800)

(a) Load boreholes as near to the blasting time as possible. (4 VAC 25-40-800H)

(b) Blast as soon as possible upon completion of loading. (4 VAC 25-40-800H)

(c) Keep explosives & detonators a safe distance from each other until made into a primer. (4 VAC 25-40-800 I) DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

5 (d) Ensure primers are not made up or assembled in advance. (4 VAC 25-40-800 J)

11. Remove all personnel/miners from the blast area prior to connection of the detonation device. (4 VAC 25-40-800 R)

12. Ensure blasting signals (audible warning signal) are given & posted. (4 VAC 25-40-800 Q)

13. Fire the shot from a safe location. (4VAC 25-40-800S)

14. Report, to the operator, any unplanned explosion, serious fire, serious or fatal injury, or any occurrence of fly rock. (45.1-161.292:51)

15. Perform a post-blast examination of the blast area, and ensure that the all clear signal is given prior to miners returning to work in the area. (4 VAC 25-40-800 T)

16. Properly dispose of all misfires after waiting 15 minutes. Guard or barricade & post warning signs until corrected. (4 VAC 25-40-820 A,B,C)

17. Complete a detailed blast report for all blasts and maintain the reports on-site for at least 3 years. (4 VAC 25-40-810)

18. Keep an accurate inventory log, on-site, of all explosives and detonators stored at the mine.

(4 VAC 25-40-780 D)

19. Report theft or loss of explosives to police, Treasury, and Division of Mineral Mining. (4 VAC 25-40-780 E)

• In addition to above, some mining operations have blasting requirements set by local authorities that the blaster must follow.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

6

SECTION 2

HAZARD RECOGNITION IN BLASTING DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

7

SECTION 2 – HAZARD RECOGNITION IN BLASTING

• Introduction
• Rock Structure
• Virginia minerals
• Natural Geologic Hazards

• Misfires
• Introduction
• Prevention of Misfires
• Handling of Misfires
• Misfire regulations

• Wet Holes

• Extraneous Electricity
• Definitions
• Sources of Extraneous Electricity
• Background (minimum firing current)
• Minimizing stray current hazard recognition

IN BLASTING

Introduction

The certified blaster needs to be able to recognize safety hazards that are natural to the geological formation he is working with as well as safety hazards that can be created by blasting. Weather, in the form of rain, freezing temperatures, and thawing can also create hazards. Rock mass has a wide variety in geology and structure. Rock characteristics can vary greatly from one part of a mine to another. Bedding planes, joints, cracks, faults, open beds, cavities, mud seams, and zones of weakness/incompetent rock may be detected by a driller and aid the certified blaster in avoiding or creating a hazard. An accurate drilling log and good communications between the certified blaster and driller can help in maintaining a successful blasting program.

Rock Structure

Rock structure can be described as the features produced in a rock by movements during and after its formation. Rock structure is the result of what has happened to rock over millions, even billions of years.

Classification/Types of Minerals Mined in Virginia

Classifications:

• Sedimentary rock – layered rock formed by sediment accumulation and solidification, possibly comprising minerals, debris, or organic matter.

Examples: Limestone, Sandstone, shale, gypsum, conglomerate, salt

• Igneous rock – formed from cooled molten material.

Examples: Granite

• Metamorphic rock – formed from transformation of pre-existing rock by heat, pressure, and fluids beneath Earth's surface.

Examples: Slate (was shale), quartzite (was sandstone), marble (was limestone) DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

9 Natural Geologic/Ground Control Hazards

Defined – a condition in the rock or mineral deposit that may pose a safety or health threat to personnel. This can result from mining activity or from natural geology of the formation.

Faults – fractures with rock movement along one or both sides.

A fault may contain fine-grained material or recrystalized rock. During blasting, faults can cause overbreak or backbreak to a fault plane. Venting or blowout could occur if material within the fault zone is weakly cemented/formed.

Bedding – the layering or planes dividing rock formations. Separation of beds can be fractions of an inch to tens of feet apart.

Joints – cracks or fractures in rock with no associated displacement. A joint can be intersecting with as well as perpendicular or parallel to bedding planes. It is common for a complex pattern of many joints to be present in a single geologic unit. Joints are usually most troubling relative to distributing and confining explosive energy within a rock mass, especially if existing joints are open.

Contacts – surfaces where different rock types meet.

Mining hazards include overhangs, loose material, backbreak, excess toe, oversize rock, and airborne contaminants like silica and asbestos.

For most mineral mines, maximum dust exposure limits are determined by the amount of free silica (quartz) found in airborne dust in their work environment. The percentage of quartz varies with the type of rock, sand, or mineral being mined. Granite tends to have a moderate to high percentage of silica while limestone is normally low; therefore a miner working at a limestone quarry has a much higher permissible exposure limit (PEL) for dust than a miner working at a granite quarry.

Miners who inhale tiny (respirable) particles of silica run the risk of contracting “silicosis” which can seriously impair their ability to breathe normally. Any type of dust, fume or mist inhaled can be detrimental; therefore, miners should minimize their exposure by ensuring that control measures such as water sprays and dust collectors are operational, and by using appropriate PPE supplied by the mine operator.

Geological hazards include fault zones, slip planes, bedding, caves, fractures, seams, weathering, aquifers, joints, and folds.

Each miner is responsible for examining and reporting unsafe conditions (4 VAC 25-40-460).

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

10 Misfires

Introduction

Certified blasters must thoroughly search for misfires after shots, as undetonated charges pose accident risks.

The key rule in blasting is preventing misfires before they occur.

Prevention of Misfires

Prevent misfires by understanding common causes.

Twelve common causes are listed below:

Poor wire/tubing connections (corrosion, dirt)

Bare splices on ground in water or wet areas

Improper detonator circuit

Improperly balanced detonator circuit

Current leakage or damaged tubing

Mixing detonators from different manufacturers in the same blast.

Detonators not wired or connected into the circuit

Defective or inadequate firing line

Inadequate power supply, improperly made primers, using nonwater-resistant explosives in wet holes, and improper loading practices.

Occasionally, a primer will detonate but not initiate a portion of the powder column. These misfires are often due to ground movement cutoffs, inadequate priming, deteriorated explosives, or bridged charges in the borehole.

Handling of Misfires

Under most conditions the safest way to dispose of a misfire is to reshoot it, provided there is sufficient burden around the borehole to prevent flyrock hazards. If electric detonators fail or if nonelectric initiators fail, an attempt to shoot the borehole with a fresh primer may be made if deemed safe by the certified blaster in charge.

This work will require the stemming to be removed; such work must be done with great care. The best method to remove stemming is with a stream of water through a plastic pipe or hose. Once the stemming is removed a new primer may be inserted in the borehole. There have been cases where the second primer did not initiate the entire powder column but generated enough heat to cause the original misfired charges to start burning. This will result in a dangerous “hang fire” which may detonate several minutes later. The sound of a reprimed charge is not a certain indication that the original misfire has completely detonated.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

11 Misfire regulations

4 VAC 25-40-820 -- mandates a 15-minute wait before entering the blast area, safe disposal by the blaster, and guarding or warning signs until the misfire is cleared.

4 VAC 25-40-800 A -- a certified blaster must oversee blasting activities.

Wet Holes

Boreholes that contain moisture should not be loaded with unprotected ANFO. A water-resistant ANFO product should be used. Water readily dissolves ammonium nitrate prills, leading to desensitization of the ANFO. This desensitizing effect of water has been demonstrated in many poor blasts where ANFO was used in wet boreholes without sufficient emulsion or external protection.

Wet hole bags can separate by floating in water or mud.

Priming every other bag can improve performance in wet conditions.

In severe water conditions, a water-resistant product should be loaded as packaged and shot as soon as possible. Certified blasters must know their water conditions and use products that will perform safely.

In addition to wet hole explosive bags, other measures used to combat water problems are borehole liners & dewatering.

Extraneous Electricity

Definitions

Stray Current – current outside an insulated conductor system.

Static Electricity – stored electrical energy at rest on objects or persons.

Sources of Extraneous Electricity

1. Lightning discharges from electrical storms.
2. Stray ground currents from poorly grounded electrical equipment.
3. RF energy from transmitters.
4. Induced currents in electromagnetic fields near high-voltage lines.
5. Static electricity from dust, snowstorms, conveyor belts, and pneumatic ANFO conveying.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

12

1. Galvanic currents from dissimilar metals contact or separation.

Atmospheric static electricity can be stored on insulated, ungrounded conductors like persons or trucks and discharged via detonator wires.

Intense high-frequency radiation can accidentally initiate electric detonators. Therefore, an investigation of any potentially hazardous source of radio frequency (RF) energy near a blasting site should be conducted when using electric detonators. The Institute of Makers of Explosives (IME) Safety Library Publication #20 classifies sources of radio frequency and lists safe distances.

Other stray current sources include electric fences, metal fences, machinery, conductive rock strata, or objects in contact with faulty electrical sources.

Lightning undoubtedly represents the greatest single hazard to blasting because of its erratic nature and high energy whether using an electric or nonelectric system. In the interest of safety, blasting should be suspended, and all personnel should be evacuated to a safe distance from the blast area whenever lightning storms are in the vicinity. The danger from lightning is considerably increased if there is a transmission line, water line, compressed air line, fence, stream, or other conductor available to carry the current between the storm and the shot location. A common sense rule is to evacuate the shot area when thunderstorm activity comes within 5 miles of the shot site.

Background

The minimum firing current for commercial electric blasting caps presently manufactured in the United States is approximately .25 amps. The IME has established the maximum “safe” current permitted to flow through an electric blasting cap without hazard of detonation as .05 amps.

When extraneous currents such as stray current exceeds .05 amps, the source of current must be traced and eliminated before electric-blasting caps can be used safely. If the source of current cannot be traced and eliminated, then a nonelectric system of initiation must be used.

Safety Procedures to Minimize Stray Current

1. If power systems or equipment are near a blasting site, periodic checks of wires and insulation should ensure good condition.

1. All metal objects, pipes, housings, etc., should be low-resistance grounded.

1. Remove potential stray current sources like powerlines, lights, DMM Surface Blaster’s Guide.

Remove electric equipment, batteries, etc., from the blast site before loading explosives.

1. De-energize and lock out known stray current sources near blasting when explosives are present.

1. Do not remove shunts from detonator legwires except for testing; then reshunt and keep shunted until connecting to the blast circuit.

1. Insure that all splices are insulated from the earth or ground and other potential stray current sources. Always use a well-insulated firing line that is not damaged and is not near any possible source of stray current.

1. During dust and snowstorms, place detonators on the ground and extend legwires along the ground slowly.

1. Suspend electric blasting during severe dust or snowstorms.

1. All moving equipment capable of generating static electricity in the blast site must be shut down during circuit connection and until firing.

10. A semiconductive loading system for ANFO will help to bleed off the static charge as it is generated.

11. Make certain that there are no radio frequency transmitting devices (including cellular phones) closer than recommended by The Institute of Makers of Explosives (IME) and be on the lookout for new structures/antennas.

12. Keep mobile radio transmitters in the “off” position near blasting areas and place adequate signs to remind mobile transmitter operators.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

14

SECTION 3

BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF BLASTING DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

15

SECTION 3 – BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF BLASTING

• Explosive Properties – General
• Explosive Products
• Dynamite
• Water Gels/Slurries
• Emulsions
• Anfo – Blasting Prills
• Blends
• Boosters
• Initiating Devices
• Electric
• Non-electric
• Detonating Cord
• Shock Tube
• Black Powder
• Blasting Instruments
• Blaster’s Multimeter
• Blaster’s Ohmmeter
• Blasting Machines
• Seismograph DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

16

BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF BLASTING

Explosive Properties

An explosive is a chemical compound or mixture initiated by heat, shock, impact, or friction, decomposing rapidly in detonation to release heat and high-pressure gases that expand forcefully, overcoming confining forces. High explosives can be initiated by a No. 8 test blasting cap and react faster than the speed of sound.

If improperly or accidentally initiated, explosives may burn without oxygen, called deflagration.

Detonation releases energy as rock fragmentation, displacement, ground vibration, airblast, and produces toxic and non-toxic fumes into the atmosphere.

Explosives have measurable characteristics that determine performance under blasting conditions. A brief explanation of key properties follows.

Detonation Velocity

DV is the speed of the detonation wave through explosives, measured in fps or m/s, affected by type, diameter, confinement, and temperature. Most have 10,000-18,000 fps, with an ideal velocity based on composition and density.

Explosive type, confinement, and diameter influence DV, increasing with size until reaching maximum. DV depends on density, and each explosive has a critical diameter supporting detonation.

Greater confinement increases DV, especially in small diameter holes for products like ANFO, dynamites, emulsions, and water gels; effect diminishes as diameter grows.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

17 Proper priming is essential for maximum detonation velocity; inadequate priming may cause failure, slow buildup, or low-order detonation. Follow manufacturer’s priming instructions.

Density

Explosive packing density, critical for sensitivity, DV, and critical diameter, is weight per volume, typically 0.8-1.6 g/cc. Free-flowing ANFO is in the low range.

1. Cartridge explosives like emulsions, water gels, and dynamites have densities 0.9-1.6 g/cc; products under 1.0 float; muddy or salt water in boreholes may exceed 1.0 g/cc.

Sensitivity

Sensitivity indicates how easily an explosive reacts to stimuli like shock, impact, friction, or electrostatic discharge. Shock sensitivity measures ease of detonation; some need only a detonator, others larger boosters.

Detonator sensitivity, measured by a No. 8 test cap, indicates ease of initiation and safety classification. Blasting agents do not initiate with this cap under test conditions.

Fumes

Detonation produces water vapor, CO2, nitrogen, and toxic gases like CO and NOx. Fumes differ from smoke, which contains solids. Avoid smoke exposure; detonation conditions affect gas amounts.

Wait adequate time before personnel enter blast area; toxic gases are odorless and colorless. No smoke absence guarantees safety; ventilate thoroughly.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

18 Flammability

Flammability indicates how easily an explosive ignites by heat. Dynamite ignites easily and can detonate in confinement. Water gels and emulsions are harder to ignite; after water evaporation, they support combustion. Nitrate products, emulsions, and gels are less prone to detonation than dynamite.

Explosive Classification

The U.S. Dept. of Transportation classifies explosives by hazard potential.

Division 1.1/1.2 (formerly Class A) explosives have maximum hazard potential, including dynamites, watergels, detonators, cord, primers, boosters, etc. All initiated by No. 8 cap, classified as high explosives, requiring caution.

Division 1.3 (formerly Class B) includes flammable explosives like fireworks; not used in mining.

Division 1.4 (formerly Class C) includes low-hazard blasting agents like ANFO and water gels.

Explosive Products

Dynamite

Dynamite has been central to the explosives industry since Alfred Nobel discovered safer nitroglycerin absorption. Modern dynamites contain nitroglycerin; alternatives like ANFO, water gels, and emulsions are cheaper. Packaged in cylindrical cartridges ¾” or larger, 4-24” long.

The three dynamite types are granular, semi-gelatin, and gelatin. Semi-gelatin and gelatin contain nitrocotton, forming cohesive gels. ‘Straight’ dynamites use nitroglycerin as energy; ‘ammonia’ or ‘extra’ dynamites replace much of it with ammonium nitrate, making them cheaper and impact resistant, with ammonium nitrate as the main energy source and nitroglycerin as a sensitizer.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

19 Nitroglycerin in dynamite can be inhaled or absorbed through skin, acting as a blood vessel dilator, reducing brain blood flow, and causing sometimes severe headaches.

Water Gels and Slurries

“A water gel/slurry explosive is essentially a thickened aqueous solution of oxidizer and/or fuel salts in which is dispersed additional oxidizers and/or fuels as well as sensitizers.”4 As a slurry the explosive is fluid, pumpable and essentially miscible with water. As a water gel formulation the explosive has been made dimensionally stable and water-resistant by the addition of cross-linking agents. Water gel explosives contain significant amounts of water and separate oxidizer and fuel components making them less sensitive than water-free nitroglycerin dynamites. Water gels are made up of oxidizing salts and fuels dispersed in a continuous liquid phase. The addition of gellants, and cross-linking agents, thickens the mixture and makes it water-resistant. Ammonium nitrate, sodium nitrate, and calcium nitrate are the oxidizing salts most commonly used, whereas aluminum, coal, gilsonite, sugar, ethylene glycol, and oil are the most common fuels. The addition of nitrate salts of organic amines, nitrate esters of alcohol, perchlorate salts, fine particle size aluminum, or other explosives may adjust the sensitiveness of the water gels. Also, physical sensitizers such as chemically produced bubbles, or glass ‘microballoons’, may be blended into the gel either alone, or in combination with other chemical sensitizers. The density of most water gels ranges from 1.0 – 1.35 g/cc. Water gels may be formulated to be either cap sensitive, or insensitive. In either case they are less sensitive to abusive impact, shock, or fire than dynamite. They are explosives, however, and should never be abused. The sensitivity of water gels is affected by temperature, with higher temperatures increasing the sensitivity of the products.

Emulsions

Emulsion explosives are mixtures of two immiscible liquids: water solutions of oxidizers dispersed in oil or wax, typically with a 9:1 oxidizer-to-fuel ratio. The oxidizer phase contains fine droplets with ammonium nitrate, sodium nitrate, calcium nitrate, or perchlorates, stabilized by surfactants. Additives like aluminum or ANFO can increase energy. Emulsions are very safe, resistant to impact and friction, and contain a high oxidizer-to-fuel ratio.

Emulsions usually do not detonate during burning but may if contaminated or exposed to severe conditions. They can be cap sensitive or insensitive and should never be abused.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

20 Anfo – Blasting Prills

Ammonium nitrate, mainly in porous prill form mixed with fuel oil, is used in nearly all commercial explosives. About 4 billion pounds of ANFO (94% ammonium nitrate, 6% No. 2 diesel) are used annually in the U.S., representing 80% of the market. Limitations include no water resistance and low density. Detonation velocity depends on borehole size and confinement, reaching nearly 16,000 fps under optimal conditions. Typical density is 0.77–0.85 g/cc, max about 1.10 g/cc. ANFO is not cap sensitive and requires priming with high-pressure detonators for maximum velocity.

Primers for ANFO should match borehole diameter, especially in small holes. ANFO lacks water resistance and must be loaded protected. It can be bulk or packaged in bags or tubes with liners.

Blends

Blends are mixtures of water-in-oil emulsion and ANFO, usually insensitive to caps, classified as blasting agents. They aim to increase density, add water resistance, or reduce costs. Less than 50% emulsion blends are called ‘heavy ANFO’.

Some blends exceed 18,000 fps detonation velocity, offering a wide range of velocities and densities for users.

At 40:60 (emulsion:ANFO), the mixture is waterproof; at 60:40, it can be pumped.

Boosters/Primers

A booster is an explosive that enhances reactions, often cap sensitive but without an initiator. Primers initiate reactions with detonators. Dynamite, water gels, emulsions, and cast boosters can serve as boosters or primers, often molded with cap wells for detonator insertion.

Other cap-sensitive explosives can be used as primers.

The popularity of ANFO and water gels led to high-velocity, high-energy boosters, including compact, high-pressure, non-nitroglycerin types, developed for safety and performance.

21 to accidental detonation from impact, shock, or friction than dynamite they must be handled safely.

Cast boosters are cap-sensitive explosives made of TNT, sometimes mixed with other explosives like pentolite, composition B, torpex, or amatol. Densities range 1.55–1.7 g/cc, detonate at 20,000–25,000 fps, and are water resistant.

Nitroglycerin boosters are also still commonly used alongside cast boosters.

These boosters are typically stick or cylindrical; ammonium nitrate gelatins (‘extra’ gelatins) are most common.

Efficient priming recommends using the largest diameter primer fitting the borehole, usually placed at or near the bottom.

Bottom initiation maximizes confinement, reduces flyrock and airblast. Multiple primers ensure complete detonation and separate charges. Primers should be prepared just before use, with components kept separate. When using cartridge explosives as primers, make a hole to seat the detonator with non-sparking tools, ensuring full seating.

Detonators fire directionally; they should be oriented toward the cartridge center (see Diagram 3-1).

Initiating Devices

Careful selection and use of proper initiating devices ensure effective blasting. All initiating devices are designed to explode and must be handled with high explosive safety precautions.

Initiating devices are electric or non-electric. Caps can be instantaneous or delayed; a delay of at least 8 ms is needed for separate detonations, with most delays at 25 ms.

Electric Detonators

Electric detonators include various types, mainly low firing-current. They have a metal shell with a high explosive base charge to initiate other explosives, topped by a primary charge converting ignition to detonation.

Delay detonators have a pyrotechnic charge that burns at a known rate. The top has a bridge wire receiving current from leg wires, encased in ignition mixture. Modern detonators include safeguards against static discharge.

22 pyrotechnic delay charges are considered instantaneous detonators; their burn time determines the millisecond delay period.

Leg wires are copper, iron, or copper-clad iron, with various gauges and lengths. North American detonators have shunts to prevent unintended current flow. Different manufacturer detonators must not be mixed to avoid misfires.

Diagram 3-1.Primers

Lead line /Leg Wires Cord Well

Cast Booster Detonator

Cap Well

In a cast booster, lead wires pass through the booster, and the detonator is inserted into the cap well to direct detonation into the explosive.

When using slurry or cartridge explosives, make a hole with a non-sparking tool, then half-hitch or tape lead wires around the cartridge. Detonator must be fully seated.

Lead line/Leg wires

Tape Detonator (Insert into hole) Half-hitch around cartridge

Detonator DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

23 Proper electric blasting enables safe firing of many detonators remotely. Success depends on circuit selection, adequate energy, hazard elimination, and circuit testing. Circuit type varies with detonator count and operation.

A single series circuit is used for up to 50 detonators. A capacitor discharge blasting machine provides the safest, most reliable, economical energy source.

Before loading, all electrical hazards must be eliminated.

Hazards include lightning, stray current, RF energy, induced currents, and static electricity.

During loading, connections must be tight, clean, insulated, and resistance tested. Detonator resistance should be checked before loading, with ends kept shunted.

Test circuits with a Blaster’s Multimeter or Ohmmeter; other instruments may cause detonation.

Electric circuits include single series (up to 50 detonators) and series-in-parallel, which connects multiple series for larger blasts, reducing voltage needs.

To test a blasting circuit, first calculate the theoretical resistance of single series and series-in-parallel circuits.

Single series resistance = (number of detonators × resistance per detonator) + wire and firing line resistance.

Circuit resistance = (detonators × resistance per detonator) + wire resistance + firing line resistance; wire resistance from chart, multiplied by length, divided by 1000.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

24 Wire resistance = total length × resistance per 1000’ of wire

1000

Resistance is measured in Ohms.

Example: Calculate resistance of a single series with 20 detonators (2.1Ω each), 200’ of 16-gauge wire, and 1000’ of 14-gauge line.

Cap resistance = 20 × 2.1Ω = 42Ω

Wire resistance = 200 × 4.02Ω = 0.804Ω

1000

Firing line resistance = 1000 x 2.53 = 2.53 ohms

1000

Total circuit resistance = 42 (detonators) + 0.8 (connecting wire) + 2.53 (firing lines)

= 45.33 ohms

Tested circuit should read 45-46 ohms. Low reading suggests disconnected detonators; high indicates excess detonators or loose/dirty connections.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

25 Diagram 3-2. Wiring Configurations

Electric Blasting Caps

Connecting Wire

Firing Line

Power Source

A. Single Series Circuit Electric Blasting Caps

Connecting Wire

Firing Line

Power Source

B. Series-in-Parallel Circuit DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

26 Table 3-1.6 Resistance* of Copper Wire

AWG Gauge No.

Ohms per 1,000 feet

6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22

1. 395
2. 628
3. 999
4. 588
5. 525
6. 02
7. 39 10.15 16.14

• At 68°F, see ISEE Blaster’s Handbook, 17th Ed., Chapter 16, pg. 186.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

Table 3-2.7 Nominal Resistance* of Electric Detonators in Ohms per Detonator (for sample calculations; consult supplier for actual resistances)

Copper Wire Iron Wire

Length of Wire Instantaneous Delay Instantaneous Delay (Feet) Detonators Detonators Detonators Detonators

4

1. 26
2. 16
3. 10
4. 00 6
5. 34
6. 24
7. 59
8. 497--
9. 84 -8
10. 42
11. 32
12. 09
13. 99 9 --
14. 34 -10
15. 50
16. 40
17. 59
18. 49 12
19. 58
20. 48
21. 09
22. 99 14
23. 67
24. 57
25. 58
26. 48 16
27. 75
28. 65
29. 08
30. 98 20
31. 91
32. 81
33. 06
34. 98 24
35. 07
36. 97

30

1. 15
2. 21

40

1. 31
2. 06

50

1. 42
2. 32

60

1. 69
2. 59

80

1. 71
2. 61

100

1. 11
2. 01

• At 68° Fahrenheit. 7 ISEE Blaster’s Handbook, 17th Edition, Chapter 16, Electric Firing Techniques, pg. 185.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

28 Series-in-Parallel – All series in the circuit should be balanced by wiring equal detonators. The resistance of one series divided by total series determines the circuit resistance.

Detonator circuit resistance = Resistance of one series

Total number of series in the circuit

Example: Calculate the total resistance of a series-in-parallel circuit containing 5 series of 10 detonators each. The resistance of a single detonator is 2.32 ohms.

Resistance of one series = 10(detonators) x 2.32 ohms

=23.2 ohms

Number of series in the circuit = 5

Total resistance of the detonator circuit = 23.2

5

= 4.64 ohms

The total blasting circuit resistance is found like the previous example, adding detonator resistance to connecting wire and firing line resistances.

To find current, use Ohm’s law: current = voltage / resistance.

I = V Where: I = current in amperes

R

V= applied voltage in volts

R= resistance in ohms

Nominal firing current per series of caps is 1.5-2.0A; for mixed instant and delay detonators, use 2.0A due to faster response.

Current leakage, causing misfires, occurs when firing current bypasses the circuit via damaged wires, ground contact, or poor splices, detectable with a Blaster’s Multimeter; rock conductivity influences leakage.

Properly used capacitor discharge blasting machines are the most reliable method for detonating electric caps.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

29 Capacitor discharge blasting machines are most commonly used for detonating electric blasts, but in order to determine if sufficient current is being delivered to the entire shot the blaster must consider the rapid current decay associated with the machine. Charts have been developed for use with individual blasting machines to show the number of detonators, and number of series, that the machine will safely detonate. Blasters must consult the appropriate chart for their machine to ensure it will deliver sufficient energy to detonate their planned blast.

This info is for review only; additional training, charts, and info are needed for blast design, from the 17th edition of ISEE Handbook.

Non-electric Detonators

Main non-electric systems in North America are shock tube and detonating cord; advantages include resistance to electrical initiation, but they cannot be tested for circuit completeness before detonation.

Detonating cord is a flexible high explosive with a velocity of ~22,000 fps, usually PETN core, color-coded, insensitive, requiring close contact with a No. 6 detonator.

Detonating cord with ≥20 grains/ft can propagate through knots/splices; follow manufacturer’s advice. When used in boreholes, it compresses surrounding explosives, affecting sensitive materials like ANFO. Compatible with shock tube.

Detonating cord >3 grains/ft must be covered with 6 inches of earth within 800 ft of buildings; use double trunk or loop lines for complete detonation. Refer to Sec. 4 VAC 25-40-930.

Low energy detonating cords (2.4-4.0 grains/ft) transmit energy to detonators, resemble shock tube, and self-destruct, leaving no contamination.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

Surface delay systems are available for both cords, offering flexible delay patterns. Always cut cord with a knife, not pliers or scissors, to avoid hazards.

Shock tube uses dust explosion to transmit signals; coated with HMX and aluminum, insensitive to heat/impact, activated by mechanical devices, reaction travels 6,500-7,000 fps to detonator.

Detonators are similar to electric ones; surface and down-hole delays are available. Shock tube is durable plastic; damage/moisture can cut off detonation. Precautions follow.

• Always store, handle, transport, and use all explosive products, including nonelectric systems, per manufacturer’s instructions.
• Only properly trained personnel should use nonelectric detonating systems.
• Always avoid situations where shock tube could entangle with vehicles, machinery, or equipment.
• Protect shock tube components from unintended energy sources like heat, electricity, or impact.
• Follow manufacturers’ recommendations when cutting and splicing lead-in trunkline shock tube.
• Never remove, or crimp, a detonator on shock tube.
• Never allow water, or moisture to enter a shock tube.
• Never hold shock tube in hand while detonating; the tube may rupture.
• Do not mishandle, or abuse shock tubing.
• Do not kink, pull, stretch, or put undue tension on shock tube.
• Never disassemble a surface delay detonator from the connector block.
• Never abuse shock tube by driving vehicles, or equipment, over it.
• Never attach shock tube lead line to initiating device until blast area is cleared.
• Since shock tube systems are visually checked, the blaster must systematically inspect the hookup twice to ensure proper connections.

Always consult manufacturer’s recommendations; do not mix non-electric systems from different manufacturers unless approved.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

31 Black Powder

Black powder, developed from saltpeter (potassium nitrate) used by Chinese in the 10th century, later saw sodium nitrate substitution for cost savings.

Annual consumption of black powder in the U.S. is less than 100,000 pounds. Black powder forms the powder train in safety fuse, and has historically been used in the dimension stone industry in Virginia. In order for an operator to use safety fuse, or black powder, in Virginia they must first receive special approval from the DMM (4 VAC 25-40-800 C). The approval would specify restrictions for handling, transportation, and storage of the materials.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

32

BLASTING INSTRUMENTS

Blaster’s Multimeter

A blaster’s multimeter measures resistance, voltage, and current; never use standard meters. It tests circuit continuity, hazards, static electricity, and power line voltages up to 1500V.

Blasting Ohmmeter

The blasting ohmmeter is an analog device measuring ohmic resistance of blasting circuits. The measurement is useful for:

• Determine if the detonator's bridgewire is intact.
• determining the continuity of an electric detonator series circuit, and
• Locate broken wires and connections in series or series-in-parallel circuits.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

33 If the silver chloride battery in the ohmmeter is depleted, replace it with an identical battery; never use a standard battery.

Blasting Machines

The two basic blasting machine types are: 1) generator; 2) capacitor discharge

(CD).

Generator type machines use a hand-driven generator to produce a DC pulse energizing detonators. They are rated by the number of delay caps they can fire in series and may detonate series-in-parallel circuits but not straight parallel circuits.

CD blasting machines have a capacitor, or bank of capacitors that store a large quantity of electrical energy. The energy may be supplied by a high voltage battery, or by a high voltage

oscillator from a low voltage battery. The blaster discharges the energy into the blasting circuit by activating a firing switch. The discharge of energy occurs in milliseconds. CD blasting machines will discharge many electric detonators in relation to their weight and size, and are a reliable means of firing electric blasting circuits. The machines are rated in terms of voltage and energy, and blasters must consult the manufacturer’s specifications to determine if the machine is sufficient for their application. The machines should always be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Persons using capacitor discharge blasting machines must be aware that the discharge from the machine can be lethal. Blasting machines should be tested frequently, by an approved tester, to insure that the machine delivers its full output of energy.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

34 Several CD blasting machines combined form a sequential timer.

The timer energizes multiple detonator circuits in a delay sequence, offering more delays than conventional machines, useful for limiting explosives per delay to control noise and vibration.

Blasting Seismographs

A blasting seismograph is used to monitor, record, analyze, display, and print ground vibration and noise from a blast. It is used to measure the transfer of seismic wave energy from one point to another. Standard seismographs utilize four channels for signals from four sensors; three for ground motion and one for sound (air pressure). The data from blast events are shown as peak measurements of ground motion and airblast. Ground sensors are contained in a geophone, which is placed in direct contact with the earth, and airblast is monitored through a microphone. Typical data registered are peak particle velocity (the speed at which a particle moves perunit of time), peak displacement (the distance particles are moved by the seismic wave), peak acceleration (rate of change in velocity per unit of time), and the frequency of movement (the number of cylces per second (hertz) that the particles vibrate). Airblast is a temporary pressure pulse above the atmospheric pressure level. Airblast is measured in pounds per square inch, and converted into decibels (dB). Below are two examples of seismographs.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

35

SECTION 4

BLASTING DESIGN / CONTROL DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

36

SECTION 4 – BLASTING DESIGN/CONTROL

• Drilling
• Selection of Hole Diameter
• Required Production
• Terrain
• Material Characteristics
• Type and Size of Excavating and Hauling Equipment
• Proximity to Vibration-Sensitive Areas
• Bench or Lift Height
• Explosives Type and Size
• Burden and Spacing
• Stemming
• Timing/Delays
• Scaled Distance
• Weather and Atmospheric Conditions
• Time of Day DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

37

BLASTING DESIGN/CONTROL

Drilling

In surface drilling and blasting, the critical part is often drilling. A blasthole is a cylinder for an explosive charge.

A drill log/report is the best way for a driller to communicate the condition of the blastholes to the certified blaster in charge of the blasting operation. The log/report should include but not limited to:

1. Identify each hole in the drill pattern.
2. The amount of overburden (material on top of the rock being blasted).
3. Seams and their depth.
4. Mud and its depth.
5. Water and its depth.
6. Total drill hole depth.
7. Subdrilling done and amount.

The drill log/report should be included in blasting operation planning by the certified blaster.

It is important that mine operators covey information related to their mine development plan to the drillers and blasters who will ultimately implement critical parts of the plan. The certified blaster is charged with designing a shot, which meets the expectations of the mine operator, and complies with requirements of State and Federal mine law and regulations.

Selection of Hole Diameter

Determining the appropriate hole size involves several factors, which may change during mining. Larger holes reduce drilling costs if suitable for the operation. Other factors include:

• Required Production
• Terrain
• Material Characteristics/Geology
• Type and Size of Excavating and Hauling Equipment
• Proximity to Vibration-Sensitive Areas
• Bench or Lift Height
• Explosives Type and Size

Initial capital investment and geology, which cannot be altered, are key considerations.

38 massive formations the distribution of explosives throughout the blast area is critical. Smaller holes, or a closer spacing, will result in finer fragmentation than larger holes on a wider spacing.

• Required Production

Current and future production needs influence drilling unit selection and hole size, requiring balance with other factors.

• Terrain

Larger drills are less capable in rough terrain and tight spaces. Smaller drills are more versatile for initial development, while larger units suit established mines with developed benches.

• Material Characteristics/Geology

Rock and ore characteristics affecting drillability, fragmentation, and hole size include:

• Hardness of rock affects fragmentation and hole size; percussive drilling is less impacted by hardness than rotary drilling.

• Rock structure, including joints, fractures, folds, bedding planes, faults, and cap rock, influences hole size, fragmentation, back break, stability, and economic efficiency.

• Type and Size of Excavating and Hauling Equipment

Large equipment suggests larger blastholes for handling bigger rock, but its main purpose is to increase production efficiency, not reduce drilling costs. Small equipment requires careful hole size assessment for fragmentation.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

39

• Proximity to Vibration-Sensitive Areas

Most operators using blasting and drilling know vibration restrictions, especially regarding lawsuits. Larger holes hold more explosives per foot and, if not decked, cause higher vibrations. New operations should research hole size.

• Bench or Lift Height

Fixed bench height requires blasthole size to match. Legislation limits maximum bench height, reducing size choices. Variable bench height offers more flexibility, but often is pre-set by production and equipment.

Evaluation in determining bench or lift height should include:

1. Hole depth may be limited by drill blow energy.

1. Steady State Velocity: the velocity at which a specific explosive detonates at a given charge diameter.

1. Deeper holes allow higher explosive percentages.

Maintain a specific depth for the top of the explosive column.

to achieve results, the remaining hole depth

must be filled with proper stemming. Since at detonation in an explosive column, energy is directed to the path of least resistance, it is generally necessary to “subdrill” or drill below the intended floor level. The path of least resistance, when properly designed stemmed, and subdrilled, should be the burden distance. Larger diameter holes are generally farther apart, so subdrilling is somewhat greater in order to break between the holes and avoid causing high bottom. The length of the explosive column is the bench height plus the subdrilling minus the stemming.

The link between hole diameter and bench height is crucial.

Using too large a hole diameter for the bench causes poor explosive distribution. Reducing stemming to extend the explosive column raises flyrock and noise risks.

• Explosives Type and Size

Explosive type, size, and loading method influence drill hole diameter. Larger columns maintain velocity and produce more material, potentially reducing costs. Refer to DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide.

Blasthole diameter affects cost and safety; it may be adjusted multiple times during the operation.

Burden and Spacing

Burden (The distance from the drill hole and the nearest free face or the distance between drill holes measured perpendicular to the spacing. Also the total amount of material to be blasted by a given hole, usually measured in cubic yards or tons). A rule of thumb for burden is two times the drill hole diameter in inches equals the distance to the free face in feet.

Spacing (The distance between drill holes. In bench blasting, the distance is measured parallel to the free face and perpendicular to the burden). A rule of thumb for spacing is one and a half times the burden.

• Drilling Patterns

Common drill patterns include square, rectangular, and staggered. Square has equal burden and spacing with aligned holes in rows.

Rectangular pattern has burden less than spacing, with aligned holes in rows.

Staggered pattern often has burden less than spacing, with alternate row holes centered. Extra holes are usually needed for uniform banks.

In cap rock conditions, helper or satellite holes are short, drilled to the capping layer, offset from standard holes, with limited powder to prevent flyrock.

Stemming

Stemming (Inert material placed in a borehole on top of or between separate charges of explosive material. Used for the purpose of confining explosive materials or to separate charges of explosive material in the same borehole.) A rule of thumb for stemming is two times the diameter of the borehole in inches equals the distance in feet.

If flyrock or excessive air blast occurs, increase stemming. Stemming size and type affect results; generally, it should equal the burden, and may need to be increased for hazards.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

For large blastholes, use stemming about 1/20th of the hole diameter to lock with the wall.

Do not use drill cuttings as stemming; they contain fine material, may not lock in dry holes, and can cause flyrock, air blast, undetonated explosives, or poor fragmentation in wet holes.

Timing/Delays

MS delay blasting was introduced in open pit quarrying; rock movement time remains important even with a free face.

In multi-row blasts, initial movement occurs in 10-12 ms; with more rows, movement shifts upward, risking tight bottom and flyrock due to reduced relief.

Many blasters double delay on the last row to allow movement, increasing relief, reducing ripping, and minimizing backbreak, known as “skipping a period”.

When the blast consists of as many as eight or nine rows, the timing on MS delays should provide the additional time without skipping a period. The NO. 1 through NO. 8 periods (25 through 200 MS) will provide a nominal 25 milliseconds between each period. NO. 8 through NO. 15 (200 MS through 500 MS) provided a nominal 50 milliseconds between each period.

Delays 500-1000 MS provide 100 ms between periods; actual timing varies by manufacturer.

Base timing on detonator accuracy limits; consult supplier to prevent overlap or crowding.

Rock stacking can occur despite extra time; hole size, burden, spacing, and face height limit successful rows. Swell factor increases volume 30%, risking flyrock if overdone.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

Large-diameter, wide burden rows are fewer than small-diameter, close burden rows due to limited expansion space. Shallow holes (<25 ft) also blast more successfully than deeper ones.

MS delay detonators enable the blaster to design blasts utilizing terrain relief or pattern design, controlling rock movement within natural contour and geology limits.

Scaled Distance

Scaled Distance (Ds) is the actual distance (D) in feet divided by the square root of the maximum explosive weight (W) in pounds detonated per delay of eight milliseconds or more, or the total explosive weight in pounds detonated in less than eight milliseconds.

For example, if the nearest inhabited building not owned or leased by the mine operator is 2,200 feet away, and a scaled distance of 55 is used, the weight per delay is: 2,200 feet divided by 55 equals 40 squared equals 1,600 pounds of explosive per delay. This means an operator could blast one hole per delay containing 1,600 pounds of explosive, two holes per delay containing 800 pounds of explosive, or four holes per delay containing 400 pounds of explosives.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

43 4 VAC 25-40-880.B. Without seismic monitoring, blasting must follow scaled distance formulas: 2

W D Ds Ds

D W = W = Maximum explosive charge weight per delay of 8+ milliseconds.

D = Distance in feet from blast site to nearest inhabited building not owned or leased by the mine.

Ds = Scaled distance factor shown below:

Distance (D) to Peak Particle

Nearest inhabited Velocity, inches Ds (when not Building, feet Per second Using a seismograph)

0-300

1. 25 50 301-5,000
2. 00 55 5,001 and beyond
3. 75 65

Scaled distance combines distance and charge weight affecting seismic or air blast energy.

Ground motion energy varies directly with charge weight; as it propagates, the increasing rock volume causes peak ground motion to decrease.

Weather and Atmospheric Conditions

Weather must be monitored before bringing explosives and detonators to ensure safe loading and firing. 4 VAC 25-40-800.G.

Temperature inversions and surface winds significantly affect air blast pressure and wave travel, bending waves depending on wind speed and direction, often back to the ground.

Proper inversion and wind conditions can combine to produce air blast wave travel.

Focal points of high overpressure downwind may occur, increasing air blast complaints if near occupied buildings.

Downwind focusing near occupied buildings can increase overpressure up to 100 times.

Windows are most vulnerable to air blast damage; poorly mounted panes crack easily; high overpressure may cause masonry or plaster cracks.

Routine blasting under normal conditions unlikely causes structural damage; effects include rattling windows and noise, possibly leading to complaints if disturbance is intolerable.

If air blast is a concern, a small shot measures overpressure; if normal, main shot proceeds; if high, delay. Meteorological data can be obtained locally.

Time of Day

Boreholes should be loaded close to blasting time; shots must be fired promptly after loading; surface blasting during daylight only. 4 VAC

25-40-800.H.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

45

SECTION 5

BLAST EFFECTS DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

46

SECTION 5 – BLAST EFFECTS

• Introduction
• Airblast
• Ground Vibration
• Blasting Restrictions-Airblast and Ground Vibration
• Flyrock DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

47

BLAST EFFECTS

Introduction

Public relations issues have increased due to urban expansion and surface operations near populated areas, causing strained relations when blast effects disturb the public.

The main complaints are air blast and ground vibration.

Blasting produces ground vibration and airblast that can result in structural response at off-site buildings. This perceived motion could be very disturbing to homeowners; therefore, it is advantageous to establish good public relations with nearby neighbors. Most homeowners mistakenly believe that any motion of window glass or house structure originates from ground vibration striking the foundation of the house, when in fact the concussion element of airblast is often the culprit. DMM Safety & Health Regulations establish maximum limits for both ground vibration and airblast based on comprehensive studies conducted by the U.S. Bureau of Mines (USBM).

Explosive manufacturers, mine operators, and government agencies have invested effort to understand blast variables and their effects on airblast and ground vibration.

Studies have provided guidelines for delay blasting and monitoring to reduce structural damage and complaints. Damage causation is complex, with variability in explosive strength, delay, rock, weather, and structures, making damage prediction uncertain until sufficient site experience is gained.

Blasters can reduce noise and vibration complaints through careful blast design with delays, effective monitoring, and neighbor communication about safety measures. Ongoing analysis and record-keeping are essential.

Blast design and effect records are crucial during government investigations of complaints.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide 48Airblast

To reduce or avoid airblast complaints, a blaster must understand the relationship between explosives, weather, and airblast.

The air blast from an explosive detonation is a compression wave in the air. It is caused either by the direct action of explosive products from an unconfined explosive in the air or by the indirect action of a confining material subjected to explosive loading. Noise is the portion of the spectrum that lies in the audible range from 20 to 20,000 hertz. The concussion of a blast results from the spectrum below 20 hertz. Airblast is described in terms of the maximum pressure in lb./sq. in., or in terms of the sound pressure level measured in decibels (dB). Figure 5-1 permits conversion from one scale to another. 140 dB is the threshold of pain, 85 dB is normal street traffic, 40 dB is a background noise level in the home, and zero is the threshold of hearing. The highest decibel level allowed cannot exceed 129 decibels.

All of the energy liberated by the explosive is initially in the form of a highly compressed gas. Some of that gas escapes to the surface and travels through the air as airblast. The largest part of the compressed gas energy goes into breaking and moving rock.

The sudden movement of the rock at its face or at the ground surface also causes a disturbance, which propagates through the air. Parts of these disturbances are in the audible range of frequencies (>20 Hz) and are collectively called noise. Some of these disturbances are in the sub-audible range. Both parts together are called airblast. If sufficiently intense, they can cause buildings to vibrate and crack, windows to vibrate or break and discomfort or pain to individuals.

Atmospheric conditions influence blast noise intensity at various distances.

These conditions determine the speed of sound in air at various altitudes and directions. The speed of sound is determined primarily by two factors: (1) temperature and (2) wind speed.

Normally the air temperature decreases as the altitude from the earth's surface increases. A temperature inversion exists if the air becomes warmer as the altitude increases.

If the weather conditions (temperature and wind velocity) are such that a greater sound velocity in any direction occurs above the earth's surface, a sound speed inversion exists and therefore bends the sound rays back toward the earth's surface.

When a temperature inversion exists, the temperature and sound velocity increase with altitude. The sound rays will bend back toward the earth's surface but will decrease more slowly with distance than with a sound speed inversion.

Conversely, when the temperature decreases with altitude and sound speed, the sound rays are refracted away from the earth's surface. This condition is more stable and is the most frequent condition during the time of the most surface blasts. With this condition, the noise level decreases rapidly with distance.

In the early morning, a temperature inversion may be present following clear nights with low wind speeds that prevent mixing of the atmosphere. The lack of cloud cover allows the temperature of the ground and air above it to drop rapidly creating the inversion. Blasting DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

49 done in the early morning will result in loud noise levels. As mid-morning arrives, the sun's rays will cause the ground temperature to warm and rise and the increased ground temperature warms the air in contact with it. This process will continue throughout the day and the mid-morning. At this time, favorable conditions for blasting are present. Near and after sunset, the temperature of the earth's surface begins to cool and a low altitude inversion may exist.

The presence of cloud layers signifies the presence of a temperature inversion. The commonly accepted idea that noise is reflected from the bottom of clouds is mistaken. The clouds signify the presence of an inversion, which reflect the sound back toward the earth's surface.

Changes in sound velocity with altitude may also be caused by wind. Wind is highly directional. Normal wind increases with altitude and therefore causes an increase of sound speed with an increase of altitude. The wind direction results in an increase or decrease in noise levels in the down wind direction. The effect of wind on noise levels is generally the greatest in the winter months because of the higher wind speed that is present during this time of year. In the warmer months, wind speeds are normally lower and help prevent the formation of temperature inversions.

Favorable atmospheric conditions for blasting include:

1. Clear to partly cloudy skies, light winds, and rising temperature from daybreak to shot time.

1. Delay blast until mid-morning to eliminate early temperature inversions.

Unfavorable atmospheric conditions for blasting include:

1. Foggy, hazy, smoky days with little/no wind or temperature inversion conditions.

1. During strong winds from cold front passage.

1. When surface temperature falls during the day.

1. Early morning or after sunset on clear days.

1. Cloudy days with low ceilings, especially with little/no wind.

Air blast is usually caused by one of three mechanisms. The first cause is energy released from unconfined explosives such as uncovered detonating cord trunklines or mudcapping used in secondary blasting. The second cause is the release of explosive energy from inadequately confined borehole charges resulting from inadequate stemming, inadequate burden or mud seams. The third cause is movement of the burden and the ground surface.

Blasts are designed to displace the burden. When the free face moves out, it forms an air compression wave that results in air blast. For this reason, locations in front of the free face receive higher air blast levels than those behind the free face.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

Typical airblast sources for most projects:

1. Air pressure pulse (APP), caused by rock face displacement, is a low frequency pulse.

1. Conversion of ground vibration to air vibration at a distance, called rock pressure pulse (RPP) or air coupled ground roll.

1. Explosion venting releases gas to surface, called gas release pulse (GRP).

1. Gases escaping up the drill hole after stemming blowout, called stemming release pulse (SRP).

1. Detonating cord explosion on surface produces high-frequency surface detonation pulse (SDP).

Common structural effects include window breakage and plaster cracking.

Research has largely been limited to single-family houses. Overpressures of only 0.03 PSI can vibrate loose window sashes, often to the annoyance of the public, but without permanent damage. Airblast pressures of 1.0 PSI will break most windowpanes and as pressures exceed

1. 0 PSI, plaster in flexible walls will crack. Windows and plaster that have been stressed previously, that is by house settlement may be damaged at pressures down to 0.1 PSI.

Large window breakage odds are 1/10,000 at 0.012 PSI.

Similar odds for small windows exist at 0.030 PSI. For common practice, 0.1 PSI (130 dB) can be taken as the safe limit for window glass (Figure 5-1). Airblasts are relatively strong sources of midwall vibrations, and poor sources of corner (whole-structure racking) vibration. The airblast levels producing the same amounts of corner vibration as 0.50 in./sec ground vibration are 0.020 to 0.024 lb./in. squared (137 to 138 dB). Airblasts with 0.007 to 0.009 lb./in. squared (128 to 130 dB) produce wall vibration equivalent to that from 0.50 in./sec, ground vibration.

Airblast is less likely than ground vibration to crack walls.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

51 Figure 5-1. Sound Level Conversions

1.000 MOST WINDOWS

BREAK

10.00

1. 100

1. 000

2 0.010 MILLIBARS IN

/

LB 0.100

1. 001

LOWER) -4 0.010

10 OR OVERPRESSURE.

Hz PAIN

(1 OVERPRESSURE. OF

• 5 0.001

10 TRAFFIC CRITERIA

-4 THRESHOLD 10

-6 STREET USBM 10

10 -5 10 -7 50 70 90 110 130 150 170

SOUND LEVEL. dB

Detonating many charges with small delays can superimpose air blast pulses, producing a strong air blast.

Air blast, audible or not, can vibrate structures like ground vibrations. Measured in decibels, pounds per sq. inch, and hertz, it less often causes damage but often prompts complaints. When people feel vibrations or house rattles,

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide 52it is usually impossible to tell whether ground vibrations or air blast is being sensed. A thorough discussion of air blast is a vital part of any surface mine-public relations program.

Because air blast is a major cause of blasting complaints, some operators choose to seismograph all surface blasts. Air blast, though, does result in a potential for structural damage.

Air blast recordings provide good evidence in case of complaints or law suits. Air blast readings taken in conjunction with ground vibration readings is especially helpful in determining which of the two is the primary cause of complaints. Sound travels faster in warmer air due to the air molecules being less dense than in colder air. Also, the speed and direction of the wind can cause a "focusing" affect of the concussion and sound waves.

Properly executed blasts, where surface explosives are adequately covered and borehole charges are adequately stemmed, are not likely to produce harmful levels of airblast. Careful attention to and adjustment for the following details will usually improve results by reducing -airblast or complaints additionally:

Methods to control air blast include:

1. Avoid the use of unconfined explosives: (a) Bury detonating cord one foot or more; (b) Use low-load detonating cord if possible; (c) Never adobe or mudcap in populated areas unless necessary.

1. Use adequate stemming: (a) Use crushed stone for stemming in wet holes for better confinement and to avoid densifying water with drill fines so that low-density charges may float; (b) Use additional stemming on the front row if excessive backbreak from the previous shot is present.

1. Use drill patterns having nearly equal burden to spacing ratios.

1. Use a longer delay interval between rows than between holes in a row.

1. Ensure the blast proceeds in proper sequence.

1. Consider geologic abnormalities: (a) Use nonexplosive decks through mud-dirt seams, weak seams, etc.; (b) Have drillers report cavities that could be overloaded with explosives; (c) Avoid or backfill cavities and day-lighted seams; (d) Maintain accurate drilling records; (e) Check the drillers’ log to get an accurate analysis of all boreholes.

1. Schedule shots when neighbors are busy; not at home or when blasting is expected.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

53

1. Avoid excessive delays between holes.

1. Consider beam formation when designing blasts: (a) Minimize the number of opening holes having the same delay period; (b) Avoid the use of long charges in boreholes whose length is large when compared with the burden of the hole.

10. Evaluate topography for burden and focusing effects. Orient face to avoid facing built-up area.

11. Analyze weather for temperature inversions, wind and low cloud cover.

12. Test-shoot and develop site-specific criteria.

Good pre-blast planning again is important. Follow the drill pattern closely, provide adequate stemming in boreholes - at least equal to the burden, blast during favorable weather conditions, and cover any trunk lines or any other explosive devices to minimize the airblast affects.

Ground Vibration

The public relations problem of ground vibration that is associated with the use of explosives is just as prevalent as the air blast problem. Once again, manufacturers, explosive consumers and government agencies have spent a vast amount of time and effort to gain a better understanding of ground vibration.

The detonation of an explosive contained in a drill hole or series of drill holes generates a large volume of high-temperature (2,000-5,000o C), high-pressure (0.2 x 10 6 to 2.0 x 10 6 PSI) gas. The sudden application of this pressure to the cylindrical surface of a drill hole generates a compressive radial stress and strain in the rock. This wave crushes the rock that immediately surrounds the borehole. The boundary that surrounds the crushed rock area represents the area of the blast-fractured zone. The waves attenuate (decrease) in amplitude with increasing radius, R, from the explosive and at some distance no longer produce breakage but only vibration of the ground. Figure 5-2 shows a plan and cross section view of an idealized single hole blasting operation and is used to define some terms of interest. At any point the displacement of the ground can be resolved into three perpendicular components UR (radial), UV (vertical), and UT (tangential). For reasons to be explained below, it is customary to express damage criteria, and to predict and to measure ground vibration, in term of the three orthogonal components of velocity-- UR , UV, and UT. When the intensity of the stress wave is reduced so that there is no permanent deformation of the rock, the wave propagates through the rock in an elastic manner in such a manner that the rock particles will return to their original position following passage of the stress wave. The stress waves travel through the earth causing rock particles to vibrate. All blasts create ground vibration. This situation is similar to the circular ripples produced on the surface of calm water when struck by a rock. Ground vibrations are measured with a seismograph machine. Vibrations are measured in terms of amplitude (size of the vibrations), measured in inches per second of peak particle velocity (PPV), and frequency (number of times that the ground moves back and forth in a given time period), measured in velocity in hertz or cycles per second. Excessively high ground vibration levels can damage domestic structures.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

Moderate to low ground vibrations can irritate neighbors, causing complaints or legal claims.

Studies have shown that high frequency wave energy is absorbed more readily than low-frequency wave energy so that the energy content of stress waves at large distances is concentrated at low frequencies. The velocity is referred to as particle velocity in order to distinguish this quantity from propagation velocity. The peak particle velocity of ground vibration depends on the maximum charge-weight-per-delay of eight milliseconds or more and not on the total charge weight of the blast. The most significant ground motion parameter is the maximum radial particle velocity uR, which is usually the maximum of the three components at the radii of interest.

Various kinds of stress waves travel at different speeds and interact in a complicated manner with themselves and the material in which they travel. A blast that finishes detonating in a few hundred milliseconds or less can produce ground motion for several seconds at locations several hundred yards away. A process known as dispersion whereby the different frequencies travel at different velocities enhances the lengthening of ground motion with distance.

Ground vibration amplitude at a distance increases with:

1. The energy in the explosion. Energy is the capacity to do work (the fracturing and movement of rock and the creation of air and ground-transmitted shock and vibration) and is directly proportional to the weight of explosive. Energy (W) is a weaker function of the type of explosive used. For practical purposes, all commercial explosives in use today can be taken as having the same energy/unit weight. The number of explosives (delays) fired in round times the energy per delay determines the total energy in the round. It is common practice to express energy in units of pounds of explosive, although in a strict sense energy should have units of force times distance.

1. The confinement of the explosive by the burden (see Figure 5-2) and stemming. It is usual practice to stem all holes to minimize airblast effects. Pre-split shots have a semi-infinite burden. The confinement of the explosive determines the partitioning of the energy among rock breakage, ground vibration and airblast. The greater the confinement, the more energy directed into rock breakage and vibration and the less to airblast. Hole spacing and sequence of firing also impact confinement.

1. The type of rock has a weak influence on maximum particle velocity. The denser the rock, the higher the peak particle velocity close to the explosion. At large distances, the reverse is sometimes the case. However, the effect of the type of rock is so weak that it is usually ignored in preliminary estimates of ground motion and it is automatically accounted for in project specific, ground motion curves developed by physical observations.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

55 Figure 5-2. Plan and Cross Section Blasters can overcome the vibration complaints through careful blast design, the effective use of delays, and by careful monitoring of the blast effects. The best protection against complaints and damage claims is good public relations. The blaster should inform local residents of the need and importance of blasting. A blaster should also stress the relative harmlessness of properly controlled blasting vibrations. In situations where complaints persist, continued attention to blast design, effective monitoring and good record keeping will be of invaluable importance. Prompt and sincere response to complaints is vital.

Blasting induced ground motion has some important characteristics. In close-proximity to a blast, the predominant frequencies exceed 100 Hz and the vibration drops off sharply with distance. In general, frequency will decrease as the distance from the explosion increases and the maximum particle velocity will decrease.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

56 Excessive ground vibrations are caused by either putting too much explosive energy into the ground or by not properly designing the shot. Part of the energy that is not used in fragmenting and displacing overburden will go into ground vibrations. The vibration level at a specific location is primarily determined by the maximum weight of explosives per delay period and the distance of that location from the blast. The delays in a blast break it up into a series of smaller, very closely spaced individual blasts. The longer the intervals between delays the better the separation will be between the individual blasts. Eight milliseconds is the minimum delay that can be used between charges if they are to be considered as separate charges for vibration purposes. In addition to charge weight per day, distance and delay interval, two other factors affect the level of ground vibration. The first factor is overconfinement. A charge with a properly designed burden will produce less vibration. The second factor is an excessive amount of subdrilling. Excessive subdrilling will cause an extremely heavy confinement of explosive energy. In multiple row blasts, there is a tendency for the later rows to become overconfined. To avoid this, it is often advisable to use longer delay periods between the later rows to give better relief.

Two vibration limits are important; the level above which damage is likely to occur and the level above which neighbors are likely to complain. There is no precise level at which damage begins to occur (Table 5-1). How much actual ground movement takes place determines whether structural damage will occur to buildings off the mine site. The lower the frequency produced, the more likely that structural damage can occur (Figure 5-3). Frequency waves below 20 Hz are inaudible but are capable of producing structural vibration and damage.

The damage level depends on the type, condition, age of the structure, the type of ground on which the structure is built and the frequency of the vibration. People tend to complain about vibrations far below the damage level. The threshold of a complaint depends on complainant health, fear of damage, attitude toward the mining operation, diplomacy of the mine operator, and how often and when blasts are fired and the duration of the vibrations. The vibration tolerance level is very dependent on local attitude toward mining. Careful blast design and good public relations are essential elements for an operator to live in harmony with neighbors in order to minimize complaints and avoid legal claims.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

57 Figure 5-3.

10.0

1. 00

1. 00

1. 00

EM 1110-2-3800

1. 00

13 DEC 77, FED. REGISTER

1. 00

INTOLERABLE

IPS 0.60

1. 40

VELOCITY, UNPLEASANT 8 MARCH 83, FED.

0.20 REGISTER

PARTICLE

1. 10

1. 08

1. 06

0.04 PERCEPTIBLE

1. 02

1. 01 1 2 8 10 20 40 60 100

FREQUENCY, CPS

VARIOUS RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURE TOLERANCE LIMITS

HUMAN RESPONSE

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide 58The intensity of stress waves that can be tolerated by various kinds of structures must be established before acceptable charge weights at various distances can be determined. The level of motion required to damage a structure depends upon its construction. For example, a steel-framed building can tolerate a more intense stress wave than a residential structure with plaster walls. Because plaster is the weakest of the most commonly used materials for construction and because of the prevalence of such structures, damage criteria is based on this type structure.

Blasters may consult structural engineers to specify permitted vibration levels for certain structures.

Good pre-blast planning is essential to ensure frequency waves resulting from the blast remain above the structural damage levels. This can be achieved by varying the duration of the blast, varying the pounds per delay of explosives, maintaining proper burden and spacing, or any combination.

List of steps a blaster can take to reduce ground vibration:

1. Use a blast design that produces the maximum relief that is practical. Explosions in boreholes, which have good relief and those having nearby free faces, produce less ground vibration. The use of delay blasting techniques establishes internal free faces, which reduces ground vibration. The proper design of delay patterns can help achieve maximum relief. In general when blasting multiple row patterns, greater relief can be obtained by using a greater delay time between rows than between holes in a single row. A delay time between holes in a row of at least one millisecond per foot of burden is usually recommended for the necessary relief and maximum fragmentation.

1. Use the proper powder factor. An excessive powder factor will usually increase both ground vibration and air blast and may cause excessive burden displacement or fly rock. On the other hand, an insufficient powder factor will usually increase ground vibration by delaying or reducing the effect of stress waves reflected off the free faces.

The optimal powder factor must be determined by site experimentation and used.

1. It is necessary to reduce the charge/delay to some value that will produce a maximum particle velocity less than those in the damage criteria. To achieve the desired fragmentation, it is necessary to keep the powder factors above some minimum level.

Powder factor is defined as weight of explosives in pounds per cubic yard of rocks to be excavated. Depending on the type of rock, the burden, and the maximum fragment size desired, the proper power factor will usually range from 0.5 to 1.0 lb./cu yd. To accomplish both purposes it is sometimes necessary to increase the number of shot holes drilled. If no delays are being used, the obvious first step is to introduce the use of delays. This can be done up to the point where the explosive in each borehole is fired separately by using a combination of millisecond delays and a multiple circuit blasting machine, If this is not sufficient, decking of the charge within the borehole should be considered. This technique involves several charges separated by 5 ft or more of stemming the same hole, with one fired after the other through the use of delays. If it was originally necessary to fully load the hole to get the desired powder factor, decking will require either a larger diameter shot hole or more shot holes at a closer spacing. Since the loading, wiring and initiation of decked shots are more DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

59 complex; this procedure requires greater experience. Alternatively, it may be desirable to avoid decking and simply reduce the spacing between shot holes. This option is not as complex but usually requires more boreholes.

1. Use a spacing-to-burden ratio equal to or greater than one, if possible. The presence of weak seams or irregular backbreak may dictate the use of a spacing-to-burden ratio less than one.

1. Control drilling of blast holes closely.

1. Keep the amount of subdrilling to the minimum required to maintain good floor conditions. A typical amount of subdrilling is .3 times the burden at floor level.

Excessive subdrilling increases ground vibration due to high confinement and absence of a free face.

1. Use various techniques to reduce charge-weight-per-delay which should in turn reduce the peak particle velocity: (a) Reduce hole depths and reduce bench heights; (b) Use smaller diameter holes; (c) Subdivide explosive charges in hole by using inert decks and fire each explosives deck with an initiator of a different delay period; (d) Use electronic timers to increase the available number of delay periods of electric blasting caps and to increase timing flexibility. Sequential timers are used for this purpose and are real effective in helping to shorten the duration of ground motion.

1. Use delay electric blasting caps or surface connectors to reduce the number of holes on a delay. If the time for a wave (compression) to travel from the shot hole through the burden to the face and be reflected back to the borehole as a different wave (tension) is less than the delay time between charges, the second charge is more confined and a greater amount of its energy results in vibration. If for multiple row blasts, the rock in front of the first row of borehole has not moved sufficiently forward before the detonation of the second row the confinement effect is also strengthened. In general, the longer the delay intervals within the millisecond range the better. This interval must be short enough that the round is not perceived by an observer to be a series of separated explosive events.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

60 Table 5-1. Categories of Building Damage Damage to buildings can be grouped in three categories Threshold: Formation of new minor cracks in plaster or at joints in wallboard, opening of old cracks and dislodging loose objects.

Minor: Superficial, not affecting strength; e.g., loosened plaster, broken windows, cracks in plaster or masonry.

Major: Significant weakening, large cracks, foundation shifts, permanent wall movement, structural distortion, or walls out of plumb.

The threshold of cracking reported ranges from 0.8 to 11.8 in./sec. The data show that the higher the frequency of the maximum particle velocity, the higher the threshold. The data also show a trend in which surface mine blasting produces lower thresholds than quarry blasts which are in turn lower than construction blasting. This trend is consistent with the frequency effect as shown by- the relation of the predominant frequencies in the three types of events in Figure 5-3.

When the maximum particle velocity component in any direction exceeds 2.0 in./sec, the threshold of cosmetic damage begins. Minor damage begins at about 5.4 in./sec and major damage at about 7.6 in./sec. There have been more than 100 observations of residential structures at particle velocities in the 2-6 in./sec range where no blasting damage was recorded.

The damage threshold particle velocity is a random variable and in the majority of cases, the threshold of damage will lie below 2 in./sec. The cases below the 2-in./sec level where some damage occurred are infrequent.

Threshold damage is always cosmetic in nature as it does not affect the usefulness of the structure but can result in an economic loss. Most minor damage such as cracking of masonry is also cosmetic in nature, but can cause loss of use of the structure until repaired. Most minor damage can be quickly repaired. In general, cracking is more likely to occur in older structures that have already suffered prestraining and fatigue, and in plaster, rather than in newer wallboard construction. Predominant frequencies observed in measurements of construction blasting range from 10 to 40 Hz while those from quarrying operations are in the 5-30 Hz range.

Frequency decreases with range. Particular stratigraphic arrangements can enhance particular ground motion frequencies. Likewise, particular structural arrangements of buildings or components when excited by ground vibrations have a natural preference to vibrate at a particular frequency called a natural frequency. Typical natural frequency are as follows: DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

61 Table 5-2. Typical Natural Frequencies

Structure or Element Natural Frequency, Hz

Multistory Building F = 0.1N (N = number of stories) Radio Tower 100 ft tall

1. 8 Petroleum distillation tower 65 ft tall
2. 2 Coal silo, 200 ft tall
3. Building walls 12-20 ft, wood frame residences (1-2 stories)
4. 0 Standard deviation = 2.2

Most vibrations from construction blasting and nearly half of the vibrations from quarry operations are at frequencies above the range given above. A residential structure will respond less (that is. strain less) when shaken by a 1 in./sec maximum velocity ground motion at a principal frequency of 80 Hz than it will to a 10 Hz ground motion with the same maximum velocity. The structure tends to resonate (that is, vibrate at ever increasing amplitudes) when shaken by a ground motion with a large number of cycles at or near its natural frequency. While this tendency to increase without limit is controlled by damping and the transient nature (nonsteady state) of the blasting induced ground-motion; increases of a factor of 4 in response due to this phenomena are not uncommon. In the absence of velocity versus time data from a test blasting program at the site, from which frequency of ground motion can be determined, it is recommended that construction and quarry blasting peak particle velocities at the nearest residential structure be limited to 2.0 in./sec or less. Experience indicates the probability of damage to residential structures is at or below this level will be very small.

Observations by the Bureau of Mines have shown recorded particle velocities of 0.75 in./sec for modern residences, and 0.5 in./sec for older structures have little or no effects. The Bureau of Mines indicates that one of the motivations for these levels were human irritation with, and tolerance of, repeated blasting operations. The Bureau of Mines established a 1.0 in./sec criteria for commercial surface mining blasting in the proximity of human habitation and DMM adopted this as well (4 VAC 25-40-880). Also, DMM has adopted criteria to permit alternate use of the allowable maximum velocity-frequency chart (4 VAC 25-40-880). The design engineer or equivalent should consider the age, condition, blasting type (construction or quarry), and select a threshold value aligned with expected motion frequency and damage risk.

Comparison of human response to steady state vibration as a function of frequency and various blasting vibration criteria for residential structures.

Figure 5-4 shows the effect of steady state vibration on individuals determined from a systematic research program. Blasting vibration is transient and less disturbing.

The effects of transient motion with and without accompanying noise and observer bias is presented in the table below.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

62 Table 5-3.

Maximum Particle Transient Motion, Blasting Accompanied by Velocity No Sound Effects, Sound Effects, In./sec.

Impartial Observer Biased Observer

0-0.02 “Not noticed” “Not noticed”

1. 02-0.06 “Not noticed” “Noticed, complaints possible”
2. 06-0.20 “Noticed” “Noticed, complaints possible”
3. 20-0.40 “Noticed” “Severe, complaints likely”
4. 40-1.20 “Disturbing” “Severe, complaints likely”
5. 20-2.00 “Severe” “Severe, complaints likely”

The above table and Figure 5-3 indicate that humans are less tolerant of low frequency blasting vibrations than are buildings, and that accompanying noise and bias against the project at which the blasting is being done makes them more unwilling to accept transient vibration.

The previous table indicates that repeated blasting operations with maximum particle velocities of over 1/2 in./sec at occupied structures will produce complaints and that operation at the 1/4 in./sec level may in some cases result in complaints. Good blasting practice includes consideration for these human responses at offsite locations.

Mine operators often receive blasting complaints from neighbors even though they are well within ground vibration and airblast limits being enforced by DMM. This can often be attributed to the fact that most homeowners are not knowledgeable about blasting; therefore, their concerns may be alleviated by meeting with them to discuss how blasts are designed to minimize effects, and how structure response from blasting compares with other sources such as closing doors, loud traffic, etc. In addition, mine operators can request technical assistance from DMM in addressing blasting concerns by neighbors.

Bureau of Mines indicates that one of the motivations for these levels were human irritation with, and tolerance of, repeated blasting operations. The Bureau of Mines established a 1.0 in./sec criteria for commercial surface mining blasting in the proximity of human habitation and DMM adopted this as well (4 VAC 25-40-880). Also, DMM has adopted criteria to permit alternate use of the allowable maximum velocity-frequency chart (4 VAC 25-40-880).

The design engineer or equivalent should consider the age of the structures, the condition of the structure, the type of blasting (construction or quarry), and pick a threshold value consistent with the expected frequency content of the motion and the appropriate level of risk of damage.

Many mine operators prefer to seismograph every blast. Seismograph recordings are very useful in understanding and troubleshooting ground vibration problems. Seismograph records provide excellent evidence in case of later complaints or damage lawsuits.

A seismograph is a special instrument that is used to measure particle motion that is associated with stress waves. The velocity type seismograph is the most widely used type for measuring ground motion generated by blasting operations. The velocity type seismograph records particle velocity of the stress wave at a particular location. Particle velocity is the rate of change in the stress wave amplitude as a function of time. A seismograph will record the particle motion of stress waves in three mutually perpendicular directions. The three directions are longitudinal or horizontal, transverse, and vertical. Most seismographs are normally DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

Constructed to measure particle velocities from 0.1 to 10 inches/sec over 2-200 Hz frequency range.

Where vibrations are not a serious problem, a blaster may choose to use the scaled distance equation rather than measuring all blast vibrations with a seismograph. The scaled distance approach works well when the mine is an adequate distance from structures, vibrations are not a problem and the operator wants to save the expense of measuring vibrations. At close distances, though, the scaled distance approach becomes quite restricting in terms of allowable charge weight per delay and therefore monitoring is often a more economical option.

Scaled distance formula predicts blast effects over various charge weights and distances.

Blasting Restrictions - Airblast and Ground Vibration

DMM Safety & Health Regulations establish limits for airblast and ground vibration measured at inhabited buildings not owned or leased by the mine operator. The limit for airblast is 129 decibels, unless a higher limit based on the type of microphone being used is approved by

DMM. [4 VAC 25-40-890]

Ground vibration limits are based upon the method of compliance chosen by the mine operator. There are three methods to choose from:

1. Mine operator measures airblast and ground vibration by use of seismograph for each blast to assure airblast does not exceed 129 decibels and that ground vibration (peak particle velocity) does not exceed 1.25 inches per second (ips) within 300’ of the blast site; or 1.00 inches per second (ips) at a distance of 301' - 5,000' from blast site; or 0.75 inches per second at more than 5,000' from the blast site.

1. Mine operators, who do not have a seismograph, uses the maximum charge weight per delay period method to calculate the maximum pounds of explosives that can be detonated on the same delay cap period. This method requires the certified blaster to take into careful consideration the distance to the nearest neighbor, and the scaled distance factor contained in DMM regulations.

1. The mine operator can use an alternate-blasting plan in accordance with the 4 VAC 25-40-880(c). Using this method can result in limits that may be higher or lower than the usual 1.00 ips.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

64 Figure 5-4. Alternative Blasting Level Criteria If necessary to prevent damage the DMM Director may specify lower allowable ground vibration and airblast limits (4 VAC 25-40-895). It is important that the mine operator inform the certified blaster responsible for designing the blast the method of compliance being used, or any other restrictions imposed by DMM or local authorities

Flyrock

DMM Safety & Health Regulations state that the design and loading of a blast shall provide sufficient burden, spacing, and stemming to prevent flyrock or other dangerous effects (4 VAC 25-40-800 D.) Flyrock occurs when blasting operations result in flying rock fragments or missiles, which have the capacity to damage a structure or injure a person.

Flyrock is more problematic in highly fractured than massive rock.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

65 Flyrock means any uncontrolled material generated by the effects of a blast that was hazardous to persons or to property not owned or controlled by the operator. It represents a serious hazard to both mine employees and other persons who may be located at, or near the mine. For the blaster in charge, the mention of flyrock conjures images of confrontations with neighbors and regulatory agencies. Previous flyrock incidents in Virginia have resulted in personal injury, property damage, or death. Investigation of these incidents have often revealed one or more of the following contributing factors:

1. Angled boreholes with varying burden along their length;
2. Shallow boreholes (snake-holes) in toe of free-face with insufficient stemming;
3. Inadequate burden for drilled borehole diameter;
4. Insufficient stemming for borehole depth and burden;
5. Overloaded boreholes where loading density exceeded rock density of burden;
6. Inadequate controls during secondary blasting of boulders.

It is the certified blaster’s responsibility to design the blast with sufficient burden and stemming to prevent flyrock or other dangerous effects. Blasters must give careful consideration to:

1. Evaluation of geologic conditions of material to be blasted;
2. Design of drill pattern;
3. Design of detonation sequence;
4. Calculate powder factors for variable burden in front-row boreholes;
5. Compliance with DMM or local limits on ground vibration and airblast;
6. Sensitivity of neighbors to effects (noise/vibration) of blasting;
7. Blaster's good judgment in blasting arts and sciences.
8. Blasting remains an art and science relying on the blaster's good judgment.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

66

SECTION 6

STATE LAW AND REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO SURFACE BLASTING CERTIFICATION DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

67

SECTION 6 – STATE LAW AND REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO

SURFACE BLASTING CERTIFICATION

• Virginia Mineral Mine Safety Law
• Division of Mineral Mining’s Safety and Health Regulations

[This section is designed to assist the prospective surface blaster in study and preparation for certification. Much of the knowledge necessary for the blaster certification examination as well as practical applications in blasting operations are detailed in two documents (1) The Mineral Mine Safety Laws of Virginia and (2) Safety and Health Regulations for Mineral Mining. You will need to study/use these two documents directly in familiarizing yourself with their content.

A summary of key focus areas follows to clarify important points. DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide.

68

STATE LAW AND REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO SURFACE

BLASTING CERTIFICATION

Applicable Areas of the Mineral Mine Safety Act

Certified Surface Blasters need to possess a general knowledge of the Virginia Mineral Mine Safety Act in order to understand and comply with the laws as they apply to mineral mining operations and to safety and health considerations. Specifically, Certified Surface Blasters should be knowledgeable of the mineral mining laws as they apply to their certification, duties, and responsibilities.

It is advisable for any individual who plans to obtain certification as a Surface Blaster-Mineral Mining to study and acquaint themselves fully with the following Articles under Chapter 14.4:1 of Virginia’s Mineral Mine Safety Act. (You should refer directly to the Mineral Mine Safety Laws of Virginia – specific Articles and Sections – for study.)

Main Points – Mineral Mine Safety Laws (1999) (Pages cited refer to Law Book)

Article 1: General Provisions ...............................................pgs. 9-15

• Definitions (pgs. 9-13)*
• Persons not permitted to work in mines (pgs. 13-14)
• Prohibited acts by miners or others; miners must comply (p. 14)
• Safety Materials and Supplies (pg. 14)
• Notifying Miners of Violations; Compliance with Act (pgs. 14-15)

Definitions* - Know terms used in Laws and Safety Regulations; surface blasters are not responsible for underground mining terminology.

Surface Blasting applicants should know Article 1—General Provisions, including safety standards, prohibited acts, compliance, safety materials, and violation notifications.

Article 3: Certification of Mineral Mine Workers.............pgs. 16-21

• General Knowledge and Understanding of entire Article is Advisable
• Special attention to Revocation of certificates (pg. 20)

Surface Blasting Certification applicants need to have general knowledge of Article 3.

This Article deals with the Board of Mineral Mine Examiners; coveringstructure, functions, and powers of the Board. This Article also covers certifications required of certain persons DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

69 employed in mineral mines, certification exams (and fees), penalties for uncertified tasks, reciprocity, renewal, reexamination, and specific sections on General Mineral Miner and Foreman Certification.

Article 4: Licensing of Mineral Mines.................................pgs. 21-27

• Independent contractor info must be filed with license application (section 45.1–161.292.32, p. 23)
• Making false statements; penalty ( pgs. 26-27)

Attention should be given to this Article, mainly for an understanding of Section 45.1.161.292:39 which addresses “Making false statements; penalty.” This section could apply in any situation where duties, information, or records are applicable in a certified blaster’s capacity.

Article 6: Mine Explosions; Mine Fires; Accidents ...........pgs. 29-31

• General Knowledge and Understanding of Entire Article is Advisable
• Pay special attention to operator reports, investigations, and reports of accidents and injuries (pp. 30-31)

Surface Blasting applicants must know state requirements for reporting explosions, fires, and accidents at mineral mines.

Mine operators’ responsibilities for investigations, reports, and records, along with inspector duties and procedures for the Division of Mineral Mining, are outlined in Article 6.

Article 7: Mine Inspections ..................................................pgs. 31-34

• General Knowledge and Understanding of Entire Article is Advisable

This Article contains numerous requirements of which a Certified Surface Blaster applicant should generally be aware of. Mine inspection frequencies, risk evaluations at mineral mines, duties of operators and inspectors related to mine inspections and denial of entry (of mine inspectors) standards are major areas of importance in Article 7.

Article 8: Enforcement and Penalties; reports of viols......pgs. 34-38

• General knowledge and Understanding of Entire Article is Advisable
• Pay close attention to requirements under Notices of Violations (45.1-161.292:63 B) – pg. 35 and Reports of Violations (45.1-161.292:70) – pg. 38

Article 8 covers DMM’s issuance of Violations and Closure Orders, including abatement timing, injunctive relief, penalties for willful violations, and prosecution processes.

70 violations, and reports of violations. All of the preceding items represent areas of the law that a Certified Blaster applicant will want to review and understand in the process of becoming certified.

Article 9: Miner Training.....................................................pgs. 38-39

• Mineral mining safety training program (pg. 39)

As a Certified Surface Blaster applicant, there are requirements in the area of Miner Training that you should be aware of. In addition to the General Mineral Miner certification previously covered in Article 3, Article 9 outlines requirements for safety training programs (plans) for new miner, newly-employed experienced miners, training of miners for new tasks, annual refresher training, and hazard training. Knowing the training required and to whom it applies is information all certified persons should be familiar with.

Applicable Areas of Mineral Mining Safety and Health Regulations

Main Points – Virginia Division of Mineral Mining Regulations

Title 4 of Virginia’s Administrative Code includes the Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy’s Safety and Health Regulations, with Chapter 40 (16 Parts), Parts 14-15 (surface/underground), Part 16 (near gas/oil wells), and Chapter 35 on Certification Rules.

Because your main objective is to prepare to become certified as a Surface Blaster, the most important Parts of these Regulations (for this purpose) are Part VI – Explosives, and Part VII – Drilling. Because these relate directly to the subject of blasting, you will want to know every detail for exam purposes and more importantly, so you can maintain compliance with the regulations at the mine once you become certified.

Many other Safety and Health Regulations are vital for certified surface blasters, as they address operational and safety issues from past accidents and injuries.

In summary, many of the regulations are specific to drilling and blasting and apply directly to the work and practices that a certified surface blaster performs (or oversees). Many other regulations may apply indirectly, and simply address sound operational, health and safety, and accident prevention practices that are pertinent to everyone who works in the mineral mining industry.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

71

• Chap. 35 – Cert. Requirements for Mineral Miners....pgs. 5-11

Chapter 35 (pp. 5-11, 2000 edition) details all requirements for certification by the Board of Mineral Mine Examiners.

Part I details certification requirements, including exams, reciprocity, and renewal, for Mineral Miners.

Part II covers minimum requirements for various certifications: Foreman, Blaster, Electrician, Inspector, and Miner.

Prospective Surface Blasters should familiarize themselves with these regulations for certification and renewal processes.

• Chap. 40 – Safety and Health Regulations for Mineral Mining

Part I – General Administrative Provisions .......................pgs. 13-18

4 VAC 25-40-10 – Definitions

Terms from Title 45.1- Article 1 of Mineral Mine Safety Laws retain their meanings; applicants must know them from law studies.

The following are all important terms to know, as listed and defined in Part I of the Safety and Health Regulations, as you prepare to become a certified surface blaster: (terms specific to blasting are in bold print for emphasis) “Abandoned mine” “Face” or “bank” “Primer” “Abandoned “Flash point” “Refuse” workings” “Free-face” “Rollover protection” “Acceptable” “Flyrock” “Safety fuse” “Angle of repose” “Heavy duty mobile equipment” “Safety hazard” “Blast area” “Hoist” “Scaled Distance (Ds)” “Blast site” “Loaded” “Scaling” “Burden” “Major Electrical Installation” “Stemming” “Company “Misfire” “Substantial Construction” official” “MSHA” “Suitable” “Department” “Occupational Injury” “Switch” “Director” “Overburden” “Travelway” “Division” “Potable” “Wet drilling” “Escapeway “Powder chest”

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide 72Generally, surface blasters should be aware of the following Safety & Health Regulations, also found in PART I:

4 VAC 25-40-25 – Purpose and Authority

4 VAC 25-40-40 – Certification

4 VAC 25-40-50 – Duties of Mine Operators

4 VAC 25-40-70 – Approval Procedure

4 VAC 25-40-90 – Documents Incorporated by Reference

Part II– General Safety Provisions......................................pgs. 18-28

There are a number of items in Part II of the Safety & Health Regulations that Certified Surface Blasters should be acquainted with. From the standpoint of your prospective role as a certified person who may supervise others on the mine site, or in order to have a working knowledge of the regulations as they apply to safety and training requirements, the following sections should be reviewed and understood:

4 VAC 25-40-100 – Employee Training

4 VAC 25-40-110 – Inexperienced Employees

4 VAC 25-40-120 – When Foreman Required

4 VAC 25-40-130 – Examination by Foreman

4 VAC 25-40-140 – First Aid Training for Foreman

4 VAC 25-40-145 – Inspection of Mobile and Stationary Equipment

4 VAC 25-40-150 – Assignment of Persons to Hazardous Areas

4 VAC 25-40-160 – Emergency Medical Assistance

4 VAC 25-40-170 – Emergency Telephone Numbers

4 VAC 25-40-180 – Emergency Communications Systems

4 VAC 25-40-190 – Compliance with Regulations

4 VAC 25-40-200 – Illumination Requirements

4 VAC 25-40-210 – Cleanliness

4 VAC 25-40-220 – Water Supplies DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

73 4 VAC 25-40-230 – Toilet Facilities

4 VAC 25-40-250 – Use of Intoxicating Substances

4 VAC 25-40-260 – Posting Hazards

Part III – Ground Control....................................................pgs. 28-31

Certain regulations relating to Ground Control requirements have implications to blasting operations, therefore a certified blaster should know the basic content of Part III of the Safety and Health Regulations. These sections should be reviewed in order to understand the requirements and their practical application relating to proper operational and safety practices:

4 VAC 25-40-390 – Stability Requirements

4 VAC 25-40-400 – Open Pit Mine Rims

4 VAC 25-40-410 – Benches

4 VAC 25-40-420 – Scaling Hazardous Areas

4 VAC 25-40-430 – Hazardous Conditions

4 VAC 25-40-440 – Installation of Rock Bolts

4 VAC 25-40-450 – Correction of Unsafe Conditions

4 VAC 25-40-460 – Examination for Unsafe Conditions

4 VAC 25-40-470 – Keeping Clear of Equipment

4 VAC 25-40-480 – Trimming of Faces

Part IV – Fire Prevention and Control ...............................pgs. 31-37

Part IV contains requirements a certified blaster should know.

Fire prevention, protection, and control in mineral mining are vital. Certified Surface Blasters must review relevant Part IV sections thoroughly:

4 VAC 25-40-490 – Smoking Near Flammable Materials

4 VAC 25-40 500 – Warning and Evacuation Procedures

4 VAC 25-40-520 – Storage of Flammable Materials

4 VAC 25-50-560 – Solvents DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

74 4 VAC 25-40-570 – Waste Materials

4 VAC 25-40-580 – Use of Flammable Liquids for Cleaning

4 VAC 25-40-610 – Fire Equipment

4 VAC 25-40-630 – Training and Practice Drills

4 VAC 25-40-640 – Firefighting Assistance

4 VAC 25-40-670 – Fire Extinguishers

Part V – Air Quality and Physical Agents ..........................pgs. 37-39

All Sections

Airborne contaminant exposure limits, dust source control, silica compounds limitations and noise exposure limits are addressed in Part V of the Safety and Health Regulations. This brief Part, in its entirety should be reviewed for understanding, as it does have implications to surface blasting practices at mineral mine sites.

Part VI – Explosives..............................................................pgs. 39-50

Part VII – Drilling.................................................................pgs. 50-54

All Sections

Review and be knowledgeable of every detail of all sections of Parts VI and VII of the Safety and Health Regulations. These regulations address requirements in the certification area that you are seeking and every single item is important, in terms of potential examination material and the practical knowledge necessary to perform as a Certified Surface Blaster.

Part VIII – Compressed Air, Gases, and Boilers ...............pgs. 54-59

Certain sections of this Part VIII of the Safety and Health Regulations should be reviewed. While direct applicability to blasting is minimal, you should be aware of the following sections:

4 VAC 25-40-1100 – Boilers and Pressure Vessels

4 VAC 25-40-1110 – Air Compressors

4 VAC 25-40-1120 – Compressed Air Receivers

75 4 VAC 25-40-1190 – Repairs

4 VAC 25-40-1200 – Improper Use of Compressed Air

4 VAC 25-40-1210 – Locking Devices Part IX – Mobile Equipment ...............................................pgs. 59-72

It is difficult to work at a surface mineral mine without operating or otherwise interacting in some way with the use of mobile equipment of some type. Nationally, and in Virginia, mobile (powered haulage) equipment accidents continue to be one of the leading causes of serious injuries and fatalities in the mineral mining industry. For these reasons it is advisable for certified surface blasters to familiarize themselves with certain standards contained in the Safety and Health Regulations.

4 VAC 25-40-1320 – Brakes on Mobile Equipment

4 VAC 25-40-1330 – Emergency Brakes

4 VAC 25-40-1340 – Requirements for Starting or Moving Equipment

4 VAC 25-40-1350 – Construction of Operators’ Cabs

4 VAC 25-40-1370 – Safety Equipment

4 VAC 25-40-1380 – Extraneous Materials in Cabs

4 VAC 25-40-1390 – Operating Speeds

4 VAC 25-40-1410 – Restraining Berms or Guards

4 VAC 25-40-1420 – Operation under Power Control

4 VAC 25-40-1430 – Maintaining Control of Equipment

4 VAC 25-40-1460 – Prohibited Means of Transportation

4 VAC 25-40-1470 – Securing Equipment in Travel Position

4 VAC 25-40-1510 – Setting Brakes

4 VAC 25-40-1540 – Traffic Rules

4 VAC 25-40-1550 – Heating and Cooling Cabs

4 VAC 25-40-1570 – Audible Warning Devices DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

76 4 VAC 25-40-1580 – Backup Alarms

Part X – Personal Protection...............................................pgs. 70-72

All Sections

Proper personal protective equipment for miners is an important safety measure. As a certified person who may be in charge of other workers, it is important that you understand such requirements and assume responsibility for assuring that all personnel are using (wearing) proper Personal Protective Gear that is in good and functional condition. These include such basic items as safety harnesses, hard hats, protective footwear, safety glasses or goggles, and gloves.

Part X includes requirements on First Aid, prohibiting finger rings with tools, reflective materials for night visibility, loose clothing hazards, and protection from falling or engulfing materials.

While all sections of Part X may not apply directly to blasting work, there are numerous important items that apply to all miners. Review and be knowledgeable of all requirements in Part X.

DMM Surface Blaster’s Certification Study Guide

77

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.01

PROCEDURES MANUAL ISSUE DATE April 17, 2006 SUBJECT Reclamation Project - Eligibility Section AML Last Revised 3/12/97

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT :

To ensure that eligibility determinations are accurately and expeditiously made per Section 404 of Public Law 95-87 and the State Reclamation Plan.

PROCEDURES :

Reclamation Services Inspector :

The Inspector shall review the mining history of a site to document a finding that the project area was mined prior to December 15, 1981 (or was affected by mining operations which were conducted prior to that date).

The finding shall show that there is no continuing reclamation responsibility under the State of Federal law.

In developing the history of the site, the Inspector shall thoroughly research DMLR permit records, Division of Mines records, coal industry information, coalbed mapping data, MSHA records, aerial photography, and any other relevant sources of information. Affidavits from citizens who may have knowledge of the site (and the mining history of the site) may be used only when other research does not provide the necessary documentation.

Should the Inspector’s research factually establish eligibility, the Inspector shall make a field copy of the documents obtained by the research and forward the complete file to the Supervisor. After reviewing the information, the Supervisor will forward the file to the AML Services staff located in the Big Stone Gap office.

AML Services Staff:

The AML Services Staff shall review the Inspector’s documentation, and provide additional information which may be available at the DMLR office. The AML Services Staff shall prepare an eligibility documentation sheet and forward this to the Reclamation Services (AML) Manager.

Reclamation Services (AML) Manager :

The Reclamation Services (AML) Manager shall review the eligibility documentation and determine if the required eligibility criteria are met. If the criteria have been met, the Reclamation Services (AML) Manager shall route the documentation sheet to the DMLR Director with a recommendation for approval.

DMLR Director :

The DMLR Director shall review the recommendation. The Director’s signature shall officially establish the project’s eligibility for reclamation under the AML program.

The eligibility documentation will then be returned to the AML Services Section for filing. AML Services Staff will update the project-tracking sheet to note the eligibility determination date. 1

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.01

PROCEDURES MANUAL ISSUE DATE April 17, 2006 SUBJECT Reclamation Project - Eligibility Section AML Last Revised 3/12/97

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT :

To ensure eligibility determinations are accurate and prompt per Section 404 of Public Law 95-87 and the State Reclamation Plan.

PROCEDURES :

Reclamation Services Inspector :

The Inspector shall review the site’s mining history to document that it was mined or affected before December 15, 1981.

The finding shall show no ongoing reclamation responsibility under State or Federal law.

In developing the history of the site, the Inspector shall thoroughly research DMLR permit records, Division of Mines records, coal industry information, coalbed mapping data, MSHA records, aerial photography, and any other relevant sources of information. Affidavits from citizens who may have knowledge of the site (and the mining history of the site) may be used only when other research does not provide the necessary documentation.

If research establishes eligibility, the Inspector shall copy documents and send the complete file to the Supervisor, who reviews and forwards it to AML Services in Big Stone Gap.

AML Services Staff:

The AML Services Staff shall review the Inspector’s documentation, and provide additional information which may be available at the DMLR office. The AML Services Staff shall prepare an eligibility documentation sheet and forward this to the Reclamation Services (AML) Manager.

Reclamation Services (AML) Manager :

The Reclamation Services (AML) Manager shall review the eligibility documentation and determine if the required eligibility criteria are met. If the criteria have been met, the Reclamation Services (AML) Manager shall route the documentation sheet to the DMLR Director with a recommendation for approval.

DMLR Director :

The DMLR Director shall review the recommendation. The Director’s signature shall officially establish the project’s eligibility for reclamation under the AML program.

Eligibility docs are returned to AML Services for filing; staff updates project-tracking sheet with determination date.

DIVISION OF MINES GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF REGULATORY STANDARDS

MANUAL

COAL MINE SAFETY ACT

CHAPTER 14.3

ARTICLE 2 ROOF, RIB AND FACE CONTROL Issue Date: 4/10/00 Revised Date: Page 1 of 1 Section 45.1-161.115. D.

Supplies of Materials for Supports

Availability of Emergency Lifting Devices:

The intent of this section of the MSA is that appropriate lifting devices having a rated capacity be immediately available at each underground mine for emergency use. The inspector should consider the following when checking these lifting devices:

• That each lifting device be rated to lift at least 20 tons and that a total of 80 tons lifting capacity is available.
• That the lifting devices are located or stored so as to be immediately available.
• That the required lifting devices are in good condition and complete with all required components.

The MSA does not specify the type lifting devices required. Rated pneumatic or hydraulic systems are acceptable. Lifting devices may be used for other than emergency response. However, the mine inspector should determine that mine personnel can locate and respond immediately with the required lifting devices. Also, the mine inspector should check the lifting devices under load to determine their operating condition.

DIVISION OF MINES GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF REGULATORY STANDARDS

MANUAL

COAL MINE SAFETY ACT

CHAPTER 14.3

ARTICLE 2 ROOF, RIB AND FACE CONTROL Issue Date: 4/10/00 Revised Date: Page 1 of 1 Section 45.1-161.115. D.

Supplies of Materials for Supports

Availability of Emergency Lifting Devices:

This section of the MSA requires that appropriate rated lifting devices be immediately available at each underground mine for emergencies. Inspectors should consider the following when checking these devices:

• Each lifting device must be rated to lift at least 20 tons, with a total capacity of 80 tons.
• Lifting devices must be located or stored for immediate availability.
• Required lifting devices must be in good condition and complete with all components.

The MSA does not specify device types; pneumatic or hydraulic are acceptable. Devices may be used beyond emergencies. Inspectors must ensure personnel can locate, respond with, and check devices under load.

DIVISION OF MINES GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF

REGULATORY STANDARDS MANUAL

COAL MINE SAFETY ACT

CHAPTER 14.3

ARTICLE 11 ELECTRICITY Issue Date: 4/10/00 Revised Date: Page 1 of 2 Section 45.1-161.195 B., C., D.

Inspection of Electric Equipment and Wiring:

Checking and Testing Methane Monitors

Maintaining all monitors in permissible and proper operating condition.

“Optional” methane monitors provided on electrical face equipment such as roof bolting machines, will require functional checks and weekly calibration checks pursuant to 45.1-161.195 B & C. The mine inspector must assure these checks are being performed and a record of these tests maintained. Failure to perform the functional tests and weekly calibration would result in a notice of violation. Further, an “optional” installation that is not permissible electrically would be a violation of 45.1-161.193 B. Other methane monitoring devices provided in outby areas must be inspected at least weekly, and any defects found must be corrected as required in Section 45.1-161.195 A.

Section 45.1-161.195 D applies only to those methane monitors required by Federal Code on face cutting and loading machinery.

Required methane monitors are maintained in proper operating condition when properly installed, maintained permissible, and calibrated to standard. The methane monitor must give a visual or audible warning to the operator when the concentration of methane reaches a maximum of 1.0 volume per centum. If operated remotely, the warning device must be on the remote unit or installed on the machine so as to be readily seen by the operator. On longwall mining installation, the methane monitor power shut off relay must be connected so that all electric power associated with the longwall installation is automatically de-energized when the concentration of methane reaches 2.0 volume per centum.

On cutting and loading machinery, the methane monitor sensor head must be located on the machine as near to the face as practical. This is normally within 12 feet of the face end of the machine. The monitor must automatically de-energize the machine when methane concentrations reach 2.0 volume per centum. If required on a piece of diesel equipment the monitor must also shut off the diesel engine when the concentration of methane reaches 2.0 volume per centum. The methane monitor may remain energized when monitoring 2.0 or greater volume per centum of methane. Methane monitors are to be maintained calibrated as required by manufacturer’s recommendation. The mine inspector must not consider a set standard of deviation to determine compliance.

However, the inspector should require the operator to provide the manufacturer’s recommendation. If a question of compliance arises, the burden should fall on the operator to furnish the necessary verification of the approved standard.

The following guidance is provided for the mine inspector in inspecting methane monitors:

1. Check the entire monitor system to determine that all components are secured to the machine.
2. Determine that the sensor head is located and mounted properly, and as close to the face as practical. Also, check the sensor head for proper condition and maintenance to ensure that the sensor head is not clogged or damaged.
3. Check packing glands for permissibility. Assure that lenses protecting its meter and indicating lamps are not cracked or broken.
4. Check for mechanical zero adjustment when no methane is present. Activate the test switch and assure the warning is given at 1.0 percent methane and that all motors and lights on machine de-energize when 2.0 percent methane is indicated.
5. Assure that the warning device can be seen or heard from the operator’s position.
6. Check to assure that it is not possible to defeat the monitor by holding or blocking the machine’s reset switch in the start position.

Any deficiency observed constitutes a violation on this section of the MSA. If necessary, the mine inspector should require application of known mixture of methane to the sensor head to determine proper operation of its monitor when deficiencies are suspected.

Note: Readings of machine mounted methane monitors do not meet the requirements for methane checks in working places.

DIVISION OF MINES GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF

REGULATORY STANDARDS MANUAL

COAL MINE SAFETY ACT

CHAPTER 14.3

ARTICLE 11 ELECTRICITY Issue Date: 4/10/00 Revised Date: Page 1 of 2 Section 45.1-161.195 B., C., D.

Inspection of Electric Equipment and Wiring:

Checking and Testing Methane Monitors

Maintaining all monitors in permissible and proper operating condition.

“Optional” methane monitors provided on electrical face equipment such as roof bolting machines, will require functional checks and weekly calibration checks pursuant to 45.1-161.195 B & C. The mine inspector must assure these checks are being performed and a record of these tests maintained. Failure to perform the functional tests and weekly calibration would result in a notice of violation. Further, an “optional” installation that is not permissible electrically would be a violation of 45.1-161.193 B. Other methane monitoring devices provided in outby areas must be inspected at least weekly, and any defects found must be corrected as required in Section 45.1-161.195 A.

Section 45.1-161.195 D applies only to federally required methane monitors on face cutting and loading machinery.

Required methane monitors are maintained in proper operating condition when properly installed, maintained permissible, and calibrated to standard. The methane monitor must give a visual or audible warning to the operator when the concentration of methane reaches a maximum of 1.0 volume per centum. If operated remotely, the warning device must be on the remote unit or installed on the machine so as to be readily seen by the operator. On longwall mining installation, the methane monitor power shut off relay must be connected so that all electric power associated with the longwall installation is automatically de-energized when the concentration of methane reaches 2.0 volume per centum.

On cutting and loading machinery, the methane monitor sensor head must be located on the machine as near to the face as practical. This is normally within 12 feet of the face end of the machine. The monitor must automatically de-energize the machine when methane concentrations reach 2.0 volume per centum. If required on a piece of diesel equipment the monitor must also shut off the diesel engine when the concentration of methane reaches 2.0 volume per centum. The methane monitor may remain energized when monitoring 2.0 or greater volume per centum of methane. Methane monitors are to be maintained calibrated as required by manufacturer’s recommendation. The mine inspector must not consider a set standard of deviation to determine compliance.

However, the inspector should require the operator to provide the manufacturer’s recommendation. If a question of compliance arises, the burden should fall on the operator to furnish the necessary verification of the approved standard.

The following guidance is provided for inspecting methane monitors:

1. Check that all monitor components are secured to the machine.
2. Determine that the sensor head is located and mounted properly, and as close to the face as practical. Also, check the sensor head for proper condition and maintenance to ensure that the sensor head is not clogged or damaged.
3. Check packing glands for permissibility. Assure that lenses protecting its meter and indicating lamps are not cracked or broken.
4. Verify zero adjustment without methane. Test warning at 1.0%, de-energize machine at 2.0%.
5. Ensure warning device is visible or audible to the operator.
6. Verify monitor cannot be defeated by blocking the reset switch.

Any deficiency observed constitutes a violation on this section of the MSA. If necessary, the mine inspector should require application of known mixture of methane to the sensor head to determine proper operation of its monitor when deficiencies are suspected.

Note: Readings of machine mounted methane monitors do not meet the requirements for methane checks in working places.

DIVISION OF MINES GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF

REGULATORY STANDARDS MANUAL

COAL MINE SAFETY ACT

CHAPTER 14.3

ARTICLE 7

HOISTING.

Issue Date: 5/02/03 Revised Date: 4/15/04 Page 1 of 1 Section 45.1-161.158.F.

Inspection of hoisting equipment.

Daily Examinations of Hoisting Equipment.

Section 45.161.158.F. states that all hoisting equipment shall be inspected daily by an authorized person designated by the operator. The person making such examination shall make a daily permanent record of such inspection, which shall be available for inspection by interested persons.

If more than one person conducts the inspection, the inspection record must show what areas each person examined, and each person must sign the record.

EXAMPLE One person examines the interior of the shaft, and the other person examines the facilities located on the surface. Each person must record the areas examined and sign the record of inspection report.

DIVISION OF MINES GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF

REGULATORY STANDARDS MANUAL

COAL MINE SAFETY ACT

CHAPTER 14.3

ARTICLE 7

HOISTING.

Issue Date: 5/02/03 Revised Date: 4/15/04 Page 1 of 1 Section 45.1-161.158.F.

Inspection of hoisting equipment.

Daily Examinations of Hoisting Equipment.

Section 45.161.158.F. states that all hoisting equipment shall be inspected daily by an authorized person designated by the operator. The person making such examination shall make a daily permanent record of such inspection, which shall be available for inspection by interested persons.

If multiple persons inspect, the record must specify areas examined by each and be signed by all.

EXAMPLE One person examines the interior of the shaft, and the other person examines the facilities located on the surface. Each person must record the areas examined and sign the record of inspection report.

DIVISIONS

ENERGY

GAS AND OIL

GEOLOGY AND MINERAL

RESOURCES

MINED LAND RECLAMATION

MINERAL MINING

MINES

ADMINISTRATION CCOOMMMMOONNWWEEAALLTTHH OFFO VIIRRGV GIINNIIAA Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy Russell County Government Center 135 Highland Drive Lebanon, Virginia 24266 (276) 415-9700 FAX (276) 415-9671 www.dmme.virginia.gov

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1

TO: Gas and Oil Operators in Virginia

FROM: Rick Cooper, Director Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy (DMME), Division of Gas and Oil

DATE: December 28, 2016

SUBJECT: Bonding and Additional Financial Security Requirements Applicable to Wells Drilled in Tidewater Virginia2

Introduction

Virginia consists of five physiographic provinces. One province, the Coastal Plain, has seen a recent increase in lands leased for potential oil and gas drilling. The potential resource in the Coastal Plain, commonly known as the Taylorsville Basin, sits beneath the Potomac Aquifer. This groundwater system provides water supplies to approximately 90% of the residents in the Coastal Plain. Such a vast aquifer system does not exist in Southwest Virginia, where all existing drilling in the Commonwealth takes place.

§ 45.1-361.3 of the Code of Virginia (Code) empowers the Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy (DMME) “to protect the citizens and the environment of the Commonwealth from the public safety and environmental risks associated with the development and production of gas or oil.”

§ 45.1-361.31(A) states “permit applicants shall give bond with surety acceptable to the Director and payable to the Commonwealth.” § 45.1-361.27(E) (4) of the Code grants DMME the authority to “[r]equire or forfeit

1 This memorandum is to be considered a guideline issued under the authority of § 45.1-361.27(E)(5) which reads: “The Director shall also have the authority to prescribe the nature of and form for the presentation of any information and documentation required by any provision of this article or regulation adopted thereunder.” 2 Per § 62.1-44.15:68 of the Code, "Tidewater Virginia" means the following jurisdictions: The Counties of Accomack, Arlington, Caroline, Charles City, Chesterfield, Essex, Fairfax, Gloucester, Hanover, Henrico, Isle of Wight, James City, King and Queen, King George, King William, Lancaster, Mathews, Middlesex, New Kent, Northampton, Northumberland, Prince George, Prince William, Richmond, Spotsylvania, Stafford, Surry, Westmoreland, and York, and the Cities of Alexandria, Chesapeake, Colonial Heights, Fairfax, Falls Church, Fredericksburg, Hampton, Hopewell, Newport News, Norfolk, Petersburg, Poquoson, Portsmouth, Richmond, Suffolk, Virginia Beach, and Williamsburg.bonds or other financial securities.” This document establishes the bonding requirements applicable to any wells drilled in the Tidewater region and the conditions for which additional financial securities will be required before a permit to drill for gas or oil in Tidewater shall be issued.

Requirements

Effective immediately, blanket bonds will not be accepted with any permit applications for any well drilled in Tidewater Virginia. Surety acceptable to the Director pursuant to § 45.1-361.31(A) shall be in the amount of $20 per foot, including vertical and horizontal lengths, of each well.

In addition to the bonding requirements of § 45.1-361.31 of the Code, applicants for a permit to drill any gas or oil well in the Coastal Plain shall be required to submit proof of adequate additional financial security as described below.

Permitted operators shall maintain third party liability coverage for sudden, accidental releases stemming from operations at the permitted site.

The operator shall carry a valid policy or policies of insurance issued by an insurance company or companies authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Virginia. In the event such insurance policy or policies are cancelled, the permit shall be suspended on such date of cancellation and the operator’s right to operate under the permit shall immediately cease until the operator files additional insurance as provided herein.

1. General Requirements applicable to all policies:

a. The Commonwealth of Virginia, its officials, employees, agents and officers shall be endorsed as an Additional Insured on all policies. A copy of the endorsement is required for evidence of coverage.

b. All policies shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation in favor of the Commonwealth of Virginia. A copy of the endorsement is required for evidence of coverage.

c. All policies shall be written on an occurrence basis where commercially available.

d. If coverage is written on a claims made basis, the operator must maintain continuous coverage or purchase Extended Period Coverage Insurance for four years following expiration or suspension of the Gas Well Permit. The Extended Coverage Period insurance must provide that any retroactive date applicable to coverage under the policy precedes the effective date of the issuance of the permit by DMME.

e. All policies shall be written by an insurer with an A-: VII or better rating by the most current version of the A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or with other financially sound insurance carriers acceptable to DMME.

f. Deductibles shall be listed on the Certificate of Insurance and shall be on a per occurrence basis

g. Certificates of Insurance shall be delivered to DMME, evidencing all the required coverages, including endorsements, prior to the issuance of a permit.

h. Any failure on part of DMME to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirement specified herein.

i. Each policy shall be endorsed to provide DMME a minimum thirty (30) day notice of cancellation, non-renewal, and/or material change in policy terms or coverage. A ten (10) day notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium.j. Upon request, certified copies of all insurance policies shall be furnished to DMME.

k. Irrespective of the insurance requirements, the insolvency, bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company to pay claims accruing shall not be held to waive any of the provisions of these requirements.

l. Operator shall pay promptly all premiums for such insurance in strict accordance with its obligations to its carrier and maintain the required coverage in full effect so long as the permit is valid.

1. Commercial General Liability Policy This coverage must include premises, operations, blowout or explosion, products, completed operations, sudden and accidental pollution (with discovery and reporting periods of not less than fifteen (15) days and thirty (30) days respectively), blanket contractual liability, underground resources damage, broad form property damage, independent contractors protective liability and personal injury. This coverage shall be a minimum of five million ($5,000,000) dollars per occurrence.

1. Excess or Umbrella Liability Insurance limits in a minimum of ten million dollars ($10,000,000). Coverage is to be at least as broad as, applies of and follows form of the primary liability coverage required for commercial general liability, auto liability and employer’s liability. Coverage must include an endorsement for sudden or accidental pollution.

1. Environmental Pollution Liability Coverage a. Operator shall purchase and maintain for the duration of the permit, insurance for environmental pollution liability applicable to bodily injury, property damage, including loss of use of damaged property or of property that has not been physically injured or destroyed; cleanup costs; and defense, including costs and expenses incurred in the investigation, defense or settlement of claims; all in connection with any loss arising from the insured site. Coverage shall be maintained in an amount of at least ten million ($10,000,000) dollars per loss.

b. Coverage shall apply to sudden and accidental pollution conditions resulting from the escape or release of smoke, vapors, fumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals, liquids or gases, waste material or other irritants, contaminants or pollutants.

c. The operator shall maintain continuous coverage or purchase Extended Period Coverage Insurance for four years following expiration or suspension of the permit. The Extended Coverage Period insurance must provide that any retroactive date applicable to coverage under the policy precedes the effective date of the issuance of the permit by DMME.

1. Control of Well Coverage The policy should cover the cost of controlling a well that is out of control, re-drilling or restoration expenses, seepage and pollution damage as first party recovery for the operator and related expenses, including, but not limited to, loss of equipment, experts and evacuation of residents.

Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence. A Five Hundred Thousand Dollar ($500,000) sub-limit endorsement may be added for damage to property for which the operator has care, custody, and control.

Questions concerning this document can be directed to Rick Cooper at 276-415-9700.

DIVISIONS

ENERGY

GAS AND OIL

GEOLOGY AND MINERAL

RESOURCES

MINED LAND RECLAMATION

MINERAL MINING

MINES

ADMINISTRATION CCOOMMMMOONNWWEEAALLTTHH OFFO VIIRRGV GIINNIIAA Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy Russell County Government Center 135 Highland Drive Lebanon, Virginia 24266 (276) 415-9700 FAX (276) 415-9671 www.dmme.virginia.gov

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1

TO: Gas and Oil Operators in Virginia

FROM: Rick Cooper, Director Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy (DMME), Division of Gas and Oil

DATE: December 28, 2016

SUBJECT: Bonding and Additional Financial Security Requirements Applicable to Wells Drilled in Tidewater Virginia2

Introduction

Virginia has five physiographic provinces; the Coastal Plain, with increased leasing for oil/gas, overlays the Taylorsville Basin beneath the Potomac Aquifer, supplying water to 90% of Coastal Plain residents; Southwest Virginia lacks such aquifers.

§ 45.1-361.3 authorizes DMME to protect Virginia citizens and environment from safety and environmental risks of gas/oil development.

§ 45.1-361.31(A) requires permit applicants to provide acceptable surety bonds payable to the Commonwealth; § 45.1-361.27(E)(4) authorizes DMME to require or forfeit bonds.

1 This memorandum is to be considered a guideline issued under the authority of § 45.1-361.27(E)(5) which reads: “The Director shall also have the authority to prescribe the nature of and form for the presentation of any information and documentation required by any provision of this article or regulation adopted thereunder.” 2 Per § 62.1-44.15:68 of the Code, "Tidewater Virginia" means the following jurisdictions: The Counties of Accomack, Arlington, Caroline, Charles City, Chesterfield, Essex, Fairfax, Gloucester, Hanover, Henrico, Isle of Wight, James City, King and Queen, King George, King William, Lancaster, Mathews, Middlesex, New Kent, Northampton, Northumberland, Prince George, Prince William, Richmond, Spotsylvania, Stafford, Surry, Westmoreland, and York, and the Cities of Alexandria, Chesapeake, Colonial Heights, Fairfax, Falls Church, Fredericksburg, Hampton, Hopewell, Newport News, Norfolk, Petersburg, Poquoson, Portsmouth, Richmond, Suffolk, Virginia Beach, and Williamsburg.bonds or other financial securities.” This document establishes the bonding requirements applicable to any wells drilled in the Tidewater region and the conditions for which additional financial securities will be required before a permit to drill for gas or oil in Tidewater shall be issued.

Requirements

Effective immediately, blanket bonds are not accepted for Tidewater Virginia wells. Surety acceptable to the Director must be $20 per foot of each well's length.

Beyond § 45.1-361.31, Coastal Plain permit applicants must submit proof of additional financial security as detailed below.

Operators must maintain third-party liability coverage for sudden, accidental releases at the site.

Operators shall carry valid insurance policies from Virginia-authorized companies; cancellation suspends the permit, which resumes upon new coverage filing.

1. General Requirements applicable to all policies:

Virginia and its officials shall be endorsed as Additional Insured; evidence of endorsement required.

All policies must include a waiver of subrogation for Virginia; evidence required.

Policies shall be on an occurrence basis where available.

Claims-made coverage requires continuous or extended coverage for 4 years post-permit; retroactive date must precede permit issuance.

Policies must be from A-: VII or better rated insurers or acceptable financially sound carriers.

Deductibles must be listed on Certificates, on a per occurrence basis.

Certificates evidencing coverage and endorsements must be submitted to DMME before permit issuance.

DMME's failure to request insurance documentation does not waive requirements.

Policies must give DMME 30-day notice of cancellation or change; 10 days for non-payment; certified copies available upon request.

Insurance insolvency or bankruptcy does not waive these requirements.

Operators must promptly pay premiums and maintain coverage during permit validity.

1. Commercial General Liability Policy must include premises, operations, blowout/explosion, products, completed operations, sudden/accidental pollution (discovery/reporting of 15/30 days), blanket contractual liability, underground resources damage, broad property damage, independent contractors liability, personal injury, with a minimum of $5,000,000 per occurrence.

1. Excess or Umbrella Liability limits must be at least $10,000,000, as broad as and follow the primary liability coverage for general, auto, and employer’s liability, including an endorsement for sudden/accidental pollution.

1. Operator shall maintain environmental pollution liability insurance for bodily injury, property damage (including loss of use), cleanup, and defense costs, with at least $10,000,000 per loss.

Coverage applies to sudden, accidental pollution from chemicals, waste, or pollutants.

Operators must maintain continuous or extended coverage for 4 years post-permit; retroactive date must precede permit issuance.

1. Policy must cover well control, re-drilling, restoration, seepage, pollution damage, and related expenses, including equipment loss, experts, and resident evacuation.

$5M per occurrence; $500K property damage sub-limit possible.

Questions? Contact Rick Cooper at 276-415-9700.

DIVISION OF MINES

CHAPTER: VII Training And

PROCEDURES MANUAL

Accident Reduction

PROCEDURE NO: 1.07.02

ISSUE DATE: January 1, 1997 SUBJECT: Small Mine Safety Service

LAST REVISED: 01/99;08/05

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT

To assist small coal mines in developing a trained, safety conscious work force which is committed to working accident free while performing with a high degree of operational effectiveness and efficiency.

GENERAL

A list of mines employing 25 people or less will be developed to identify those with the highest NFDL rates and the highest total number of accidents for the previous twelve-month period.

Additional factors including, but not limited to, risk assessment evaluations, mine conditions, mining practices, potential mine life, significant geological abnormalities, ventilation - methane problems, and special investigations will warrant consideration in the selection process.

A total of 24 mines will be selected and contacted for voluntary enrollment in the service.

Participating mines should have a potential mine life of two years or more.

However, should a mine official of a mine that has a high rating elect to participate in the service, even though the mine life is less than two years, the mine will be considered. If a mine closes prior to the expiration of the safety service, then the evaluation on the effectiveness of the service will be based on the length of time the mine participated in the service. Participation is established through an annual contract, which is subject to renewal.

1. SMALL COAL MINE SERVICES OFFERED

DM personnel will provide and/or assist mine officials with various types of training, including: mine foreman retraining, electrical retraining, diesel engine mechanic retraining, annual refresher training, newly employed experienced miner training, new miner training, advanced first aid, gas detection, general coal miner, continuing education for foremen, and supervisory training for foremen. This training will meet MSHA requirements, 30 CFR Parts 48, 75 and 77, and Virginia requirements.

Rv.08/05 1-4
Small Mine Service personnel will provide first priority response to on site problems and technical assistance when requested by mine officials.

Small Mine Service personnel will schedule on site visits at least monthly and more often upon request, as needed.

Small Mine Service personnel will schedule and conduct monthly, site-specific safety talks.

Site specific, educational safety material will be developed and provided for use in safety talks conducted by mine officials.

Small Mine Service personnel will assist in the modification or development of mine plans, plan supplements, permits, etc., upon request.

Small Mine Service personnel will provide various types of specialized, site-specific education and training (JSO’s/JSA’s) on mine safety concerns.

Small Mine Service personnel will work with mine officials and mining personnel to identify and resolve site-specific safety issues in their respective areas of expertise.

The Small Mine Safety Service and ARP staff will implement a formalized and structured “Train The Trainer” on-site training program. This program will provide quality, effective training to those mine officials and miners that conduct task, hazard and experienced miner training at selected SMSS and ARP mines.

Assistance will also be provided to mine officials to help design mine specific training that should be included in annual retraining.

2. SMALL COAL MINE SERVICE IMPLEMENTATION

Initial Site Visits a. Small Mine Service personnel will introduce and explain the scope and intent of the safety service. b. Small Mine Service personnel will communicate with mine officials and mine personnel to solicit input on training needs, concerns, and mine safety issues. c. Small Mine Service personnel will explain their areas of expertise and capabilities (roof control, ventilation, electrical and training) to mine officials. d. Small Mine Service personnel will assist, upon request, in developing plans to address deficiencies and areas of concern with input from mine officials, employees, inspectors, supervisors, and other Technical Specialists. e. Small Mine Service personnel will discuss scheduling of visits to avoid burdensome restrictions on mining operations.

Rv. 08/05 2-4
Scheduled Site Visits a. Quarterly scheduled site visits will be conducted by Technical Specialists, and at other times upon request. b. Technical Specialists will evaluate mine plans, mining methodology, considering safety and mining effectiveness/efficiency. c. The Roof Control specialists will assist with the following: (1) Monitor and evaluate the roof control plan, accounting for changes in conditions, practices, etc. (2) Evaluate compliance with the roof control plan, recognizing discrepancies and resolving the same. (3) Identify potential areas of improvements and consult with mine officials, mine personnel, etc., on areas of improvements and/or concerns. (4) Assist mine officials with roof control plan and supplements. (5) Assist with formulating other roof control related plan matters such as bleeder roof support, roof fall cleanup, etc. (6) Assist the Accident Reduction personnel, and other DM personnel with various types of training upon request. d. The Ventilation Specialists will assist with the following: (1) Monitor and evaluate the adequacy and effectiveness of ventilation related plans, ventilation matters, etc. (2) Evaluate compliance with ventilation related plans. (3) Assist with formulating ventilation related plans and supplements. (4) Assist with on site, ventilation related matters such as bleeder drainage, seal construction, etc. (5) Assist the Accident Reduction personnel, and other DM personnel, with various types of training upon request. e. The Electrical Specialists will assist with the following: (1) Conduct an overall evaluation of the electrical system and electrical installations, both surface and underground. (2) Evaluate the entire electrical system and equipment for safety and compliance. (3) Consult with mine officials and mining personnel on safety concerns and/or areas of improvement; assist with resolving such matters. (4) Assist mine officials and mining personnel with establishing an equipment maintenance program upon request. (5) Provide assistance related to other electrical matters upon request. (6) Assist the Accident Reduction personnel, and other DM personnel, with various types of training upon request.

Rv. 08/05

3-4 f. The Small Mine Service personnel will perform the following: (1) Provide and/or assist with various types of site-specific training including: mine foreman retraining, electrical retraining, diesel engine mechanic retraining, annual refresher training, newly employed experienced miner training and new miner training. (2) Conduct an overall safety evaluation following established Small Mine Safety Service guidelines. (3) Evaluate and identify training needs. (4) Conduct on site job safety observations (JSO’s) (5) Conduct JSA’s in areas of mine related accidents, areas of request, and where problems were identified during DM staff visits. (6) Conduct training necessary to ensure that needs are being satisfied, to include deficiencies discovered during job safety observations. (7) Conduct monthly specialized on site, job-specific safety talks. (8) Provide educational and safety material for involvement in safety talks conducted by DM personnel and mine officials. (9) Provide a Mine Foreman Duties checklist and an equipment Hazard Identification Checklist.

3. SMALL COAL MINE SERVICE EVALUATION

At the conclusion of each service period the safety records of participating mines will be compared to a group of comparable, non-participating mines to measure and evaluate the effectiveness of the service. This evaluation will include the following factors: a. Comparison of NFDL rates b. Total number of accidents. c. Quarterly evaluation of service elements by mine officials and mine personnel. d. Quarterly evaluation of service elements by DM Inspector and Inspector Supervisor. e. Total number of violations and orders per inspection hour (DM). f. Comparison of tonnage (tons per man) vs. number of accidents (past vs. present). g. Comparison of tonnage (tons per man) vs. number of violations (past vs. present). h. Risk Assessment evaluation. i. Total number of workdays lost. j. Total number of serious accidents.

Rv. 08/05 4-4

AGREEMENT

SMALL COAL MINE SAFETY SERVICE

This Memorandum of Agreement is made this day of , 200 by and between the Commonwealth of Virginia’s (herein “Commonwealth”) Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy, Division of Mines (herein “DM”) and (herein “Licensee”).

WHEREAS, DM is the regulatory authority of the Commonwealth responsible for administering the Mine Safety Act, Virginia Code §§ 45.4-161.7 et seq. and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, for the purpose of providing for the safety and health of coal miners.

WHEREAS, the Licensee holds a license from DM for and is the operator of an (underground) (surface) coal mine located in County known as .

WHEREAS, DM has developed the Small Coal Mine Safety Service Program (herein “Program”) as more particularly described in Exhibit A hereto, and has determined, subject to the terms of this agreement, that Licensee qualifies for participation in the Program.

WHEREAS, subject to the terms of this agreement, Licensee desires to participate in the Program.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. DM agrees to accept Licensee into the Program, and pursuant thereto to deliver the services provided by the Program to the Licensee’s employees commencing on , 200 and continuing through , 200 , (herein “Term of this Agreement”).
2. Licensee agrees to enroll and provide for the participation of of its employees in the Program during the Term of this Agreement, and to pay to DM the sum of $ for the services to be provided by DM in conducing the Program.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this agreement has been executed by the parties hereto in the manner and form sufficient to bind them as of the day and year set forth above.

AS TO DM:

AS TO LICENSEE:

By: By:

Frank A. Linkous, Chief

Its

(Title) Enclosure: Exhibit A, Description of Small Coal Mine Safety Service Program

DIVISION OF MINES

CHAPTER: VII Training And

PROCEDURES MANUAL

Accident Reduction

PROCEDURE NO: 1.07.02

ISSUE DATE: January 1, 1997 SUBJECT: Small Mine Safety Service

LAST REVISED: 01/99;08/05

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT

To assist small coal mines in developing a trained, safety-conscious workforce committed to accident-free work and high operational effectiveness.

GENERAL

A list of mines with 25 or fewer employees will be developed to identify those with highest NFDL rates and total accidents in the past year.

Additional factors such as risk assessments, mine conditions, practices, potential mine life, geological abnormalities, ventilation-methane issues, and investigations will be considered in selection.

Twenty-four mines will be selected and contacted for voluntary enrollment.

Participating mines should have a potential mine life of two years or more.

High-rated mine officials may participate even if mine life is under two years. If a mine closes early, effectiveness is based on participation duration. Participation is via annual, renewable contract.

1. SMALL COAL MINE SERVICES OFFERED

DM personnel will assist with training including foreman, electrical, diesel mechanic, refresher, new miner, advanced first aid, gas detection, general coal miner, and supervisory training, meeting MSHA and Virginia standards.

Rv.08/05 1-4
Small Mine Service personnel will prioritize on-site problem response and technical assistance upon request.

Small Mine Service personnel will schedule monthly on-site visits and more frequently if needed.

Small Mine Service personnel will conduct monthly, site-specific safety talks.

Site-specific safety materials will be developed and provided for mine safety talks.

Small Mine Service personnel will assist in modifying or developing mine plans, supplements, permits, etc., upon request.

Small Mine Service personnel will provide site-specific education and training (JSO’s/JSA’s) on mine safety.

Small Mine Service personnel will work with mine officials to identify and resolve site-specific safety issues in their areas of expertise.

Small Mine Safety Service and ARP staff will implement a structured “Train The Trainer” program providing quality training to mine officials and miners conducting task, hazard, and experienced miner training at selected SMSS and ARP mines.

Assistance will be provided to help mine officials design specific training for annual retraining.

2. SMALL COAL MINE SERVICE IMPLEMENTATION

Initial Site Visits a. Small Mine Service personnel will introduce and explain the scope and intent of the safety service. b. Small Mine Service personnel will communicate with mine officials and mine personnel to solicit input on training needs, concerns, and mine safety issues. c. Small Mine Service personnel will explain their areas of expertise and capabilities (roof control, ventilation, electrical and training) to mine officials. d. Small Mine Service personnel will assist, upon request, in developing plans to address deficiencies and areas of concern with input from mine officials, employees, inspectors, supervisors, and other Technical Specialists. e. Small Mine Service personnel will discuss scheduling of visits to avoid burdensome restrictions on mining operations.

Rv. 08/05 2-4
Scheduled Site Visits a. Quarterly scheduled site visits will be conducted by Technical Specialists, and at other times upon request. b. Technical Specialists will evaluate mine plans, mining methodology, considering safety and mining effectiveness/efficiency. c. The Roof Control specialists will assist with the following: (1) Monitor and evaluate the roof control plan, accounting for changes in conditions, practices, etc. (2) Evaluate compliance with the roof control plan, recognizing discrepancies and resolving the same. (3) Identify potential areas of improvements and consult with mine officials, mine personnel, etc., on areas of improvements and/or concerns. (4) Assist mine officials with roof control plan and supplements. (5) Assist with formulating other roof control related plan matters such as bleeder roof support, roof fall cleanup, etc. (6) Assist the Accident Reduction personnel, and other DM personnel with various types of training upon request. d. The Ventilation Specialists will assist with the following: (1) Monitor and evaluate the adequacy and effectiveness of ventilation related plans, ventilation matters, etc. (2) Evaluate compliance with ventilation related plans. (3) Assist with formulating ventilation related plans and supplements. (4) Assist with on site, ventilation related matters such as bleeder drainage, seal construction, etc. (5) Assist the Accident Reduction personnel, and other DM personnel, with various types of training upon request. e. The Electrical Specialists will assist with the following: (1) Conduct an overall evaluation of the electrical system and electrical installations, both surface and underground. (2) Evaluate the entire electrical system and equipment for safety and compliance. (3) Consult with mine officials and mining personnel on safety concerns and/or areas of improvement; assist with resolving such matters. (4) Assist mine officials and mining personnel with establishing an equipment maintenance program upon request. (5) Provide assistance related to other electrical matters upon request. (6) Assist the Accident Reduction personnel, and other DM personnel, with various types of training upon request.

Rv. 08/05

3-4 f. The Small Mine Service personnel will perform the following: (1) Provide and/or assist with various types of site-specific training including: mine foreman retraining, electrical retraining, diesel engine mechanic retraining, annual refresher training, newly employed experienced miner training and new miner training. (2) Conduct an overall safety evaluation following established Small Mine Safety Service guidelines. (3) Evaluate and identify training needs. (4) Conduct on site job safety observations (JSO’s) (5) Conduct JSA’s in areas of mine related accidents, areas of request, and where problems were identified during DM staff visits. (6) Conduct training necessary to ensure that needs are being satisfied, to include deficiencies discovered during job safety observations. (7) Conduct monthly specialized on site, job-specific safety talks. (8) Provide educational and safety material for involvement in safety talks conducted by DM personnel and mine officials. (9) Provide a Mine Foreman Duties checklist and an equipment Hazard Identification Checklist.

3. SMALL COAL MINE SERVICE EVALUATION

At the conclusion of each service period the safety records of participating mines will be compared to a group of comparable, non-participating mines to measure and evaluate the effectiveness of the service. This evaluation will include the following factors: a. Comparison of NFDL rates b. Total number of accidents. c. Quarterly evaluation of service elements by mine officials and mine personnel. d. Quarterly evaluation of service elements by DM Inspector and Inspector Supervisor. e. Total number of violations and orders per inspection hour (DM). f. Comparison of tonnage (tons per man) vs. number of accidents (past vs. present). g. Comparison of tonnage (tons per man) vs. number of violations (past vs. present). h. Risk Assessment evaluation. i. Total number of workdays lost. j. Total number of serious accidents.

Rv. 08/05 4-4

AGREEMENT

SMALL COAL MINE SAFETY SERVICE

This Memorandum of Agreement is made this day of , 200 by and between the Commonwealth of Virginia’s (herein “Commonwealth”) Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy, Division of Mines (herein “DM”) and (herein “Licensee”).

WHEREAS, DM is the regulatory authority responsible for administering the Mine Safety Act, Virginia Code §§ 45.4-161.7 et seq., and related regulations for coal miner safety and health.

WHEREAS, the Licensee holds a license from DM for and is the operator of an (underground) (surface) coal mine located in County known as .

WHEREAS, DM developed the Small Coal Mine Safety Service Program, described in Exhibit A, and has determined that Licensee qualifies for participation per this agreement.

WHEREAS, subject to this agreement's terms, Licensee wishes to participate in the Program.

NOW, in consideration of mutual covenants, the parties agree as follows:

1. DM agrees to accept Licensee into the Program, and pursuant thereto to deliver the services provided by the Program to the Licensee’s employees commencing on , 200 and continuing through , 200 , (herein “Term of this Agreement”).
2. Licensee agrees to enroll and provide for the participation of of its employees in the Program during the Term of this Agreement, and to pay to DM the sum of $ for the services to be provided by DM in conducing the Program.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement to bind them as of the date above.

AS TO DM:

AS TO LICENSEE:

By: By:

Frank A. Linkous, Chief

Its

(Title) Enclosure: Exhibit A, Description of Small Coal Mine Safety Service Program

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 3-92 Issue Date: April 21, 2008 Subject: Updating Ownership and Control Information (issued 4/28/92, updated 10/1/01 & 04/21/08)

The Division must verify the company’s eligibility to conduct coal surface mining operations through its permit records and the Applicant Violator System (AVS) whenever the legal structure of a permittee changes.

To delete the name of an owner, officer, director, principal stockholder, or other company official from the Division’s record, the permittee must submit an affidavit, notarized letter, or notarized Board resolution describing the change. The document should specify the effective date of the change.

The permittee would also need to submit an application to update the permit records. To add or delete the names of the owners, officers, directors, principal stockholders, or other company officials, the permittee would need to submit –

• DMLR-PT-034p, for changes to the permittee’s ownership and control.
• DMLR-PT-034o, for changes to the operator’s (contractor) ownership and control. ________________________________

1 This Memorandum is to be considered a guideline issued under the authority of § 45.1-230.A1 of the Code of Virginia which reads:

"In addition to the adoption of regulations under this chapter, the Director may at his discretion issue or distribute to the public interpretative, advisory or procedural bulletins or guidelines pertaining to permit applications or to matters reasonably related thereto without following any of the procedures set forth in the Administrative Process Act (§ 2.2-4000 et seq.). The materials shall be clearly designated as to their nature, shall be solely for purposes of public information and education, and shall not have the force of regulations under this chapter or under any other provision of this Code."

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 3-92 Issue Date: April 21, 2008 Subject: Updating Ownership and Control Information (issued 4/28/92, updated 10/1/01 & 04/21/08)

The Division must verify the company’s eligibility to conduct coal surface mining via permit records and AVS whenever the permittee’s legal structure changes.

To delete the name of an owner, officer, director, principal stockholder, or other company official from the Division’s record, the permittee must submit an affidavit, notarized letter, or notarized Board resolution describing the change. The document should specify the effective date of the change.

The permittee would also need to submit an application to update the permit records. To add or delete the names of the owners, officers, directors, principal stockholders, or other company officials, the permittee would need to submit –

• DMLR-PT-034p, for permittee ownership and control changes.
• DMLR-PT-034o, for operator (contractor) ownership and control changes.

This Memorandum is a guideline issued under § 45.1-230.A1 of the Virginia Code, which states:

"In addition to the adoption of regulations under this chapter, the Director may at his discretion issue or distribute to the public interpretative, advisory or procedural bulletins or guidelines pertaining to permit applications or to matters reasonably related thereto without following any of the procedures set forth in the Administrative Process Act (§ 2.2-4000 et seq.). The materials shall be clearly designated as to their nature, shall be solely for purposes of public information and education, and shall not have the force of regulations under this chapter or under any other provision of this Code."

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 2.10

PROCEDURES MANUAL ISSUE DATE August 17, 2000 SUBJECT Mining Under State Boundaries Section Technical/Permitting Last Revised 3-12-97

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT:

To ensure operations that begin at portals in one State and mine beneath State boundaries into an adjoining State are properly permitted and regulated in accordance with the Virginia regulatory program and the cooperative agreement signed April 1, 1991 with adjoining States.

PROCEDURES:

Mines with Portals in Virginia:

Upon receipt of a new permit or revision application that potentially involves underground coal mining into an adjacent State, the Field Inspector shall flag this information on the “Application Checklist & Routing Slip” (DMLR-PT-008) to the attention of the Review Inspector and the designated State Line Mining Coordinator.

The Field Inspector shall advise the applicant that operations affecting land in another State may subject the operator to regulatory authority in that State as well. The Inspector shall ensure the application complies with 4 VAC 25-130.778.13(i).

When the applicant submits the permit or revision application to the Division, the State Line Mining Coordinator shall notify the regulatory authority in each potentially affected State. The notification shall include, at a minimum:

• the applicant’s name and address,
• the location of the proposed operation,
• a description of the proposed mining methods, and
• the name, address and phone number of the DMLR Field Inspector.

Portals in Bordering States with Mine Projection(s) to or in Virginia:

A permit for such operation will be required as a “Zero-Acreage” permit (no actual surface disturbance is expected to occur in Virginia). The permit’s operation status will be designated as “ZA” (Zero Acreage) on the inspection report (DMLR-ENF-044S). The permit application map legend will reflect 0.00 acres under permit.

The Field Inspector shall ensure the permit or revision application form(s) (DMLR-PT-034e, DMLR-PT-034p, and DMLR-PT-034o) provide or address, at a minimum, the following:

• property rights information regarding the potential surface impact area;
• a water supply inventory for the potential impact area above the underground workings;
• geologic characterization of overburden above the proposed underground mining area;
• the Proposed Underground Mining Area (PMU);
• a subsidence survey;
• a subsidence control plan; 1

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 2.10

PROCEDURES MANUAL ISSUE DATE August 17, 2000 SUBJECT Mining Under State Boundaries Section Technical/Permitting Last Revised 3-12-97

• a probable hydrologic consequences (PHC) determination;
• the six months notice for mining under surface areas;
• certificate of liability insurance (with water replacement rider); and,
• the applicant’s violation history.

The State Line Mining Coordinator shall, prior to approval of the application, contact the regulatory authority in the adjacent State and determine the name and phone number of the enforcement inspector in the adjacent State. This information will be included in the approved permit package forwarded to the DMLR Field Inspector.

Inspection - Portals in Bordering States with Projections in Virginia:

The Field Inspector shall conduct a complete inspection of the surface areas of the Zero Acreage permit at least once per quarter.

When necessary, the Inspector shall communicate with his or her counterpart in the adjoining State for purposes of collecting or verifying information relative to the operation’s activity in Virginia (and reciprocate in kind). The inspector is authorized to travel into the adjoining State, as necessary, to conduct the inspection.

The Inspector shall make every effort to coordinate and assist the other State regulatory agencies conducting inspections on such permits as required by the cooperative agreement. 2

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 2.10

PROCEDURES MANUAL ISSUE DATE August 17, 2000 SUBJECT Mining Under State Boundaries Section Technical/Permitting Last Revised 3-12-97

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT:

Ensure operations starting at portals in one State and mining beneath boundaries into an adjoining State are properly permitted and regulated per Virginia regulations and the 1991 cooperative agreement.

PROCEDURES:

Mines with Portals in Virginia:

When a new or revised permit involves underground coal mining into an adjacent State, the Field Inspector shall flag this on the “Application Checklist & Routing Slip” (DMLR-PT-008) for the Review Inspector and State Line Mining Coordinator.

The Field Inspector shall advise the applicant that operations affecting land in another State may subject the operator to regulatory authority in that State as well. The Inspector shall ensure the application complies with 4 VAC 25-130.778.13(i).

When the applicant submits the permit or revision application to the Division, the State Line Mining Coordinator shall notify the regulatory authority in each potentially affected State. The notification shall include, at a minimum:

• the applicant’s name and address,
• the location of the proposed operation,
• description of proposed mining methods,
• the name, address and phone number of the DMLR Field Inspector.

Portals in Bordering States with Mine Projection(s) to or in Virginia:

A permit for such operation will be required as a “Zero-Acreage” permit (no actual surface disturbance is expected to occur in Virginia). The permit’s operation status will be designated as “ZA” (Zero Acreage) on the inspection report (DMLR-ENF-044S). The permit application map legend will reflect 0.00 acres under permit.

The Field Inspector shall verify that permit or revision application forms (DMLR-PT-034e, DMLR-PT-034p, DMLR-PT-034o) address at least the following:

• property rights information regarding the potential surface impact area;
• water supply inventory for the impact area above underground workings;
• geologic characterization of overburden above the proposed underground mining area;
• the Proposed Underground Mining Area (PMU);
• a subsidence survey;
• a subsidence control plan; 1

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 2.10

PROCEDURES MANUAL ISSUE DATE August 17, 2000 SUBJECT Mining Under State Boundaries Section Technical/Permitting Last Revised 3-12-97

• a probable hydrologic consequences (PHC) determination;
• the six months notice for mining under surface areas;
• certificate of liability insurance (with water replacement rider); and,
• the applicant’s violation history.

The State Line Mining Coordinator shall, prior to approval of the application, contact the regulatory authority in the adjacent State and determine the name and phone number of the enforcement inspector in the adjacent State. This information will be included in the approved permit package forwarded to the DMLR Field Inspector.

Inspection - Portals in Bordering States with Projections in Virginia:

The Field Inspector shall inspect the surface areas of the Zero Acreage permit at least quarterly.

When necessary, the Inspector shall communicate with his or her counterpart in the adjoining State for purposes of collecting or verifying information relative to the operation’s activity in Virginia (and reciprocate in kind). The inspector is authorized to travel into the adjoining State, as necessary, to conduct the inspection.

The Inspector shall coordinate and assist other State agencies conducting inspections per the cooperative agreement.

DIVISION OF MINES

CHAPTER: V Investigations

PROCEDURES MANUAL

PROCEDURE NO: 1.05.09

ISSUE DATE: May 3, 1999 SUBJECT: Investigation Documents File LAST REVISED:

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT

To effectively and efficiently manage and maintain a complete and accurate file of investigations conducted for complaints, serious personal injuries, and fatalities.

GENERAL During the course of the investigation of complaints, serious personal injuries, and fatalities, it is expected that documentation will be created by DM personnel involved with these investigations. This documentation will include field notes, copies of mine records, drawings, audio tape recordings, photographs, and possibly other information and materials necessary and relevant to the investigation process. All of this documentation becomes part of the Department’s investigation record, and is subject to become a public record through FOIA requests.

The Department routinely receives FOIA requests especially for such files following serious accidents and fatalities. The requests are almost always detailed and very comprehensive in nature, seeking everything compiled in the investigation file. The Department is mandated in most instances to provide prompt and complete disclosure and copying of the files requested.

In order to efficiently and effectively meet the obligation, all DM personnel involved in the investigation of complaints, serious personal injuries, and mine fatalities are to comply with the following procedures:

PROCEDURE

1. INVESTIGATION DOCUMENTS TO BE FILED

Upon completion of the investigation, the original of all notes, drawings and any other written documentation created or compiled by DM personnel during the course of the investigation; along with any audio tape recordings and photographs (prints, digital, video) are to be collected and placed in an envelope. This envelope is to be labeled, identifying the incident investigated and the materials assembled. DM personnel may retain for their personal records, a copy of notes and other documents they created.

2. AUDIO AND VIDEO TAPE RECORDS

When audio and video tape records are created as part of an investigation, it is important that attention be given to procedures that will ensure a quality record not only for the investigation but also for copy in meeting possible FOIA requests. Consider and follow these procedures when you are creating an audio tape record:

1-2

1. Label the tape with the date, name of person interviewed, and company
2. Label the tape box with the same information
3. Tape only on the “A” side
4. Make a tape check to be sure you are taping
5. Once taping has been finished, punch out the plastic tab to prevent recording over.

3. INVESTIGATION SCENE PICTURES

When pictures are taken as part of the investigation, care must be given to ensure a quality record. Use discretion when taking pictures where personal injury or fatalities have occurred to not create photographs that could be hurtful to a victim’s family, and which are not necessary for the investigation. Consider and follow these procedures when you are creating a record through pictures:

1. Take only the pictures needed for the investigation – partial rolls are ok.
2. There should be four (4) sets of pictures made initially.
3. The person that delivers and picks up the pictures needs to write on the receipt what the pictures are for and how many rolls were developed.
4. The receipt should be sent immediately to the Office Services Specialist responsible for the file.

4. COORDINATION OF FILE

Since it is not unusual for several different DM representatives to be involved with an investigation and contributing to the file development, it is important to have an individual designated as responsible for coordination of the assembly of the documents and other materials for inclusion in the final division investigation file. In those investigations where the Emergency Response Team has conducted the investigation, the coordinator for the ERT will assume this responsibility. In complaint and other serious incident investigations, whether performed by specialists or inspectors, the area supervisor where the investigation is conducted will be responsible for the document file.

Investigation files are to be compiled accurately and completely, and delivered as promptly as possible to the Office Services Specialists assigned to maintain the file.

2-2

DIVISION OF MINES

CHAPTER: V Investigations

PROCEDURES MANUAL

PROCEDURE NO: 1.05.09

ISSUE DATE: May 3, 1999 SUBJECT: Investigation Documents File LAST REVISED:

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT

To manage and maintain complete, accurate investigation files for complaints, serious injuries, and fatalities.

During investigations, DM personnel will create documentation including notes, records, drawings, recordings, photos, and other relevant materials, which become part of the investigation record and may be public under FOIA.

The Department frequently receives FOIA requests for investigation files after serious accidents, requiring prompt, complete disclosure of all compiled materials.

To meet obligations, all DM personnel investigating complaints, injuries, and fatalities must follow these procedures:

PROCEDURE

1. INVESTIGATION DOCUMENTS TO BE FILED

After investigation, all notes, drawings, recordings, and photos are to be collected, labeled with incident details, and placed in an envelope. Personnel may keep copies.

2. AUDIO AND VIDEO TAPE RECORDS

When creating audio/video recordings, follow procedures to ensure quality for investigation and FOIA requests.

1-2

1. Label tape with date, interviewee, and company
2. Label tape box with same info
3. Tape only on the “A” side
4. Verify tape is recording
5. After recording, punch out tab to prevent overwrite.

3. INVESTIGATION SCENE PICTURES

When taking investigation photos, ensure quality, use discretion to avoid hurtful or unnecessary images, and follow proper procedures:

1. Take only necessary investigation photos; partial rolls acceptable.
2. Initially, four sets of pictures should be made.
3. Person delivering/picking up pictures must note purpose and roll count on receipt.
4. The receipt should be sent immediately to the Office Services Specialist responsible for the file.

4. COORDINATION OF FILE

Multiple DM representatives may contribute; a designated coordinator—ERT lead or area supervisor—will oversee document assembly for the investigation file.

Investigation files must be complete, accurate, and promptly delivered to Office Services Specialists.

2-2

DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING PROCEDURE NO. 4.13.00 PROCEDURES MANUAL ISSUE DATE 09/10/91 SUBJECT Permit Application Review Section Permitting Last Revised

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT:

To ensure consistent and timely review and processing of permit applications.

PROCEDURES:

1. The permit application is received and date stamped by the Executive Secretary and then forwarded to the Program Support Technician.

1. The permit application is logged onto the Permit Tracking area of the Mineral Mining System in accordance with Procedure 4.16.00 unless the Mine Inspector has already begun the tracking on the system.

1. Within 2 days after receipt, the Program Support Technician will conduct a review to assure completeness and that the package has been reviewed by the Mine Inspector. The complete application or a field approved application is then given to the Environmental Engineer Consultant for review. Applications which are incomplete or have not been initially reviewed by the Mine Inspector are mailed to the Mine Inspector for his review.

1. The Environmental Engineer Consultant will log the application into the tracking system in accordance with Procedure 4.16.00 and review the application to determine compliance with regulations and acceptable environmental and engineering practice. If additional information or technical studies are required, the Environmental Engineer Consultant will draft a letter to the applicant specifying the requirements, corrections, technical studies or additional information needed. The Environmental Engineer Consultant will complete the review and approve, deny or return the permit application to the operator within 21 days after receipt.

1. The Program Support Technician or the Environmental Engineer Consultant will distribute the comment letters to the operator. Copies will be provided to the Environmental Engineer Consultant, Mine Inspector, and Mine Inspector Supervisor. A copy of the letter will also be placed in the pending permit file. The original letter will be sent to the operator; the permit application may also be returned to the operator with the comment letter upon the discretion of the Engineer.

6 .After response to the Environmental Engineer Consultant's comments is received from the applicant and date stamped, the Environmental Engineer Consultant will review the response to determine compliance within 21 days of receipt. If the applicant's response is insufficient or the new information generates additional comments, the Environmental Engineer Consultant will notify the applicant in writing as indicated in No. 4 and 5 above. If the applicant's response is adequate, the Environmental Engineer Consultant will approve the permit application and indicate such on the permit tracking system.

1. The approved permit application will be given to the Program Support Technician who will compose a letter; billing the applicant for required fees and bond. The letter will state that the fees and bond are to be submitted to the division within 30 days of the date of the letter.

1. Upon receipt of the bond and fees from the applicant, the Executive Secretary will post the monies and bond on the daily mail log in accordance with established administrative procedures. The bond and fees will then be given to the Program Support Technician.

1. 13-1 DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING PROCEDURE NO. 4.13.00 PROCEDURES MANUAL ISSUE DATE 09/10/91 SUBJECT Permit Application Review Section Permitting Last Revised

1. The Program Support Technician will collect the bond and fees, permit application and all associated materials in the pending permit file. The Program Support Technician will create a permit file in the Mineral Mining System Permitting area and enter permit, ownership and license information. Once the data entry is completed the permit document and a receipt will be generated only if requested by the applicant.

10. The Program Support Technician will establish two permanent files for all approved permits. The original file will remain in the DMM office and a copy file will be sent to the Mine Inspector overseeing the operation. File sections will include:

1) bond and fee ledger sheet 2) Progress Reports 3) accident reports (in separate manila folder) and miscellaneous correspondence 4) Application/Operation Plan package and amendments 5) maps with legends 6) Inspection Reports 7) Tonnage Reports.

The DMM office file will be kept in the file room and filed by permit number numerically.

1. 13-2

DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING PROCEDURE NO. 4.13.00 PROCEDURES MANUAL ISSUE DATE 09/10/91 SUBJECT Permit Application Review Section Permitting Last Revised

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT:

To ensure consistent and timely review and processing of permit applications.

PROCEDURES:

1. The permit application is received, date stamped by the Executive Secretary, then forwarded to the Program Support Technician.

1. The permit application is logged into the Mineral Mining System Permit Tracking area per Procedure 4.16.00 unless already tracked by the Mine Inspector.

1. Within 2 days, the Program Support Technician reviews for completeness and Mine Inspector review. Complete or field-approved applications go to the Environmental Engineer Consultant; incomplete or unreviewed applications are mailed to the Mine Inspector.

1. The Environmental Engineer Consultant will log the application into the tracking system in accordance with Procedure 4.16.00 and review the application to determine compliance with regulations and acceptable environmental and engineering practice. If additional information or technical studies are required, the Environmental Engineer Consultant will draft a letter to the applicant specifying the requirements, corrections, technical studies or additional information needed. The Environmental Engineer Consultant will complete the review and approve, deny or return the permit application to the operator within 21 days after receipt.

1. The comment letters are distributed to the operator, with copies to the Environmental Engineer Consultant, Mine Inspector, and Supervisor. A copy goes in the pending file; the original is sent to the operator. The permit may be returned with the comment letter at the Engineer's discretion.

6 .After response to the Environmental Engineer Consultant's comments is received from the applicant and date stamped, the Environmental Engineer Consultant will review the response to determine compliance within 21 days of receipt. If the applicant's response is insufficient or the new information generates additional comments, the Environmental Engineer Consultant will notify the applicant in writing as indicated in No. 4 and 5 above. If the applicant's response is adequate, the Environmental Engineer Consultant will approve the permit application and indicate such on the permit tracking system.

1. The approved permit is given to the Program Support Technician, who sends a billing letter requiring fees and bond submission within 30 days.

1. Upon receipt, the Executive Secretary posts bond and fees on the daily mail log, then gives them to the Program Support Technician.

1. 13-1 DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING PROCEDURE NO. 4.13.00 PROCEDURES MANUAL ISSUE DATE 09/10/91 SUBJECT Permit Application Review Section Permitting Last Revised

1. The Program Support Technician collects bond, fees, permit application, and materials into the pending file, creates a permit record in the Mineral Mining System, and generates a permit and receipt if requested.

10. The Program Support Technician will establish two permanent files for approved permits: the original in the DMM office and a copy sent to the overseeing Mine Inspector. File sections include:

1) bond and fee ledger sheet 2) Progress Reports 3) accident reports (in separate manila folder) and miscellaneous correspondence 4) Application/Operation Plan package and amendments 5) maps with legends 6) Inspection Reports 7) Tonnage Reports.

The DMM office file will be kept in the file room and filed by permit number numerically.

1. 13-2

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009 Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

The Department of Mines, Minerals, and Energy’s (DMME) Division of Mined Land Reclamation (DMLR) is implementing the following minimum standards and requirements for submitting digital maps associated with electronic permitting.

Section 1 – General Requirements

1. 1

OVERVIEW

These standards pertain to the production and submittal of electronic CAD files and associated Adobe (.pdf) files for electronic permitting, and have been developed to provide direction to operators and consultants submitting coal mining permit applications.

Operators and consultants should contact the DMLR Mapping Section (276: 523-8193) for the most current release of acceptable CAD template files or view information posted to DMLR FTP site (ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/), prior to the development of an electronic permit.

Additional information regarding these standards, including CAD template files and layer descriptions, is available on the DMLR FTP site (ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/).

1. 2

FILE FORMAT

AutoCAD .dwg is the preferable format for creating and submitting electronic permit drawings. However, if an applicant wishes to use MicroStation (.dgn file extension) software, you should contact the DMLR Mapping Section prior to the development of an electronic permit application.

All CAD drawings must be accompanied with a complete matching set of Adobe (.pdf) drawings. These .pdf files will be considered a digital hardcopy and will be used for reproduction.

1 This Memorandum is to be considered guidance issued under the authority of § 45.1-230.A1 of the Code of Virginia which reads:

"In addition to the adoption of regulations under this chapter, the Director may at his discretion issue or distribute to the public interpretative, advisory or procedural bulletins or guidelines pertaining to permit applications or to matters reasonably related thereto without following any of the procedures set forth in the Administrative Process Act (§ 2.2-4000 et seq.). The materials shall be clearly designated as to their nature, shall be solely for purposes of public information and education, and shall not have the force of regulations under this chapter or under any other provision of this Code." GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 2 of 11

1. 3

FILE ATTACHMENT

All Adobe (.pdf) files should be attached in section 21.2 of the electronic permit application, and all CAD (.dwg) files should be attached in section 21.5.

1. 4

DRAWING CONTENT

DMLR has developed AutoCAD template files (.dwt file extension) for all required maps in an electronic permit application. These template files should be used to develop the necessary CAD drawings required in the electronic permit application. Each template file has a corresponding HTML document that describes the required layer names and properties for that layer. The template files and accompanying documentation are available on the DMLR FTP site (ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/). A complete description of each template file is provided in Section 2.

1. 5 STANDARD COORDINATE SYSTEM and DRAWING UNITS

Any drawing utilizing a coordinate system should correspond to the Virginia State Plane System, North American Datum, 1983 (NAD 83), in US feet (EPSG: 2284).

If the applicant is using the AutoDesk product AutoCAD Map, DMLR prefers the drawings have an Assigned Global Coordinate System of VA83-SF NAD83 Virginia State Plane, South Zone, US Foot. This designation can be accomplished by using the AutoCAD Map Menu pulldown, select Tools and Assign Global Coordinate System.

Please define the drawing units as feet.

1. 6 FILE NAMES and DESCRIPTIONS

The file naming conventions for both the CAD drawing files and the Adobe PDF are as follows: Adobe file – Application#_MapName_Map.pdf Example – 1005456_Geology_Map.pdf

CAD file – Application#_MapName_Map.dwg Example – 1005456_Geology_Map.dwg

The descriptions provided for each file, in sections 21.2 and 21.5 respectively, should correspond identically to the file name.

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 3 of 11

1. 7

MAP LEGEND

The appropriate map legend (DMLR-PT-017) should be provided in sections 21.2, 21.4, and 21.5 of the electronic permit application. For applications that require at least one of the following maps, the Map Legend is required to be contained in the drawing file (section 21.5) and on the .pdf file (section 21.2), as well as a separate attachment in section 21.4:

Application

Deletion Anniversary

Relinquishment Completion

Renewal Correction

Revision

1. 8

TOPOGRAPHIC BASE MAP

DMME has assembled an AutoCAD dwg file, which contains all USGS 7.5’ topographic quadrangles for the Southwest Virginia coalfield region. Applicants should use the topographic base drawing file as base map material for all required electronic permit application map submittals. The file (DMLR_USGS_BASE.dwg) and its corresponding layer descriptions (DMLR_USGS_BASE_LAYER_STANDARDS.html) are available on the DMLR FTP site (ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/).

1. 9

POLYGON TOPOLOGY

If you are using the AutoDesk product AutoCAD Map, DMLR prefers polygon topologies be generated for the following features: Permit Boundaries, Hollow fills, and PMU’s.

The topology creation is only required for the features contained in DMLR_GIS_Extraction_Map.dwg. Additional requirements for the file will be addressed in Section 2.

1. 10 ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES Guidance Memorandum No.21-07 should be referenced for the use of electronic signatures and seals on documents, digital maps, plans, and drawings.

Section 2 – CAD TEMPLATES AND LAYERING STANDARDS

The intent of the CAD layering standard is to promote consistency between CAD drawings, and maximize the reusability of drawing data. All CAD drawings submitted to DMME should adhere to the following CAD layering guidelines and standards.

Each of the CAD Templates, except for the DMLR_GIS_Extraction_Map.dwt, has three layer group filters defined: a layer group for Basemap_Topography, a layer group for Company_Specific_Layers, and a layer group for the specific map the applicant is developing for the electronic permit application submittal.

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 4 of 11

1. 1

ANNIVERSARY MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Anniversary_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Anniversary_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Anniversary_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Anniversary_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 2

APPLICATION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Application_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Application_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Application_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Application_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 3

BLASTING MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Blasting_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Blasting_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Blasting_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Blasting_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 4

COMPLETION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Completion_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Completion_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Completion_Map.dwg GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 5 of 11

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Completion_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 5

CORRECTION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Correction_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Correction_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Correction_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Correction_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 6

DELETION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Deletion_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Deletion_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Deletion_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Deletion_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 7

GEOLOGY MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Geology_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Geology_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Geology_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Geology_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 8

GEOLOGIC CROSS SECTION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_GeologicXsec_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 6 of 11

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_GeologicXsec_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_GeologicXsec_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_GeologicXsec_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 9

GIS EXTRACTION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_GIS_Extraction_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_GIS_Extraction_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_GIS_Extraction_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_GIS_Extraction_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 10

HAULROAD MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Haulroad_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Haulroad_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Haulroad_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Haulroad_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 11

HOLLOW FILL MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Hollow_Fill_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Hollow_Fill_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Hollow_Fill_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Hollow_Fill_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 7 of 11

1. 12

INCREMENTAL BONDING MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Incremental_Bond_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Incremental_Bond _Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Incremental_Bond_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Incremental_Bond_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 13

LAND USE MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Land_Use_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Land_Use_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Land_Use_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Land_Use_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 14

MITIGATION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Mitigation_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Mitigation_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Mitigation_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Mitigation_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 15

OPERATIONS MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Operations_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Operations_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Operations_Map.dwg GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 8 of 11

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Operations_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 16

PHASE I BOND RELEASE MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Phase_I_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Phase_I_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Phase_I_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Phase_I_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 17

PHASE II BOND RELEASE MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Phase_II_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Phase_II_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Phase_II_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Phase_II_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 18

PMLU MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_PMLU_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_PMLU_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_PMLU_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_PMLU_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 19

PONDS MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Ponds_Map.dwt GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 9 of 11

Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Ponds_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Ponds_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Ponds_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 20

PRIOR DISTURBANCE MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Prior_Disturbance_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Prior_Disturb_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Prior_Disturb_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Prior_Disturb_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 21

RELINQUISHMENT MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Relinquishment_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Relinquishment_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Relinquishment_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Relinquishment_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 22

RENEWAL MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Renewal.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Renewal_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Renewal_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Renewal_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 10 of 11

1. 23

SOILS MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Soils_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Soils_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Soils_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Soils_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 24

SURFACE WATER HYDROLOGY MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_SWH_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_SWH_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_SWH_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_SWH_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 25

TMDL MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_TMDL_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_TMDL_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_TMDL_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_TMDL_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 26

TYPICAL CROSS SECTION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Typical_Xsection.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Typical_Xsection_Map.pdf GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 11 of 11

Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Typical_Xsection_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Typical_Xsection_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 27

VALID EXISTING RIGHTS MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Valid_ExistingRights.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Valid_ExistRights_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Valid_ExistRights_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Valid_ExistingRights_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009 Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

DMME’s Division of Mined Land Reclamation (DMLR) is implementing minimum standards for submitting digital maps for electronic permitting.

Section 1 – General Requirements

1. 1

OVERVIEW

These standards govern production and submission of electronic CAD and Adobe (.pdf) files for permitting, guiding operators and consultants submitting coal mining permit applications.

Operators and consultants should contact DMLR Mapping Section (276: 523-8193) or view the FTP site (ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/) for current CAD templates before developing an electronic permit.

Additional standards info, including CAD templates and layer descriptions, is available on the DMLR FTP site (ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/).

1. 2

FILE FORMAT

AutoCAD .dwg is the preferable format for creating and submitting electronic permit drawings. However, if an applicant wishes to use MicroStation (.dgn file extension) software, you should contact the DMLR Mapping Section prior to the development of an electronic permit application.

All CAD drawings must be accompanied with a complete matching set of Adobe (.pdf) drawings. These .pdf files will be considered a digital hardcopy and will be used for reproduction.

1 This guidance is issued under § 45.1-230.A1 of the Virginia Code, which states:

"In addition to the adoption of regulations under this chapter, the Director may at his discretion issue or distribute to the public interpretative, advisory or procedural bulletins or guidelines pertaining to permit applications or to matters reasonably related thereto without following any of the procedures set forth in the Administrative Process Act (§ 2.2-4000 et seq.). The materials shall be clearly designated as to their nature, shall be solely for purposes of public information and education, and shall not have the force of regulations under this chapter or under any other provision of this Code." GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 2 of 11

1. 3

FILE ATTACHMENT

Adobe (.pdf) files go in section 21.2; CAD (.dwg) files in section 21.5 of the permit application.

1. 4

DRAWING CONTENT

DMLR has developed AutoCAD template files (.dwt file extension) for all required maps in an electronic permit application. These template files should be used to develop the necessary CAD drawings required in the electronic permit application. Each template file has a corresponding HTML document that describes the required layer names and properties for that layer. The template files and accompanying documentation are available on the DMLR FTP site (ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/). A complete description of each template file is provided in Section 2.

1. 5 STANDARD COORDINATE SYSTEM and DRAWING UNITS

Drawings using coordinates must match Virginia State Plane System, NAD 83, US feet (EPSG: 2284).

If the applicant is using the AutoDesk product AutoCAD Map, DMLR prefers the drawings have an Assigned Global Coordinate System of VA83-SF NAD83 Virginia State Plane, South Zone, US Foot. This designation can be accomplished by using the AutoCAD Map Menu pulldown, select Tools and Assign Global Coordinate System.

Define drawing units as feet.

1. 6 FILE NAMES and DESCRIPTIONS

File naming: Application#_MapName_Map.pdf; e.g., 1005456_Geology_Map.pdf.

CAD file: Application#_MapName_Map.dwg; e.g., 1005456_Geology_Map.dwg.

Descriptions in sections 21.2 and 21.5 must match file names exactly.

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 3 of 11

1. 7

MAP LEGEND

The appropriate map legend (DMLR-PT-017) should be provided in sections 21.2, 21.4, and 21.5 of the electronic permit application. For applications that require at least one of the following maps, the Map Legend is required to be contained in the drawing file (section 21.5) and on the .pdf file (section 21.2), as well as a separate attachment in section 21.4:

Application

Deletion Anniversary

Relinquishment Completion

Renewal Correction

Revision

1. 8

TOPOGRAPHIC BASE MAP

DMME has assembled an AutoCAD dwg file, which contains all USGS 7.5’ topographic quadrangles for the Southwest Virginia coalfield region. Applicants should use the topographic base drawing file as base map material for all required electronic permit application map submittals. The file (DMLR_USGS_BASE.dwg) and its corresponding layer descriptions (DMLR_USGS_BASE_LAYER_STANDARDS.html) are available on the DMLR FTP site (ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/).

1. 9

POLYGON TOPOLOGY

If you are using the AutoDesk product AutoCAD Map, DMLR prefers polygon topologies be generated for the following features: Permit Boundaries, Hollow fills, and PMU’s.

The topology creation is only required for the features contained in DMLR_GIS_Extraction_Map.dwg. Additional requirements for the file will be addressed in Section 2.

1. 10 ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES Guidance Memorandum No.21-07 should be referenced for electronic signatures and seals on documents, maps, plans, and drawings.

Section 2 – CAD TEMPLATES AND LAYERING STANDARDS

The intent of the CAD layering standard is to promote consistency between CAD drawings, and maximize the reusability of drawing data. All CAD drawings submitted to DMME should adhere to the following CAD layering guidelines and standards.

All CAD Templates except DMLR_GIS_Extraction_Map.dwt have three layer group filters: Basemap_Topography, Company_Specific_Layers, and the applicant's specific map.

GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 4 of 11

1. 1

ANNIVERSARY MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Anniversary_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Anniversary_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Anniversary_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Anniversary_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 2

APPLICATION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Application_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Application_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Application_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Application_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 3

BLASTING MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Blasting_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Blasting_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Blasting_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Blasting_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 4

COMPLETION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Completion_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Completion_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Completion_Map.dwg GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 5 of 11

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Completion_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 5

CORRECTION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Correction_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Correction_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Correction_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Correction_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 6

DELETION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Deletion_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Deletion_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Deletion_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Deletion_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 7

GEOLOGY MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Geology_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Geology_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Geology_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Geology_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 8

GEOLOGIC CROSS SECTION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_GeologicXsec_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 6 of 11

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_GeologicXsec_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_GeologicXsec_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_GeologicXsec_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 9

GIS EXTRACTION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_GIS_Extraction_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_GIS_Extraction_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_GIS_Extraction_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_GIS_Extraction_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 10

HAULROAD MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Haulroad_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Haulroad_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Haulroad_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Haulroad_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 11

HOLLOW FILL MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Hollow_Fill_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Hollow_Fill_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Hollow_Fill_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Hollow_Fill_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 7 of 11

1. 12

INCREMENTAL BONDING MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Incremental_Bond_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Incremental_Bond _Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Incremental_Bond_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Incremental_Bond_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 13

LAND USE MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Land_Use_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Land_Use_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Land_Use_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Land_Use_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 14

MITIGATION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Mitigation_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Mitigation_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Mitigation_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Mitigation_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 15

OPERATIONS MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Operations_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Operations_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Operations_Map.dwg GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 8 of 11

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Operations_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 16

PHASE I BOND RELEASE MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Phase_I_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Phase_I_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Phase_I_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Phase_I_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 17

PHASE II BOND RELEASE MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Phase_II_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Phase_II_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Phase_II_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Phase_II_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 18

PMLU MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_PMLU_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_PMLU_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_PMLU_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_PMLU_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 19

PONDS MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Ponds_Map.dwt GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 9 of 11

Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Ponds_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Ponds_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Ponds_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 20

PRIOR DISTURBANCE MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Prior_Disturbance_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Prior_Disturb_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Prior_Disturb_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Prior_Disturb_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 21

RELINQUISHMENT MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Relinquishment_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Relinquishment_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Relinquishment_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Relinquishment_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 22

RENEWAL MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Renewal.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Renewal_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Renewal_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Renewal_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 10 of 11

1. 23

SOILS MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Soils_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Soils_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Soils_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Soils_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 24

SURFACE WATER HYDROLOGY MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_SWH_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_SWH_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_SWH_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_SWH_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 25

TMDL MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_TMDL_Map.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_TMDL_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_TMDL_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_TMDL_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 26

TYPICAL CROSS SECTION MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Typical_Xsection.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Typical_Xsection_Map.pdf GUIDANCE MEMORANDUM1 No. 27-09 Issue Date: October 1, 2009

Subject: Electronic Permitting – Digital Mapping Guidelines

Page 11 of 11

Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Typical_Xsection_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Typical_Xsection_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

1. 27

VALID EXISTING RIGHTS MAP

Template File Name: DMLR_Valid_ExistingRights.dwt Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/CAD_Templates/

Electronic Permit Adobe File Name (section 21.2): Application#_Valid_ExistRights_Map.pdf Electronic Permit CAD File Name (section 21.5): Application#_Valid_ExistRights_Map.dwg

Layer Standards Documentation: DMLR_Valid_ExistingRights_Map.html Download Location: ftp://mail.dmme.virginia.gov/DMLR/downloads/EP/cad_standards/Layer_Description/

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING

COMMUNICATIONS MEMORANDUM 10-00 September 13, 2000

REFERENCE: 4 VAC 25-40-770 Employee Exposure to Noise Limits

"Except for surface mines, which are inspected by Federal Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA), employee exposure to noise shall not exceed the federal limit adopted for mineral mines. If exposure exceeds the federal limit, the director may require the mine operator to employ feasible engineering and administrative control measure.

Operators shall provide hearing protection upon request."

The following definitions are found in the Safety and Health Regulations for Mineral Mining, in Section 4 VAC 25-40-10:

"Acceptable" means tested and found to be appropriate for a specific purpose by a nationally recognized agency.

"Suitable" means that which fits and has the qualities or qualifications to meet a given purpose, occasion, condition, function, or circumstance.

The following definitions are from the federal MSHA Rules and are found in 30 CFR 62.101:

Dual Hearing Protection Level—A TWA8 of 105 dBA, or equivalently, a dose of 800% of that permitted by the standard, integrating all sound levels from 90 dBA to at least 140 dBA.

Exchange Rate—The amount of increase in sound level, in decibels, which would require halving of the allowable exposure time to maintain the same noise dose. For the purposes of this part, the exchange rate is 5 decibels (5 dB).

Permissible Exposure Level—A TWA8 of 90 dBA or equivalently a dose of 100% of that permitted by the standard, integrating all sound levels from 90 dBA to at least 140 dBA.

Sound Level—The sound pressure level in decibels measured using the A-weighting network and a slow response, expressed in the unit dBA.

Time-Weighted Average-8 hour (TWA8)—The sound level which, if constant over 8 hours, would result in the same noise dose as is measured.

The following portions of the federal MSHA rules (30 CFR 62.130, .140, and .160) as paraphrased here will be applied through the Division of Mineral Mining's (DMM) enforcement activities on mineral mines not inspected by MSHA: (a) The mine operator must assure that no miner is exposed during any work shift noise that exceeds the permissible exposure level. If during any work shift a miner's noise exposure exceeds the permissible exposure level, the mine operator must use all feasible engineering and administrative controls to reduce the miner's noise exposure to the permissible exposure level. When a mine operator uses administrative controls to reduce a miner's exposure, the mine operator must post the procedures for such controls in a prominent place convenient to those affected and provide a copy to the affected miners. (b) If a miner's noise exposure continues to exceed the permissible exposure level despite the use of all feasible engineering and administrative controls, the mine operator must continue to use the engineering and administrative controls to reduce the miner's noise exposure to as low a level as is feasible. (c) The mine operator must assure that no miner is exposed at any time to sound levels exceeding 115 dBA, as determined without adjustment for the use of any hearing protector. (d) If during any work shirt a miner's noise exposure exceeds the "dual hearing protection level", the mine operator must, in addition to the actions required for noise exposures that exceed the permissible exposure level, provide and ensure the concurrent use of both an ear plug and an ear muff type hearing protector. (e) A mine operator must ensure that the hearing protector is in good condition and is fitted and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and provide the hearing protector and necessary replacements at no cost to the miner. The mine operator must ensure all miners wear a hearing protector whenever the miner's noise exposure exceeds the permissible exposure level before the implementation of engineering and administrative controls are put in place. If the miner's noise exposure continues to exceed the permissible exposure level despite the use of all feasible engineering and administrative controls, the operator must continue to ensure that miners wear hearing protection in addition to the engineering and administrative controls employed.

INQUIRY: On September 13, 2000, MSHA's new standard on Occupational Noise Exposure (Part 62) went into effect. The following details how DMM will apply Virginia regulation 4 VAC 25-40-770 as it relates to the federal noise limit on non-MSHA inspected mineral mines, and clarifies state requirements for all licensed mineral mines.

REVIEW: Virginia regulation 4 VAC 25-40-770 requires all mineral mines to observe the federal noise exposure limit for miners. The Part 62 standard includes several thresholds for occupational noise exposure:

• Permissible Exposure Level—The permissible exposure level is based on 100% dose (90 dBA for 8 hrs.) and can be adjusted for duration of exposure utilizing Table 62-1 as enclosed. (example: @100 dBA exposure can be no longer than 2 hours)
• Both state and federal regulations require implementation of feasible engineering and administrative controls for exposures above the Permissible Exposure Level.
• Part 62 requires posting of administrative procedures and providing copies of this procedure to affected miners. (Consider posting on bulletin board and/or on specific machinery or work areas.)
• Part 62 establishes 115 dBA as the maximum exposure level for all miners.
• The DMM Director may approve a variance for the maximum exposure level of 115 dBA after feasible engineering and administrative control measures have been implemented.
• Part 62 requires dual hearing protection (ear plugs and ear muffs) be provided, and used, whenever employees noise exposure exceeds a TWA8 of 105 dBA.
• DMM Safety and Health Regulation 4 VAC 25-40-770 requires all operators to provide hearing protection to their employees upon request, regardless of their noise exposure level.

DIVISION DIRECTIVE: DMM has reviewed 30 CFR Part 62 and will apply the following requirements under Safety and Health Regulation 4 VAC 25-40-770:

• Non-MSHA inspected mines must comply with the following noise exposure levels, and associated remedies: -When employee exposure exceeds the permissible exposure level (PEL), operators must use all feasible engineering and administrative controls to reduce the exposure to acceptable levels. If administrative controls are utilized to reduce exposure, they must be in writing, posted in a prominent place convenient to miners, and a copy given to each affected miner. -At no time shall employees be exposed to noise levels exceeding 115 dBA.

However, if it is not feasible to reduce the exposure to a level below 115 dBA, an operator may petition the DMM Director for a variance, detailing the actions taken to reduce noise exposures to as low a level as feasible. -Miners exposed to levels exceeding the dual hearing level (105 dBA) must be provided with acceptable and suitable earplugs and earmuffs. The two hearing protective devices must be worn simultaneously. -All Operators, on both MSHA inspected and Non-MSHA inspected operations, must provide suitable and acceptable hearing protection to any miner upon request regardless of the noise exposure level.

Appendix

Table 62-1—Reference Duration

DBA T (hours) 80...................... 32.0 85...................... 16.0 86...................... 13.9 87...................... 12.1 88 10.6 89......................

1. 2 90......................
2. 0 91......................
3. 0 92......................
4. 1 93......................
5. 3 94......................
6. 6 95......................
7. 0 96......................
8. 5 97......................
9. 0 98......................
10. 6 99......................
11. 3 100....................
12. 0 101....................
13. 7 102....................
14. 5 103....................
15. 3 104....................
16. 1 105....................
17. 0 106....................
18. 87 107....................
19. 76 108....................
20. 66 109....................
21. 57 110....................
22. 50 111....................
23. 44 112....................
24. 38 113....................
25. 33 114....................
26. 29 115....................
27. 25

At no time shall any excursion exceed 115 dBA. For any value, the reference duration (T) in hours is computed by: T = 8/2(L-90)5 where L is the measured A-weighted, slow-response sound pressure level.

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING

COMMUNICATIONS MEMORANDUM 10-00 September 13, 2000

REFERENCE: 4 VAC 25-40-770 Employee Exposure to Noise Limits

"Except for surface mines, which are inspected by Federal Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA), employee exposure to noise shall not exceed the federal limit adopted for mineral mines. If exposure exceeds the federal limit, the director may require the mine operator to employ feasible engineering and administrative control measure.

Operators shall provide hearing protection upon request."

Definitions are in Safety and Health Regulations for Mineral Mining, 4 VAC 25-40-10:

"Acceptable" means tested and approved by a recognized agency for a specific purpose.

"Suitable" means fitting and qualified to meet a specific purpose, condition, or circumstance.

Definitions from federal MSHA Rules in 30 CFR 62.101:

Dual Hearing Protection Level—TWA8 of 105 dBA or 800% dose, integrating sound levels from 90 to 140 dBA.

Exchange Rate—The amount of increase in sound level, in decibels, which would require halving of the allowable exposure time to maintain the same noise dose. For the purposes of this part, the exchange rate is 5 decibels (5 dB).

Permissible Exposure Level—TWA8 of 90 dBA or 100% dose, integrating sound levels from 90 to 140 dBA.

Sound Level—Decibels measured with A-weighting and slow response, in dBA.

TWA8—Sound level equivalent over 8 hours to measured noise dose.

The following portions of the federal MSHA rules (30 CFR 62.130, .140, and .160) as paraphrased here will be applied through the Division of Mineral Mining's (DMM) enforcement activities on mineral mines not inspected by MSHA: (a) The mine operator must assure that no miner is exposed during any work shift noise that exceeds the permissible exposure level. If during any work shift a miner's noise exposure exceeds the permissible exposure level, the mine operator must use all feasible engineering and administrative controls to reduce the miner's noise exposure to the permissible exposure level. When a mine operator uses administrative controls to reduce a miner's exposure, the mine operator must post the procedures for such controls in a prominent place convenient to those affected and provide a copy to the affected miners. (b) If a miner's noise exposure continues to exceed the permissible exposure level despite the use of all feasible engineering and administrative controls, the mine operator must continue to use the engineering and administrative controls to reduce the miner's noise exposure to as low a level as is feasible. (c) The mine operator must assure that no miner is exposed at any time to sound levels exceeding 115 dBA, as determined without adjustment for the use of any hearing protector. (d) If during any work shirt a miner's noise exposure exceeds the "dual hearing protection level", the mine operator must, in addition to the actions required for noise exposures that exceed the permissible exposure level, provide and ensure the concurrent use of both an ear plug and an ear muff type hearing protector. (e) A mine operator must ensure that the hearing protector is in good condition and is fitted and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and provide the hearing protector and necessary replacements at no cost to the miner. The mine operator must ensure all miners wear a hearing protector whenever the miner's noise exposure exceeds the permissible exposure level before the implementation of engineering and administrative controls are put in place. If the miner's noise exposure continues to exceed the permissible exposure level despite the use of all feasible engineering and administrative controls, the operator must continue to ensure that miners wear hearing protection in addition to the engineering and administrative controls employed.

INQUIRY: On September 13, 2000, MSHA's new standard on Occupational Noise Exposure (Part 62) went into effect. The following details how DMM will apply Virginia regulation 4 VAC 25-40-770 as it relates to the federal noise limit on non-MSHA inspected mineral mines, and clarifies state requirements for all licensed mineral mines.

REVIEW: Virginia regulation 4 VAC 25-40-770 requires all mineral mines to observe the federal noise exposure limit for miners. The Part 62 standard includes several thresholds for occupational noise exposure:

• Permissible Exposure Level—The permissible exposure level is based on 100% dose (90 dBA for 8 hrs.) and can be adjusted for duration of exposure utilizing Table 62-1 as enclosed. (example: @100 dBA exposure can be no longer than 2 hours)
• Both state and federal regulations mandate feasible engineering and administrative controls above the Permissible Exposure Level.
• Part 62 requires posting of administrative procedures and providing copies of this procedure to affected miners. (Consider posting on bulletin board and/or on specific machinery or work areas.)
• Part 62 establishes 115 dBA as the maximum exposure level for all miners.
• The DMM Director may approve a variance for 115 dBA after implementing feasible controls.
• Part 62 mandates dual hearing protection (ear plugs and muffs) whenever noise exceeds TWA8 of 105 dBA.
• DMM Safety and Health Regulation 4 VAC 25-40-770 requires operators to provide hearing protection upon request, regardless of noise level.

DIVISION DIRECTIVE: DMM reviewed 30 CFR Part 62 and will enforce requirements under 4 VAC 25-40-770.

• Non-MSHA inspected mines must comply with the following noise exposure levels, and associated remedies: -When employee exposure exceeds the permissible exposure level (PEL), operators must use all feasible engineering and administrative controls to reduce the exposure to acceptable levels. If administrative controls are utilized to reduce exposure, they must be in writing, posted in a prominent place convenient to miners, and a copy given to each affected miner. -At no time shall employees be exposed to noise levels exceeding 115 dBA.

However, if it is not feasible to reduce the exposure to a level below 115 dBA, an operator may petition the DMM Director for a variance, detailing the actions taken to reduce noise exposures to as low a level as feasible. -Miners exposed to levels exceeding the dual hearing level (105 dBA) must be provided with acceptable and suitable earplugs and earmuffs. The two hearing protective devices must be worn simultaneously. -All Operators, on both MSHA inspected and Non-MSHA inspected operations, must provide suitable and acceptable hearing protection to any miner upon request regardless of the noise exposure level.

Appendix

Table 62-1—Reference Duration

DBA T (hours) 80...................... 32.0 85...................... 16.0 86...................... 13.9 87...................... 12.1 88 10.6 89......................

1. 2 90......................
2. 0 91......................
3. 0 92......................
4. 1 93......................
5. 3 94......................
6. 6 95......................
7. 0 96......................
8. 5 97......................
9. 0 98......................
10. 6 99......................
11. 3 100....................
12. 0 101....................
13. 7 102....................
14. 5 103....................
15. 3 104....................
16. 1 105....................
17. 0 106....................
18. 87 107....................
19. 76 108....................
20. 66 109....................
21. 57 110....................
22. 50 111....................
23. 44 112....................
24. 38 113....................
25. 33 114....................
26. 29 115....................
27. 25

At no time shall any excursion exceed 115 dBA. For any value, the reference duration (T) in hours is computed by: T = 8/2(L-90)5 where L is the measured A-weighted, slow-response sound pressure level.

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 3.12

PROCEDURES MANUAL ISSUE DATE August 2, 2005 SUBJECT Inspections of DM designated “RZ” sites Section Enforcement Last Revised OBJECTIVE AND INTENT: To provide guidance to DMLR Field Inspectors and Supervisors in inspecting sites designated as “RZ” (mining operations with no activity and no foreseen activity) by the Division of Mines (DM). These sites will have a valid DM mine index number and may require more than one inspection per year.

PROCEDURES: The DM Inspector will make the determination to designate an underground or surface mining operation as “RZ”. Once that is done, he will notify the DM Office Services Specialist who will send an e-mail message to the DMLR Enforcement Office Service Specialist. The message will state the –

• name of the DM inspector,
• mine index number,
• DMLR permit number,
• and the number of inspections required each year for the site.

The DMLR Enforcement Office Services Specialist will contact the appropriate DMLR Supervisor and Inspector.

The DMLR Inspector shall conduct the required DMLR inspection and note on the inspection report the status of the mine. The DMLR Inspector will code the inspection type as “RZ”. The inspector will document site conditions in the “General Comments” section of the inspection narrative. Once the inspection report has been completed, the inspector shall make a TIF image of the report and e-mail it to the DM inspector (previously assigned to the site) for data entry into the DM system.

If activity resumes at the site that would require a DM inspection of equipment, electrical installations, record keeping, worker certification, etc., the DMLR inspector shall immediately notify by e-mail the DMLR Enforcement Office Services Specialist and the DM Office Services Specialist of the activity change. This will re-initiate the required DM safety inspections and the DM inspector will assume inspection responsibility for the site.

When activity has resumed at the site, the DM “RZ” inspection code will be removed from the DMLR inspectable unit quarterly report.

Suggested wording in DMLR Report with no DM activity: “ABC Coal Co. DM #________ has a current DM license in force, however, there are no activities that warrant DM inspection. DMLR will continue to monitor the mine site during this period of inactivity. The appropriate DM Inspector will be notified of any reactivation that will warrant a resumption of DM inspection.” 1

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 3.12

PROCEDURES MANUAL ISSUE DATE August 2, 2005 SUBJECT Inspections of DM designated “RZ” sites Section Enforcement Last Revised OBJECTIVE AND INTENT: To provide guidance to DMLR Field Inspectors and Supervisors in inspecting sites designated as “RZ” (mining operations with no activity and no foreseen activity) by the Division of Mines (DM). These sites will have a valid DM mine index number and may require more than one inspection per year.

PROCEDURES: The DM Inspector designates an underground or surface mine as “RZ” and notifies the DM Office Services Specialist, who emails the DMLR Enforcement Office Service Specialist. The message will state the –

• DM inspector’s name,
• mine index number,
• DMLR permit number,
• and the required annual inspections for the site.

The DMLR Enforcement Office Services Specialist will contact the appropriate DMLR Supervisor and Inspector.

The DMLR Inspector shall conduct the required DMLR inspection and note on the inspection report the status of the mine. The DMLR Inspector will code the inspection type as “RZ”. The inspector will document site conditions in the “General Comments” section of the inspection narrative. Once the inspection report has been completed, the inspector shall make a TIF image of the report and e-mail it to the DM inspector (previously assigned to the site) for data entry into the DM system.

If activity resumes requiring DM inspections (equipment, electrical, records, worker certification), the DMLR inspector shall immediately notify the DMLR Enforcement Office and DM Office Services Specialists, reinitiating safety inspections and transferring inspection responsibility.

When activity resumes, the DM “RZ” inspection code will be removed from the quarterly DMLR report.

Suggested wording in DMLR Report with no DM activity: “ABC Coal Co. DM #________ has a current DM license in force, however, there are no activities that warrant DM inspection. DMLR will continue to monitor the mine site during this period of inactivity. The appropriate DM Inspector will be notified of any reactivation that will warrant a resumption of DM inspection.” 1

Guidance Document Between Virginia Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy (DMME) Division of Mined Land Reclamation (DMLR) And The Department of Forestry (DOF) Effective - October 1, 2002

Issue Statement: In an effort to improve the enforcement of the Silvicultural Water Quality Law and to coordinate the enforcement of this law on lands permitted for mining by Virginia Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy (DMME/DMLR) both parties recognize that close communication and coordination is needed to ensure proper enforcement without duplication by either agency in the enforcement of their respective areas of responsibilities.

The current Silvicultural Water Quality Law requires the Owner or Operator to notify the Department of Forestry within three days before or after a commercial timber operation has begun and there appears to be confusion here with regard to areas permitted for mining by

DMME.

This document sets out responsibilities of the DMLR and DOF in dealing with timber harvesting operations on lands that have either a pending or existing DMLR permit.

If a new permit application or a revision to an existing permit that adds additional acreage to an existing permit is submitted to DMLR, DMLR will:

• Promptly notify DOF of the application by providing the Abingdon DOF office with the identification, location, and maps of the proposed operation;
• Provide DOF with the name of the DMLR inspector and supervisor who will be assigned the operation; and
• Invite the DOF inspector to attend the first application conference to review and provide input regarding the proposed operation’s forest management plan and best management practices relative to water quality.

After a new permit (or revision to add acreage to an existing permit) has been approved:

• DMLR will have the responsibility for inspecting the area of timber harvesting that is being done to facilitate the mining1 operations within the approved permit boundary,
• DMLR will notify DOF if timber harvesting is being conducted within the permit boundary but is outside the area(s) being used to facilitate mining. If necessary, the DMLR and the DOF inspectors will conduct a joint site visit to determine jurisdictional responsibility.

If a timber harvesting operation is to be conducted on a DMLR permitted area, DMLR will regulate the operation as a mining operation unless it is outside the area being used to facilitate mining within the permit and DOF has been provided a notice of the proposed timber harvesting operation as required by Virginia’s Silvicultural Water Quality Law. If the timber harvesting is taking place outside an area being used to Guidance Document between DMME/DMLR and DOF Issue Date: October 1, 2002

Subject: Timber Harvesting on Lands with Pending or Existing CSMO Permit Page 2 of 2

facilitate mining, DMLR will notify the DOF of the timber harvesting operations. It is DMLR’s intent to require the operator to notify DOF concerning timber harvesting when such harvesting is determined to be not part of the actual mining operation.

If a DOF inspector observes a timber harvesting operation and believes it may be associated with a coal mining operation:

• DOF will notify DMLR Enforcement Section at (276) 523-8195 or (276) 523-8199 and provide the location of the operation,
• DOF may request from DMLR a consultation to determine if a coal surface mine permit has been issued on an area and determine if the timber harvesting is occurring in order to facilitate mining, and
• If it is determined that no DMLR permit has been issued for an area and no activities associated with mining are taking place upon the site where timber is being removed, DOF will exercise it’s authority at the site.

1 Activities to facilitate mining include but are not limited to clearing and grubbing in preparation for pond and/or fill construction.

Guidance Document Between Virginia DMME Division of Mined Land Reclamation (DMLR) And DOF Effective - October 1, 2002

Issue Statement: To improve enforcement of the Silvicultural Water Quality Law and coordinate enforcement on mining-permitted lands, both parties recognize the need for close communication to prevent duplication.

The Silvicultural Water Quality Law requires Owners or Operators to notify DOF within three days of timber operations; confusion exists regarding mining-permitted areas.

DMME.

This document outlines DMLR and DOF responsibilities for timber harvesting on lands with pending or existing DMLR permits.

If a new permit or revision adding acreage is submitted to DMLR, DMLR will:

• Promptly notify DOF of the application by providing the Abingdon DOF office with the identification, location, and maps of the proposed operation;
• Provide DOF with the name of the DMLR inspector and supervisor who will be assigned the operation; and
• Invite the DOF inspector to attend the first application conference to review and provide input regarding the proposed operation’s forest management plan and best management practices relative to water quality.

After a new permit (or revision to add acreage to an existing permit) has been approved:

• DMLR will have the responsibility for inspecting the area of timber harvesting that is being done to facilitate the mining1 operations within the approved permit boundary,
• DMLR will notify DOF if timber harvesting is being conducted within the permit boundary but is outside the area(s) being used to facilitate mining. If necessary, the DMLR and the DOF inspectors will conduct a joint site visit to determine jurisdictional responsibility.

If a timber harvesting operation is to be conducted on a DMLR permitted area, DMLR will regulate the operation as a mining operation unless it is outside the area being used to facilitate mining within the permit and DOF has been provided a notice of the proposed timber harvesting operation as required by Virginia’s Silvicultural Water Quality Law. If the timber harvesting is taking place outside an area being used to Guidance Document between DMME/DMLR and DOF Issue Date: October 1, 2002

Subject: Timber Harvesting on Lands with Pending or Existing CSMO Permit

facilitate mining, DMLR will notify the DOF of the timber harvesting operations. It is DMLR’s intent to require the operator to notify DOF concerning timber harvesting when such harvesting is determined to be not part of the actual mining operation.

If a DOF inspector observes a timber harvesting operation and believes it may be associated with a coal mining operation:

• DOF will notify DMLR Enforcement Section at (276) 523-8195 or (276) 523-8199 and provide the location of the operation,
• DOF may request from DMLR a consultation to determine if a coal surface mine permit has been issued on an area and determine if the timber harvesting is occurring in order to facilitate mining, and
• If it is determined that no DMLR permit has been issued for an area and no activities associated with mining are taking place upon the site where timber is being removed, DOF will exercise it’s authority at the site.

1 Activities to facilitate mining include but are not limited to clearing and grubbing in preparation for pond and/or fill construction.

DIVISION OF MINES

CHAPTER: IX Certification

PROCEDURES MANUAL

PROCEDURE NO: 1.09.01

ISSUE DATE: January 1, 1997 SUBJECT: Certification Of Miners

LAST REVISED: 08/08

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT

To provide guidance to DM personnel to enable consistent and accurate communication regarding the certification process.

GENERAL

1. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

Virginia’s Mine Safety Act requires persons working in and around a mine site be certified for certain jobs they perform in the coal mining industry. Refer to Board of Coal Mining Examiners Requirements for a complete listing of required certifications and experience/education needed to obtain certification.

2. PROCESSING OF APPLICATIONS FOR CERTIFICATIONS

An applicant must submit the following:

a. $40.00 fee (check or money order suggested if mailed) payable to the Treasurer of Virginia. (See “Notice To All Applicants For Certification Examination” regarding non-refundable fee. Notice is attached to this procedure.) b. Complete a DM-BCME-1 form, Application for Certification Examination c. Notarized work experience form, DM-BCME-2 d. Verification of first aid (5000-23, EMT or First Responder card)

Applications may be submitted to the Division of Mines Big Stone Gap or Keen Mountain office. The application and $40.00 fee must be received at least five working days prior to the specified examination day. Work experience and verification of first aid must be received prior to certification.

3. GRADE REQUIREMENTS

First Class Mine Foreman, Surface Foreman, Surface Blaster, and Underground Shot Firer must pass an examination with 85% on each section. All others are required to pass at 80% on each section.

Rv. 08/08

1-5

4. EXAMINATIONS

The Regulatory Boards Administrator will present a brief overview of the following prior to each examination: a. Instructions regarding examination such as proper use of answer sheet, completion of map, electrical drawings, etc. b. Monitoring of examination c. Retake procedure d. Recertification requirements e. Reciprocity, if applicable f. Grading process g. Issuance

An examination can be taken no more than three times in a one-year period.

If all or part of an examination is failed, the applicant must wait at least ten working days to retake.

If a section is failed the second time, the applicant must wait at least 10 working days and must retake entire exam.

If on the third take the applicant fails any section of the exam, the applicant must wait the greater of one year from the date of the first examination, before retaking the examination.

If more than a year lapses before the retake of a section(s), the entire application and examination procedure must be completed.

No oral examinations are administered.

Examinations begin at 8:00 a.m. and must be completed by 4:00 p.m. Exams are held once a month rotating locations: one at Keen Mountain Office and one at the Big Stone Gap Office. The examination roster is limited to 20 clients and only 5 of the 20 scheduled may be First Class Mine Foreman examinations due to the space necessary to work on the maps that are a part of the examination. Electrical examinations that require the practical sections must be limited to four per examination date due to time required to administer the practical section of the examination. This does not prevent special examinations where provisions are made for larger numbers of clients, such as when an electrical or mine foreman class is examined.

If gas detection is required for certification, the gas examination will be administered the day of the examination.

Rv. 08/08

2-5

5. CERTIFICATION UPDATE

The Certification Update Committee consisting of five members from various sections of DM and chaired by the Regulatory Boards Administrator will function to ensure a quality certification program for coal industry personnel by developing study guides and examinations based on the study guides, state, and federal laws.

The committee determines projects based on the need of the coal industry, recommendations from the Board, or changes necessitated by law or regulation.

Reference materials are obtained from various sources such as state and federal laws, regulations, and the MSHA academy.

The initial development of the examination establishes a data bank that will enable generation of a different examination for each individual examined.

PROCEDURE

1. GENERAL COAL MINER

Every person working in a coal mine in Virginia shall hold a general coal miner certificate issued by the Board of Coal Mining Examiners. Any person who has been employed to work in a coal mine in Virginia prior to January 1, 1996, shall submit a complete application for certification as a general coal miner by September 30,2007. The Board of Coal Mining Examiners shall issue a general coal miner certification upon submittal of a complete application.

Each applicant for a general coal miner certificate who has not been employed to work in a Virginia coal mine prior to January 1, 1996, shall prove to the Board that he has knowledge of first aid practices and has a general working knowledge of the provisions of this Act and applicable regulations, pertaining to coal mining health and safety. Each applicant shall have completed the new miner training requirements of 30 CFR Part 48 or submit proof of at least one year of experience in a coal mine prior to issuance of the General Coal Miner certification.

Coal operators and independent contractors working at a Virginia coal mine are responsible under the Mine Safety Act to assure that all of their employees commencing work, possess a certificate issued by the Board. This requirement applies to any new inexperienced person entering the work force, and to anyone moving to Virginia’s coal mining industry from another state.

Independent contractor employees who are directly involved in the actual coal mining process are required to meet the general coal miner certification requirement. Being directly involved in the mining process is interpreted to mean performing activities in extracting, hauling and preparing coal mined.

3-5
Following completion of requirements for certification, a certification card will be issued for General Coal Miner. Certification cards will be produced for General Miner Surface, and General Miner Underground. Requirements for certification: a. $20.00 fee b. Application c. Verification of Training form DM-BCME-3 d. Verification of First Aid – MSHA 5000-23 Annual Retraining or New Miner Inexperienced Training acceptable (If not done as training verified on Form DM-BCME-3) e. Gas detection for underground

2. RECIPROCITY

Currently, DM recognizes reciprocity for Surface Blasting, MET* (Mine Emergency Technician), First Class Mine Foreman, Surface Foreman and Electrical Repairman** Certifications from Kentucky; Surface Blasters, MET* (Mine Emergency Technician), First Class Mine Foreman, Surface Foreman, First Class Shaft and Slope Foreman and Electrical Certifications from West Virginia.

Note: Reciprocity may be used only one time to achieve certification.

• MET (Mine Emergency Technician) Certification, current at time of class. A person certified as a Mine Emergency Technician in Kentucky or West Virginia can meet the Virginia Advanced First Aid program certification by: a. providing a letter of Good Standing from Reciprocating state b. providing a copy of current MET card and, c. attending an eight hour Advanced First Aid Reciprocity Class.

• Anyone holding a current Electrical Repairman Certification from Kentucky or West Virginia may meet reciprocity requirements if the certified person: a. submits a copy of KY or WV electrical card, b. submits a copy of MSHA electrical card, c. submits a copy of electrical retraining, d. completes and submits a DM-BCME 2, Verification of Work Experience (verifying one year of electrical experience), and, e. submits a letter of good standing from reciprocating state f. NOTE: Individuals receiving electrical certification through this process are NOT eligible for reciprocity from VA to WV or KY under the Reciprocity Agreement between the states.

To receive certification by reciprocity: a. Submit application, DM-BCME-1 b. Submit DMLR endorsement application, DMLR-BCME-4 (Surface Blaster only) c. $40.00 fee Rv.08/08

4-5 d. Verification of certification (card or documentation from state agency where certification is held.) e. Verification of First Aid (5000-23, EMT, First Responder) f. Electrical reciprocity must provide verification of current electrical retraining. g. Surface Foreman must submit to and pass with a minimum score of 85%, the components of the Virginia mine foreman examination related to Virginia mining laws, rules and regulations, Mined Land Reclamation and the Practical exercises.

h. First Class Mine Foreman must submit to and pass with a minimum score of 85%, the components of the Virginia mine foreman examination related to Virginia mining laws, rules and regulations and the Practical exercises.

3. REPLACEMENT CARDS

Replacement cards for valid certifications may be obtained by payment of $10.00 for each card at the Keen Mountain or Big Stone Gap offices. The name as it appears on the card, the certification number and if possible, a copy of the old card should be presented. This correct return mailing address and telephone number should be included when requesting by mail.

4. STUDY MATERIALS

Study guides/materials are available through either the Keen Mountain or Big Stone Gap offices. As prices are subject to change, cost should be verified prior to ordering. a. Diesel Engine Mechanic $9.00 b. Electrical Study Guide $20.00 c. First Aid For Miners $9.00 d. First Class Mine Foreman $30.00 e. Hoisting Engineer $6.00 f. Shot Firer $5.00 g. Surface Blaster $14.00 h. Surface Facilities Foreman $7.00 i. Surface Foreman $12.00 j. Top Person $5.00 k. Prep Plant Foreman/Dock Foreman Study Guide $8.00

Available At No Charge a. Coal Mine Safety Laws of Virginia b. DMLR endorsement for blasting c. Mine Gases Handbook d. DM Regulations Rv. 08/08

5-5

DIVISION OF MINES

CHAPTER: IX Certification

PROCEDURES MANUAL

PROCEDURE NO: 1.09.01

ISSUE DATE: January 1, 1997 SUBJECT: Certification Of Miners

LAST REVISED: 08/08

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT

Provides guidance to DM personnel for consistent, accurate communication on certification.

GENERAL

1. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

Virginia’s Mine Safety Act mandates certification for certain coal mining jobs; see Board of Coal Mining Examiners Requirements for details on certifications and qualifications.

2. PROCESSING OF APPLICATIONS FOR CERTIFICATIONS

An applicant must submit the following:

a. $40.00 fee (check or money order suggested if mailed) payable to the Treasurer of Virginia. (See “Notice To All Applicants For Certification Examination” regarding non-refundable fee. Notice is attached to this procedure.) b. Complete a DM-BCME-1 form, Application for Certification Examination c. Notarized work experience form, DM-BCME-2 d. Verification of first aid (5000-23, EMT or First Responder card)

Applications can be submitted to Division of Mines Big Stone Gap or Keen Mountain offices. The application and $40 fee must be received at least five days before the exam. Work experience and first aid verification must be received before certification.

3. GRADE REQUIREMENTS

First Class Mine Foreman, Surface Foreman, Surface Blaster, and Underground Shot Firer must score 85% per section; others require 80%.

Rv. 08/08

1-5

4. EXAMINATIONS

The Regulatory Boards Administrator will present a brief overview of the following prior to each examination: a. Instructions regarding examination such as proper use of answer sheet, completion of map, electrical drawings, etc. b. Monitoring of examination c. Retake procedure d. Recertification requirements e. Reciprocity, if applicable f. Grading process g. Issuance

Examinations are limited to three attempts per year.

If any part of the exam is failed, the applicant must wait at least ten days to retake.

Failing a section a second time requires a 10-day wait and retaking the entire exam.

Failing any section on the third attempt requires waiting at least one year from the first exam before retaking.

If over a year passes before retaking, the entire application and exam process must be redone.

No oral examinations are administered.

Exams start at 8:00 a.m. and end by 4:00 p.m., held monthly at Keen Mountain and Big Stone Gap. Limit: 20 candidates, with only 5 for First Class Mine Foreman. Practical electrical exams limited to 4 per date, but special exams for larger groups are possible.

Gas detection tests are administered on the exam day if required.

Rv. 08/08

2-5

5. CERTIFICATION UPDATE

The Certification Update Committee, with five DM members and chaired by the Regulatory Boards Administrator, ensures quality by developing study guides and exams based on laws.

The committee selects projects based on industry needs, Board recommendations, or legal/regulatory changes.

Reference materials come from state and federal laws, regulations, and MSHA academy.

Initial exam development creates a data bank to generate unique exams for each individual.

PROCEDURE

1. GENERAL COAL MINER

Every person working in a coal mine in Virginia shall hold a general coal miner certificate issued by the Board of Coal Mining Examiners. Any person who has been employed to work in a coal mine in Virginia prior to January 1, 1996, shall submit a complete application for certification as a general coal miner by September 30,2007. The Board of Coal Mining Examiners shall issue a general coal miner certification upon submittal of a complete application.

Each applicant for a general coal miner certificate who has not been employed to work in a Virginia coal mine prior to January 1, 1996, shall prove to the Board that he has knowledge of first aid practices and has a general working knowledge of the provisions of this Act and applicable regulations, pertaining to coal mining health and safety. Each applicant shall have completed the new miner training requirements of 30 CFR Part 48 or submit proof of at least one year of experience in a coal mine prior to issuance of the General Coal Miner certification.

Coal operators and contractors must ensure all new or transferring employees possess a certificate issued by the Board under the Mine Safety Act.

Independent contractor employees involved in extracting, hauling, or preparing coal must meet the general coal miner certification requirement.

3-5
Following completion of requirements for certification, a certification card will be issued for General Coal Miner. Certification cards will be produced for General Miner Surface, and General Miner Underground. Requirements for certification: a. $20.00 fee b. Application c. Verification of Training form DM-BCME-3 d. Verification of First Aid – MSHA 5000-23 Annual Retraining or New Miner Inexperienced Training acceptable (If not done as training verified on Form DM-BCME-3) e. Gas detection for underground

2. RECIPROCITY

DM recognizes reciprocity for Kentucky: Surface Blasting, MET, First Class Mine Foreman, Surface Foreman, Electrical Repairman. West Virginia reciprocity includes Surface Blasters, MET, First Class Mine Foreman, Surface Foreman, First Class Shaft and Slope Foreman, Electrical.

Reciprocity can be used once to obtain certification.

• MET (Mine Emergency Technician) certification current at class time. A Kentucky or West Virginia MET can meet VA Advanced First Aid by: a. providing a Good Standing letter from reciprocating state b. submitting current MET card c. attending an eight-hour reciprocity class.

• Anyone holding a current Electrical Repairman Certification from Kentucky or West Virginia may meet reciprocity requirements if the certified person: a. submits a copy of KY or WV electrical card, b. submits a copy of MSHA electrical card, c. submits a copy of electrical retraining, d. completes and submits a DM-BCME 2, Verification of Work Experience (verifying one year of electrical experience), and, e. submits a letter of good standing from reciprocating state f. NOTE: Individuals receiving electrical certification through this process are NOT eligible for reciprocity from VA to WV or KY under the Reciprocity Agreement between the states.

To receive certification by reciprocity: a. Submit application, DM-BCME-1 b. Submit DMLR endorsement application, DMLR-BCME-4 (Surface Blaster only) c. $40.00 fee Rv.08/08

4-5 d. Verification of certification (card or documentation from state agency where certification is held.) e. Verification of First Aid (5000-23, EMT, First Responder) f. Electrical reciprocity must provide verification of current electrical retraining. g. Surface Foreman must submit to and pass with a minimum score of 85%, the components of the Virginia mine foreman examination related to Virginia mining laws, rules and regulations, Mined Land Reclamation and the Practical exercises.

h. First Class Mine Foreman must submit to and pass with a minimum score of 85%, the components of the Virginia mine foreman examination related to Virginia mining laws, rules and regulations and the Practical exercises.

3. REPLACEMENT CARDS

Replacement cards for valid certifications cost $10 each at Keen Mountain or Big Stone Gap offices. Present the name on the card, certification number, and if possible, the old card. Include correct mailing address and phone when requesting by mail.

4. STUDY MATERIALS

Study guides/materials are available through either the Keen Mountain or Big Stone Gap offices. As prices are subject to change, cost should be verified prior to ordering. a. Diesel Engine Mechanic $9.00 b. Electrical Study Guide $20.00 c. First Aid For Miners $9.00 d. First Class Mine Foreman $30.00 e. Hoisting Engineer $6.00 f. Shot Firer $5.00 g. Surface Blaster $14.00 h. Surface Facilities Foreman $7.00 i. Surface Foreman $12.00 j. Top Person $5.00 k. Prep Plant Foreman/Dock Foreman Study Guide $8.00

Available free: a. Coal Mine Safety Laws of Virginia b. DMLR endorsement for blasting c. Mine Gases Handbook d. DM Regulations Rv. 08/08

5-5

DVISION OF MINES GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF

REGULATORY STANDARDS MANUAL

COAL MINE SAFETY ACT

CHAPTER 14.2

ARTICLE 5 LICENSING OF MINES Issue Date: 5/02/03 Revised Date: 4/15/04 Page 1 Section 45.1-161.62 A. &C.

Annual reports

The mine operator shall annually, by February 15th, mail or deliver to the Department reports for the previous twelve months, ending December 31st:

• Quantity of coal mined: 45.1-161.62.A. (ii)
• An affidavit certified by the Commissioner of Revenue of the locality stating that all coal severance taxes have been paid: 45.1-161.62.C. (i)
• An affidavit certified by the Treasurer of the locality stating that all personal property, real estate and mineral land taxes have been paid: 45.1-161.62.C. (ii)

Upon notification by DM that the reports have not been received by February 15th, the inspectors shall take the appropriate action. Failure to submit required reports, identified above, can result in the issuance of up to three violations. DM will pursue the submittal of the required information by follow-up visits to the mine sites and issuance of notices of violation with corrections due in five days. If the mine operator fails to submit the reports by the allotted due dates, a closure order may be issued for failure to abate the violation under the Mine Safety Act 45.1-161.91.A. (iv).

DVISION OF MINES GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF

REGULATORY STANDARDS MANUAL

COAL MINE SAFETY ACT

CHAPTER 14.2

ARTICLE 5 LICENSING OF MINES Issue Date: 5/02/03 Revised Date: 4/15/04 Page 1 Section 45.1-161.62 A. &C.

Annual reports

The mine operator shall annually, by February 15th, mail or deliver to the Department reports for the previous twelve months, ending December 31st:

• Quantity of coal mined: 45.1-161.62.A. (ii)
• An affidavit certified by the Commissioner of Revenue of the locality stating that all coal severance taxes have been paid: 45.1-161.62.C. (i)
• An affidavit certified by the Treasurer of the locality stating that all personal property, real estate and mineral land taxes have been paid: 45.1-161.62.C. (ii)

Upon notification by DM that the reports have not been received by February 15th, the inspectors shall take the appropriate action. Failure to submit required reports, identified above, can result in the issuance of up to three violations. DM will pursue the submittal of the required information by follow-up visits to the mine sites and issuance of notices of violation with corrections due in five days. If the mine operator fails to submit the reports by the allotted due dates, a closure order may be issued for failure to abate the violation under the Mine Safety Act 45.1-161.91.A. (iv).

DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING PROCEDURE NO. 4.9.00 PROCEDURES MANUAL ISSUE DATE 09/10/91 SUBJECT Exemption for Extraction of Coal Section Permitting Incidental to Extraction of other Minerals Last Revised

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT:

To establish procedures for determining operations which are exempt from Chapter 19 laws and regulations because of the extraction of coal is incidental to the extraction of other minerals and does not exceed 16 2/3 percent of other minerals mined. This determination will be made based on the information contained in the Application for Exemption - Extraction of Coal Incidental to the Extraction of Other Minerals

(DMLR-CP-211).

PROCEDURES:

1. The DMM Mine Inspector will conduct a pre-inspection of the site.

1. If coal will be encountered, the Mine Inspector will provide the prospective operator with an application for exemption.

1. The application for exemption is completed by the prospective operator and submitted as a part of the DMM permit application. The DMM Mine Inspector will provide the prospective operator with the DMLR Mine Inspectors name and telephone number so the DMLR Inspector may provide assistance in completing the Application for Exemption.

1. The DMM permit application is submitted to the DMM office.

1. The Application for Exemption will be forwarded to the Division of Mined Land Reclamation in Big Stone Gap by the Environmental Engineer Consultant within 2 days after receipt in the DMM office.

1. The Application for Exemption is evaluated by DMLR and handled in accordance with their policy.

1. A letter either granting or denying the exemption will be sent to the prospective operator by the DMLR Director. DMM will receive a copy of the approval or denied letter.

1. If the exemption is denied, the prospective operator will be advised by DMLR that no coal extraction can occur without having first obtained a Chapter 19 permit.

1. If the exemption is approved, the operator will be advised of such and of the conditions of the exemption (i.e., coal must not exceed 16-2/3 percent of other minerals mined; coal extraction must be incidental to other minerals extracted and detailed records of tonnage must be maintained on site).

10. The Permit Application or Amendment containing the Application for Exemption will be reviewed and approved in accordance with DMM Procedure 4.6.00 or 4.13.00.

11. DMM Mine Inspector and DMLR Inspector will periodically check tonnage records maintained on site to ensure the operator does not exceed the 16-2/3 percent ratio of coal to other minerals.

12. If 16-2/3 percent is exceeded, the DMM Mine Inspector will coordinate with the DMLR Inspector and the operator will be issued a Notice of Violation to cease mining and obtain a Chapter 19 permit issued by the Division of Mined Land Reclamation. The DMLR Inspector will issue the Notice of Violation.

1. 9-1

DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING PROCEDURE NO. 4.9.00 PROCEDURES MANUAL ISSUE DATE 09/10/91 SUBJECT Exemption for Extraction of Coal Section Permitting Incidental to Extraction of other Minerals Last Revised

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT:

To establish procedures for determining operations exempt from Chapter 19 laws because coal extraction is incidental to other minerals and does not exceed 16 2/3 percent of minerals mined. This will be based on the Application for Exemption - Extraction of Coal Incidental to the Extraction of Other Minerals

(DMLR-CP-211).

PROCEDURES:

1. The DMM Mine Inspector will conduct a pre-inspection of the site.

1. If coal is encountered, the Mine Inspector will provide the operator with an application for exemption.

1. The exemption application is completed by the operator and submitted with the DMM permit application. The DMM Mine Inspector will give the operator the DMLR Inspector's name and phone number for assistance.

1. The DMM permit application is submitted to the DMM office.

1. The Application for Exemption will be forwarded to DMLR in Big Stone Gap by the Environmental Engineer within 2 days of receipt at the DMM office.

1. DMLR evaluates and handles the Application for Exemption per their policy.

1. DMLR Director will send the exemption decision letter to the operator; DMM will receive a copy.

1. If denied, DMLR will advise the operator that no coal extraction is allowed without a Chapter 19 permit.

1. If approved, the operator will be notified of the exemption conditions: coal must not exceed 16-2/3 percent of minerals, extraction must be incidental, and detailed tonnage records must be maintained on site.

10. The Permit Application or Amendment with the Application for Exemption will be reviewed and approved per DMM Procedure 4.6.00 or 4.13.00.

11. DMM Mine Inspector and DMLR Inspector will periodically review on-site tonnage records to ensure coal does not exceed 16-2/3 percent of other minerals.

12. If 16-2/3 percent is exceeded, the DMM Mine Inspector will coordinate with DMLR Inspector, and the operator will be issued a Notice of Violation to cease mining and obtain a Chapter 19 permit from the Division of Mined Land Reclamation. The DMLR Inspector will issue the Notice of Violation.

1. 9-1

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING

COMMUNICATION MEMORANDUM NO. 02-99 July 16, 1999

REFERENCE: Mineral Mine Safety Laws of Virginia 1998 Edition—Section 45.1-161.292:2. Definitions.

"Independent contractor" means any person that contracts to perform services or construction at a mine.

Mineral Mine Safety Laws of Virginia 1998 Edition—Section 45.1-161.292:32.A.3.

Application for license.

No application for a mine license or a renewal shall be complete unless it contains information about each independent contractor working at the mine: (i) the independent contractor's trade name, business address and business telephone number; (ii) a description of the nature of the work to be performed by the independent contractor and where at the mine the work is to be performed; (iii) the independent contractor's MSHA identification number, if any; (iv) the independent contractor's address of record for service of citations and other documents; (v) the names and addresses of persons with overall responsibility for operating decisions; and (vi) the names and addresses of persons with overall responsibility for the health and safety of employees;

Mineral Mine Safety Laws of Virginia 1998 Edition—Section 45.1-161.292:32.C.

Application for license.

Within thirty days after the occurrence of any change in the information required by subsection A, the licensed operator shall notify the Department, in writing, of such change.

INQUIRY: Mineral mine operators have asked questions regarding which contractors must be reported as part of the mine license application, what information must be reported, who must report contractor information and when the information must be reported.

REVIEW: The law requires that information on all independent contractors be reported.

An independent contractor is any person that contracts to perform services or construction at a mine.

A wide variety of vendors provide totally mine related services, while others provide general services not specific to mining.

The law is very specific with regard to the information that must be reported. Only the information specified in the law is requested by DMM.

A mine license application or renewal is incomplete and cannot be issued unless all contractor information is provided.

An application for a mine license shall be submitted by the person who will be the licensed operator of the mine. Contractor information is an integral part of the mine license application or license renewal application. Changes in the license information, as specified in Section 45.1-161.292.32.A, must be reported to DMM in writing by the licensed operator within 30 days of the change.

Contractor information is included in 45.161.292.32.A.

DIVISION DIRECTIVE: All contractors that are involved in mining, processing, plant construction, equipment fabrication, equipment repair, grounds management, land clearing for mine related purposes, facilities repair or maintenance, explosives use and delivery, etc. must have contractor information reported to the Division of Mineral Mining. Examples of non-reportable contractors would be those associated with non-mine related activities such as mail or parcel carriers, drink or snack vendors, rental uniform services, persons performing cleaning or routine maintenance of the mine office, portable toilet services, fuel and lubricant delivery services unless they dispense directly into the equipment or into tanks that are exposed to mine hazards and grounds management workers unless they are working in areas that are exposed to mine hazards.

The law at Section 45.1-161.292.A.3 clearly specifies the information that must be reported for each contractor.

The licensed mineral mine operator must provide the information to DMM. It is not the contractor's responsibility to provide the information to DMM. The contractor information is part of the license application and renewal requirements and must be submitted by the "person who will be the licensed operator of the mine". DMM has developed a form to assist operators in providing contractor information. A copy of the optional Contractor Identification Form is attached for your use. You may copy the form as needed.

Some contractors enter and work on the mine on an ongoing routine or intermittent schedule throughout the year. Those contractors must be reported in the license application or license renewal. If they are reported with the license application or renewal, you will not need to notify DMM each time they come to work on the mine site or leave the mine site. If the licensed operator terminates his relationship with a service contractor that has been reported to DMM, he must notify DMM within 30 days.

When renewing the mine license, the licensed operator must provide a list of contractors and all of the specified contractor information as part of the renewal application. Contractors that were associated with a mine in the previous year but are not listed on the license renewal will be removed by DMM from active association with the mine. In this manner, DMM will be able to maintain a current list of contractors associated with a specific mine. These active contractors will, from tie to time, receive mailings and safety information from DMM.

Contractors that are not pre-scheduled, not normally expected to work on the mine site during the year and are not reported on the mien license or license renewal application must be reported to DMM within 30 days after they begin work on the mine site. If the contractor completes his work on the mine in less than 30 days, both the starting and ending date can be shown on the "Date contractor began work on the mine" line of the Contractor Identification Form.

If the contractor works on the mine for more than 30 days, the contractor information must be provided within 30 days after they begin work at the mine. When the contractor completes his work at the mine and is no longer associated with the mine, the licensed operator must notify DMM, within 30 days, that the contractor is no longer associated with the mine.

ATTACH-MENT: DMM-166, Contractor Identification Form CONTRACTOR IDENTIFICATION FORM

Section 45.1-161.292.32 of the Mineral Mine Safety Laws of Virginia requires that the applicant for a mine license include information about contractors working at the mine and keep the information current by reporting any change within 30 days. This sheet may be attached to the License Renewal Application in response to Question 4.

Licensed Operator Information

COMPANY PERMIT #

Location at mine where work is to be done Date contractor began work on the mine

Date contractor information was provided to the Division of Mineral Mining in writing

Person who provided the information

SIGNATURE OF LICENSED MINE OPERATOR DATE

Contractor Information

Contractor’s Trade Name Business Address Business Telephone Number DMM Contractor # Contractor’s MSHA Identification # (Note: Not all contractors are required to have a DMM Contractor ID or MSHA ID number.

This information should be provided if applicable.)

Address of Record for Service of Citations and Other Documents

List services to be provided to the mining company:

Contractor person with responsibility for operating decisions: Name Address

Contractor person responsible for health and safety of employees: Name Address

DMM-166 Rev. 10/31/02

DEPARTMENT OF MINES, MINERALS AND ENERGY

DIVISION OF MINERAL MINING

COMMUNICATION MEMORANDUM NO. 02-99 July 16, 1999

REFERENCE: Mineral Mine Safety Laws of Virginia 1998 Edition—Section 45.1-161.292:2. Definitions.

"Independent contractor" means any person that contracts to perform services or construction at a mine.

Mineral Mine Safety Laws of Virginia 1998 Edition—Section 45.1-161.292:32.A.3.

Application for license.

No application for a mine license or a renewal shall be complete unless it contains information about each independent contractor working at the mine: (i) the independent contractor's trade name, business address and business telephone number; (ii) a description of the nature of the work to be performed by the independent contractor and where at the mine the work is to be performed; (iii) the independent contractor's MSHA identification number, if any; (iv) the independent contractor's address of record for service of citations and other documents; (v) the names and addresses of persons with overall responsibility for operating decisions; and (vi) the names and addresses of persons with overall responsibility for the health and safety of employees;

Mineral Mine Safety Laws of Virginia 1998 Edition—Section 45.1-161.292:32.C.

Application for license.

Within 30 days of any change in subsection A info, the licensed operator shall notify the Department in writing.

INQUIRY: Mineral mine operators have asked questions regarding which contractors must be reported as part of the mine license application, what information must be reported, who must report contractor information and when the information must be reported.

REVIEW: The law requires that information on all independent contractors be reported.

An independent contractor is any person that contracts to perform services or construction at a mine.

Vendors provide either mine-related services or general services not specific to mining.

The law is very specific with regard to the information that must be reported. Only the information specified in the law is requested by DMM.

A mine license application or renewal is incomplete and cannot be issued unless all contractor information is provided.

An application for a mine license shall be submitted by the person who will be the licensed operator of the mine. Contractor information is an integral part of the mine license application or license renewal application. Changes in the license information, as specified in Section 45.1-161.292.32.A, must be reported to DMM in writing by the licensed operator within 30 days of the change.

Contractor information is included in 45.161.292.32.A.

DIVISION DIRECTIVE: All contractors that are involved in mining, processing, plant construction, equipment fabrication, equipment repair, grounds management, land clearing for mine related purposes, facilities repair or maintenance, explosives use and delivery, etc. must have contractor information reported to the Division of Mineral Mining. Examples of non-reportable contractors would be those associated with non-mine related activities such as mail or parcel carriers, drink or snack vendors, rental uniform services, persons performing cleaning or routine maintenance of the mine office, portable toilet services, fuel and lubricant delivery services unless they dispense directly into the equipment or into tanks that are exposed to mine hazards and grounds management workers unless they are working in areas that are exposed to mine hazards.

Section 45.1-161.292.A.3 specifies the info to report for each contractor.

The licensed mineral mine operator must provide the information to DMM. It is not the contractor's responsibility to provide the information to DMM. The contractor information is part of the license application and renewal requirements and must be submitted by the "person who will be the licensed operator of the mine". DMM has developed a form to assist operators in providing contractor information. A copy of the optional Contractor Identification Form is attached for your use. You may copy the form as needed.

Some contractors enter and work on the mine on an ongoing routine or intermittent schedule throughout the year. Those contractors must be reported in the license application or license renewal. If they are reported with the license application or renewal, you will not need to notify DMM each time they come to work on the mine site or leave the mine site. If the licensed operator terminates his relationship with a service contractor that has been reported to DMM, he must notify DMM within 30 days.

When renewing the mine license, the licensed operator must provide a list of contractors and all of the specified contractor information as part of the renewal application. Contractors that were associated with a mine in the previous year but are not listed on the license renewal will be removed by DMM from active association with the mine. In this manner, DMM will be able to maintain a current list of contractors associated with a specific mine. These active contractors will, from tie to time, receive mailings and safety information from DMM.

Contractors that are not pre-scheduled, not normally expected to work on the mine site during the year and are not reported on the mien license or license renewal application must be reported to DMM within 30 days after they begin work on the mine site. If the contractor completes his work on the mine in less than 30 days, both the starting and ending date can be shown on the "Date contractor began work on the mine" line of the Contractor Identification Form.

Contractors working over 30 days must be reported within 30 days of start; termination must be reported within 30 days of completion.

ATTACH-MENT: DMM-166, Contractor Identification Form CONTRACTOR IDENTIFICATION FORM

Section 45.1-161.292.32 requires license applicants to include and update contractor info within 30 days; attach to renewal if needed.

Licensed Operator Information

COMPANY PERMIT #

Location at mine where work is to be done; Date contractor began work.

Date contractor info was provided to DMM in writing.

Person who provided the information

SIGNATURE OF LICENSED MINE OPERATOR DATE

Contractor Information

Contractor’s Trade Name Business Address Business Telephone Number DMM Contractor # Contractor’s MSHA Identification # (Note: Not all contractors are required to have a DMM Contractor ID or MSHA ID number.

This information should be provided if applicable.)

Address for service of citations and documents.

List services to be provided to the mining company:

Contractor person with responsibility for operating decisions: Name Address

Contractor person responsible for health and safety of employees: Name Address

DMM-166 Rev. 10/31/02

DIVISION OF MINES GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF REGULATORY STANDARDS

MANUAL

COAL MINE SAFETY ACT

CHAPTER 14.4

ARTICLE 2

WORK AREA EXAMINATIONS, RECORDKEEPING, AND REPORTING Issue Date: 4/10/00 Revised Date: Page 1 of 2 Section 45.1-161.256., 257.

Safety Examinations

Records of Examinations

Examinations are required for work areas, mobile equipment, mine refuse piles, and electrical equipment at all active surface mines and surface areas of underground coal mines where miners are assigned to work. Records which document these examinations must be provided and maintained at the mine site available for inspections.

On-shift Examinations of Work Areas

On-shift examinations must be performed by a certified foreman each production shift and more frequently if required by the Chief. Should a mine inspector determine a condition or practice which would warrant more frequent examinations, such as particularly adverse pit high walls or other conditions, this concern should be addressed with the Chief to consider requiring more frequent examinations.

On-shift examinations of work areas are required during surface face-up work for underground mines and through completion of initial reclamation work at a licensed mine. Where scalp rock or other materials are being hauled and deposited from one surface mine location to another, daily examinations of work areas as described in 45.1-161.256 D will meet the examination requirements.

On-shift examinations are required when any or all normal production activities are scheduled and being performed. This would include, but is not limited to, pushing spoil, removing overburden, haulage, loading, blasting, watering of roadways, etc. When only servicing of equipment, repair and maintenance and other typical non-production work is being performed by the operator or a contractor on weekends or at any other time, an on-shift examination is not required by the MSA.

On-shift Examination of Mobile Equipment

All surface mobile equipment must be examined once each production shift. Pre-operational examinations of equipment by operators or other authorized personnel may be accepted as fully meeting this requirement for on-shift examination. Records of the examination of each separate piece of mobile equipment must be maintained sufficient to confirm that a program for examination is in place and being followed. All examinations of surface mobile equipment must include checks for hazardous conditions which would affect safe operation, such as condition of brakes, steering and other mechanical and safety features of the equipment. Coal truck haulage equipment used at licensed mine sites, whether contracted or performed by the operator, must be provided the required on-shift safety examination.

Examination of Electrical Equipment and Wiring

All surface stationary and mobile electrical equipment (transformers, lighting units, associated wiring) must be examined by a certified mine electrician at least monthly.

Also, this requirement applies to the surface areas of underground coal mines.

Record of Examinations

All examinations required by section 45.1-161.256 must be documented in a mine record book maintained for this purpose. Examinations of mobile equipment, fire extinguishers and refuse piles may be performed and recorded by authorized persons. On-shift examinations of work areas, electrical examinations and test for methane must be performed by certified persons. In all cases, the documentation and record of examinations is the responsibility of the operator and his certified agents.

Mobile equipment examination records should be maintained with the equipment. Each piece of equipment should have a record. At least 10 consecutive workdays of examination records should be available to establish that an examination program is in effect. Hazardous conditions detected during mobile equipment examinations must be corrected and reported to the mine foreman. Documentation of the hazardous condition and correction must be made in the mine on-shift record book.

Examinations of fire extinguishers by authorized persons may be documented by recording the date of the examination on a permanent tag attached to the extinguisher.

Inactive Areas

Inactive surface coal mines or inactive surface areas of underground mines must be examined by a certified mine foreman prior to any miner performing work in such an area. A surface mine or surface area is deemed inactive when idle for sixty days or longer.

DIVISION OF MINES GUIDELINES FOR REGULATORY STANDARDS

MANUAL

COAL MINE SAFETY ACT

CHAPTER 14.4

ARTICLE 2

WORK AREA EXAMINATIONS, RECORDKEEPING, AND REPORTING Issue Date: 4/10/00 Revised Date: Page 1 of 2 Section 45.1-161.256., 257.

Safety Examinations

Records of Examinations

Examinations are required for work areas, mobile equipment, mine refuse piles, and electrical equipment at all active surface mines and surface areas of underground coal mines where miners are assigned to work. Records which document these examinations must be provided and maintained at the mine site available for inspections.

On-shift Examinations of Work Areas

On-shift examinations must be performed by a certified foreman each production shift and more frequently if required by the Chief. Should a mine inspector determine a condition or practice which would warrant more frequent examinations, such as particularly adverse pit high walls or other conditions, this concern should be addressed with the Chief to consider requiring more frequent examinations.

On-shift examinations are required during surface face-up work for underground mines and after initial reclamation at licensed mines. Daily examinations suffice when hauling and depositing materials between surface mine locations as per 45.1-161.256 D.

On-shift examinations are required when any or all normal production activities are scheduled and being performed. This would include, but is not limited to, pushing spoil, removing overburden, haulage, loading, blasting, watering of roadways, etc. When only servicing of equipment, repair and maintenance and other typical non-production work is being performed by the operator or a contractor on weekends or at any other time, an on-shift examination is not required by the MSA.

On-shift Examination of Mobile Equipment

All surface mobile equipment must be examined once each production shift. Pre-operational examinations of equipment by operators or other authorized personnel may be accepted as fully meeting this requirement for on-shift examination. Records of the examination of each separate piece of mobile equipment must be maintained sufficient to confirm that a program for examination is in place and being followed. All examinations of surface mobile equipment must include checks for hazardous conditions which would affect safe operation, such as condition of brakes, steering and other mechanical and safety features of the equipment. Coal truck haulage equipment used at licensed mine sites, whether contracted or performed by the operator, must be provided the required on-shift safety examination.

Examination of Electrical Equipment and Wiring

All surface stationary and mobile electrical equipment (transformers, lighting, wiring) must be examined monthly by a certified mine electrician.

This requirement also applies to underground coal mine surface areas.

Record of Examinations

All examinations required by section 45.1-161.256 must be documented in a mine record book maintained for this purpose. Examinations of mobile equipment, fire extinguishers and refuse piles may be performed and recorded by authorized persons. On-shift examinations of work areas, electrical examinations and test for methane must be performed by certified persons. In all cases, the documentation and record of examinations is the responsibility of the operator and his certified agents.

Mobile equipment examination records should be maintained with the equipment. Each piece of equipment should have a record. At least 10 consecutive workdays of examination records should be available to establish that an examination program is in effect. Hazardous conditions detected during mobile equipment examinations must be corrected and reported to the mine foreman. Documentation of the hazardous condition and correction must be made in the mine on-shift record book.

Fire extinguisher exams by authorized persons may be documented by recording the date on a permanent tag.

Inactive Areas

Inactive surface coal mines or inactive surface areas of underground mines must be examined by a certified mine foreman prior to any miner performing work in such an area. A surface mine or surface area is deemed inactive when idle for sixty days or longer.

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.06

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE 07/01/2011 SUBJECT Citizen Complaint Investigation Section Enforcement & CS Last Revised 9-23-05

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT:

To ensure DMLR personnel conduct an expedient, accurate, and thorough investigation of each citizen complaint per the regulatory program.

PROCEDURES:

Citizen complaints and related information concerning coal surface mining operations shall be referred to the Enforcement Secretary.

The Enforcement Secretary shall:

• notify (by phone or radio message) the appropriate Field Inspector or Supervisor responsible for the geographic area.
• record the initial information into the DMLR computer system. (The system assigns a sequential control number for the complaint, and generates an intray note to appropriate DMME personnel.)
• copy and electronically forward any written information (e.g. letters from complainant, government officials, or attorneys; OSM 10 day notices) to the Inspector and appropriate DMME personnel.
• in the event the complaint is subsequently withdrawn, notify the Inspector, Supervisor, and Reclamation Program Manager - Geology (RPM-G) (if technical assistance was requested) - so the investigation can be halted and file closed.

The Inspector or Supervisor shall initiate an investigation of the complaint as required under Part 4 VAC 25-130-842 of the regulations.

Investigation:

The Inspector shall make every attempt to begin the investigation on the same day the complaint is received. (If the Inspector is unavailable to initiate the investigation, the Field Supervisor shall conduct the initial investigation, or assign it to another inspector.) Investigation of each complaint shall begin within 5 days.

The Inspector should make every attempt to contact the complainant prior to making an onsite inspection. This will allow the Inspector an opportunity to gather preliminary data about the alleged problem.

The Inspector should notify the company of the problem (if the violation is being attributed to an operation under the Division’s jurisdiction), so it may immediately initiate corrective action.

The Inspector shall inform the complainant:

• of the Division’s jurisdiction in the matter,
• the extent of potential action it may take, and 1

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.06

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE 07/01/2011 SUBJECT Citizen Complaint Investigation Section Enforcement & CS Last Revised 9-23-05

• that the Division’s complaint investigation report (which includes the identity of the complainant) and findings would be open to public inspection under the Virginia Freedom of Information Act.
• that the Division’s complaint report and any subsequent relevant information could be provided electronically to the complainant, if he/she wished to provide his/her email address.

The Inspector shall provide the complainant with a copy of the “Coal Mine Complaint Procedure Citizen’s Guide”.

The Inspector shall notify the complainant as far in advance as practical as to when an onsite investigation will occur, so the complainant may accompany the Inspector during the inspection (45.1-246.1(H) of the Act and 4 VAC 25-130-842.12 of the regulations).

At the time of the onsite investigation, should the complainant appear to be under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or be in the possession of a firearm, the Inspector shall not allow the complainant to accompany him or her onto the regulated site. If assistance from the State Police or local law enforcement authorities is required, the Inspector should immediately contact the Division office by radio, or the State Police/local law enforcement authorities by phone or STARS.

The Inspector shall inform the complainant that he or she must provide his or her own safety equipment and heed all safety laws and regulations during the inspection. The complainant may ride in the Inspector’s vehicle during the inspection (from the point where the public road meets the entrance of the operation’s mine haulage or access road). The complainant may inspect, along with the Inspector, only the area of the permit subject to the complaint per 4 VAC 25-130-842.12(c) of the regulations.

During the onsite investigation, the complainant must act in a responsible manner. If the person does not act in a responsible manner, the Inspector should immediately halt the inspection and inform the complainant that he or she must leave the site (with the Inspector).

Should the complainant refuse to leave the site, the Inspector shall inform the person:

• that in order to remain on the site, the complainant must first obtain the operator’s or land owner’s permission; and
• that the refusal to leave the site could subject the complainant to a trespass action by the landowner, operator, or lease holder.

The Inspector shall:

• ensure the citizen complaint investigation is conducted in an accurate and impartial manner.
• take appropriate action (necessary to resolve the complaint) in accordance with the law, regulations, and policies administered by the Division.
• notify the other regulatory agencies with jurisdiction in the case - should the complaint concern an alleged fish kill, chemical spill or any other situation which poses an actual or 2

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.06

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE 07/01/2011 SUBJECT Citizen Complaint Investigation Section Enforcement & CS Last Revised 9-23-05 potential threat to the environment or to the public safety (e.g., the Department of Environmental Quality at Abingdon, the Dept. of Game and Inland Fisheries, Dept. of Emergency Services, etc.).

• contact the Division of Gas and Oil (DGO), the Division of Mineral mining (DMM), or the Division of Mines (DM) by phone, STARS, or e-mail if the problem is related to a facility or permit regulated by that agency. The respective inspectors will discuss the problem and decide which division has jurisdiction in the matter, if any. If the inspectors determine that the complaint does not pertain to a DGO, DMM, or DM permitted operation, the DMLR inspector will retain jurisdiction and follow-up with the complainant.

Report Preparation and Follow-up:

The Inspector shall fully document all information pertaining to the citizen complaint by:

• utilizing the Complaint Investigation report (DMLR-ENF-032S or DMLR-AML-147S),
• utilizing reports from the technical staff,
• utilizing any available photographs or video which were taken of the alleged problem (by the Inspector, complainant, company representative, or other Division personnel),
• utilizing any other evidence related to the specific complaint, and
• If the complainant wished to receive the complaint report electronically, the Inspector should include the appropriate e-mail address in the report.

When the complaint involves blasting, the Inspector shall also:

• take a digital picture of the blaster’s log and records which relate to the alleged blasting violation, and include into the investigation report.
• list the name and certification number of the certified blaster who conducted the blast.

The Inspector shall forward the investigation report and findings to the Supervisor electronically within 10 days of receiving the complaint. The Supervisor shall review the material for accuracy, completeness, and neatness prior to forwarding it to the Reclamation Services Manager. If it is impossible to complete the investigation within 10 working days (due to waiting for water sample results, technical assistance, etc.), the Inspector shall prepare a preliminary report which describes the initial investigation findings, and shall submit it to the Supervisor. The Inspector’s final report shall be submitted to the Supervisor as soon as it is completed.

Technical Investigations:

During technical investigations of complaints, the investigator shall keep the complainant and company apprised of the investigation process. If the technical investigator will not be able to meet the time frames that the complainant was given, he or she should personally contact the complainant and inform the person:

• of the delay,
• the reason for the delay, 3

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.06

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE 07/01/2011 SUBJECT Citizen Complaint Investigation Section Enforcement & CS Last Revised 9-23-05

• the expected completion date of the investigation, and
• when the complainant could expect to receive a copy of the report.

Citizen contacts should be noted in the investigation file as a note or phone log (also include on the PC based tracking system). The Inspector should also be informed of the delay.

Reports:

Whenever the Inspector prepares an inspection report (DMLR-ENF-044S) addressing the complaint, the complaint control number shall be listed in the appropriate block.

The Inspector shall document the final disposition of the investigation on form DMLR-ENF-032S or DMLR-AML-147S. Form DMLR-ENF-032S would be used for Title V concerns and shall indicate whether the Division had jurisdiction, if any enforcement action was issued or would be issued, or whether the Division had determined that no violation existed. Form DMLR-AML-147S would be utilized to address Title IV (AML) concerns.

If a complaint results in the issuance of a repair/replacement order or enforcement action, final disposition (close-out) may not be conducted until the required remedial/corrective action has been completed, or the enforcement action has been terminated or vacated.

The Inspector shall enter all investigations of complaints into the DMLR system per the “Enforcement Computer Users Manual” directions.

Notification of Investigation Results to the Complainant:

The complainant shall be notified in writing by the Division within 15 days of receiving the complaint.

The notification shall inform the complainant of:

1. (If an inspection was conducted) the enforcement action(s) taken by the Division, or explain why enforcement action was not taken.
2. Whether the situation may be eligible under the AML program.
3. (If an inspection was not made) the reason the Division did not inspect.
4. the right to request an informal or formal administrative review of the Division’s action or inaction.

Office Processing of Complaint Investigations:

Upon receipt of the citizen complaint investigation materials from the Supervisor, the Reclamation Services Manager shall determine if additional information is needed and whether an electronic copy should be provided to other agencies per MOUs/MOAs. A copy of the report shall be sent to the Enforcement Secretary, Division Director, DMME Deputy Director and Public Relations Manager, and other appropriate DMLR personnel. 4

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.06

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE 07/01/2011 SUBJECT Citizen Complaint Investigation Section Enforcement & CS Last Revised 9-23-05 The Enforcement Secretary shall:

• review, electronically file, and distribute the complaint investigation materials to appropriate DMLR personnel, if this has not already occurred.
• forward a copy of the Inspector’s or Division’s written report and findings to the complainant and the person or company alleged to be in violation. A copy may be sent to the complainant by email, if the complainant requested an email copy in place of the paper copy.
• if the complaint resulted in the issuance of a NOV or CO, an electronic copy of the investigation shall be provided to the Legal Services Officer.

Tracking Complaints:

Complaint Investigation Tracking System - The appropriate Technical and Enforcement staff shall maintain and utilize this automated complaint status system as follows:

• the Enforcement Section shall enter all data regarding complaints for which technical assistance is not required.
• the Technical personnel shall enter data from date assistance is requested until the technical report is filed.

Technical Assistance Procedure:

If the Inspector or Supervisor needs technical assistance to determine the nature or cause of an alleged violation or problem, the Inspector will code the complaint report as “TA” (technical assistance).

The Supervisor will review the report and acknowledge the technical assistance request when electronically forwarding the report to the Reclamation Services Manager. If technical assistance is required during the investigation of an emergency situation, the request shall be immediately communicated by phone, STARS, or e-mail to the Reclamation Services Manager, who will notify the

RPM-G.

Upon loading the complaint report into the DMLR Enforcement data system, a system generated note for technical assistance with the complaint will be sent to the RPM-G. A paper copy of the complaint investigation report, including any maps, data, or other relevant information will be forwarded from the Inspector to the RPM-G for assignment to the appropriate technical personnel.

If either the Supervisor or Reclamation Services Manager feels that technical assistance is not warranted, the person objecting to the assistance shall prepare a memo to the Inspector setting out why the assistance would not be appropriate, and shall provide direction as to how the Inspector should handle the situation.

The technical investigator shall:

• establish a review completion date (no later than 20 days from the date the Inspector or Reclamation Services Manager requested technical assistance, whichever is later). 5

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.06

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE 07/01/2011 SUBJECT Citizen Complaint Investigation Section Enforcement & CS Last Revised 9-23-05

• begin immediately to gather or request relevant data, and shall (if necessary) schedule a field visit with the Inspector or Supervisor to conduct the initial site investigation (no later than 15 days from the date the Inspector or Reclamation Services Manager requested technical assistance, whichever is later).
• determine if additional onsite investigations or data are required, and (in writing) shall estimate the date the investigation will be completed and the final report prepared. This determination shall be forwarded to the appropriate section manager for review. (If the anticipated review period will exceed 20 days, the technical investigator should also explain the special conditions or circumstances, which are present in the case that prevents a more expedient decision.)
• send a letter announcing the anticipated completion date of the technical investigation to the complainant, Inspector, Reclamation Services Manager, and the coal company involved.

The RPM-G shall enter the investigation’s projected completion date into the computer tracking system.

The technical reviewer and Inspector shall cooperate and provide necessary assistance to one another during the investigation process. Preliminary findings should not be disclosed or discussed with the complainant, permittee, or other outside party.

The technical investigator shall proceed with the investigation and upon completion, shall submit his or her draft written report for review by appropriate staff. The technical investigator may request assistance from other technical reviewers in gathering and interpolating data, and finalizing the technical report. Any comments made by the reviewers shall be listed on or attached to the “Technical Report Comment/Approval Sheet”.

The technical reviewer and appropriate section managers, as needed, shall review the final technical report findings with the Inspector. Upon finalization of the report, the technical investigator shall prepare and forward sufficient copies of the final report to the Reclamation Services Manager for distribution.

The RPM-G shall enter the date the Technical Section’s report was finalized into the tracking system.

Within 5 working days from receipt of the technical report, the Inspector shall discuss the report findings with the complainant. The Inspector shall hand deliver to the complainant a copy of the report with the Reclamation Services Manager’s cover letter (advises complainant of administrative appeal rights).

If the Inspector is unfamiliar with the techniques or procedures used in the evaluation, he or she may request that the technical reviewer attend the review with the complainant.

The Inspector shall prepare a report (DMLR-ENF-032S or DMLR-AML-147S ) documenting 6

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.06

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE 07/01/2011 SUBJECT Citizen Complaint Investigation Section Enforcement & CS Last Revised 9-23-05 the final disposition of the investigation. 7

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.06

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE 07/01/2011 SUBJECT Citizen Complaint Investigation Section Enforcement & CS Last Revised 9-23-05

OBJECTIVE AND INTENT:

To ensure DMLR personnel conduct expedient, accurate, and thorough investigations of each citizen complaint per regulations.

PROCEDURES:

Citizen complaints and related information concerning coal surface mining operations shall be referred to the Enforcement Secretary.

The Enforcement Secretary shall:

• notify (by phone or radio message) the appropriate Field Inspector or Supervisor responsible for the geographic area.
• record the initial information into the DMLR computer system. (The system assigns a sequential control number for the complaint, and generates an intray note to appropriate DMME personnel.)
• Electronically copy and forward written information (e.g., letters, notices) to the Inspector and DMME personnel.
• If the complaint is withdrawn, notify the Inspector, Supervisor, and RPM-G (if requested) to halt investigation and close file.

The Inspector or Supervisor shall initiate investigation as required under Part 4 VAC 25-130-842 of regulations.

Investigation:

The Inspector shall make every attempt to begin the investigation on the same day the complaint is received. (If the Inspector is unavailable to initiate the investigation, the Field Supervisor shall conduct the initial investigation, or assign it to another inspector.) Investigation of each complaint shall begin within 5 days.

The Inspector should make every attempt to contact the complainant prior to making an onsite inspection. This will allow the Inspector an opportunity to gather preliminary data about the alleged problem.

The Inspector should notify the company of the problem (if under Division jurisdiction) for immediate corrective action.

The Inspector shall inform the complainant:

• of the Division’s jurisdiction in the matter,
• the extent of potential action it may take, and 1

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.06

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE 07/01/2011 SUBJECT Citizen Complaint Investigation Section Enforcement & CS Last Revised 9-23-05

• The Division’s complaint investigation report (including complainant identity) and findings are open to FOIA inspection.
• The complaint report and relevant info may be electronically provided to the complainant if an email is provided.

The Inspector shall provide the complainant with a copy of the “Coal Mine Complaint Procedure Citizen’s Guide”.

The Inspector shall notify the complainant in advance of onsite investigation so they may accompany the Inspector (45.1-246.1(H) and 4 VAC 25-130-842.12).

At the time of the onsite investigation, should the complainant appear to be under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or be in the possession of a firearm, the Inspector shall not allow the complainant to accompany him or her onto the regulated site. If assistance from the State Police or local law enforcement authorities is required, the Inspector should immediately contact the Division office by radio, or the State Police/local law enforcement authorities by phone or STARS.

The Inspector shall inform the complainant that he or she must provide his or her own safety equipment and heed all safety laws and regulations during the inspection. The complainant may ride in the Inspector’s vehicle during the inspection (from the point where the public road meets the entrance of the operation’s mine haulage or access road). The complainant may inspect, along with the Inspector, only the area of the permit subject to the complaint per 4 VAC 25-130-842.12(c) of the regulations.

During the onsite investigation, the complainant must act in a responsible manner. If the person does not act in a responsible manner, the Inspector should immediately halt the inspection and inform the complainant that he or she must leave the site (with the Inspector).

If the complainant refuses to leave, the Inspector shall inform the person:

• The complainant must obtain operator or landowner permission to remain on site; and
• Refusal to leave may subject the complainant to trespass action by landowner, operator, or leaseholder.

The Inspector shall:

• Ensure the citizen complaint investigation is accurate and impartial.
• Take appropriate action to resolve the complaint per laws, regulations, and policies of the Division.
• Notify other jurisdictional agencies if the complaint involves fish kills, chemical spills, or similar situations.

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.06

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE 07/01/2011 SUBJECT Citizen Complaint Investigation Section Enforcement & CS Last Revised 9-23-05 address potential threats to environment or public safety (e.g., DEQ, Game and Fisheries, Emergency Services).

• contact the Division of Gas and Oil (DGO), the Division of Mineral mining (DMM), or the Division of Mines (DM) by phone, STARS, or e-mail if the problem is related to a facility or permit regulated by that agency. The respective inspectors will discuss the problem and decide which division has jurisdiction in the matter, if any. If the inspectors determine that the complaint does not pertain to a DGO, DMM, or DM permitted operation, the DMLR inspector will retain jurisdiction and follow-up with the complainant.

Report Preparation and Follow-up:

The Inspector shall document all citizen complaint information by:

• utilizing the Complaint Investigation report (DMLR-ENF-032S or DMLR-AML-147S),
• utilizing reports from the technical staff,
• Use available photos or videos of the problem (by Inspector, complainant, or personnel),
• Use any other evidence related to the complaint,
• If the complainant wants the report electronically, include their email in the report.

When involving blasting, the Inspector shall also:

• Photograph the blaster’s log and records related to the violation and include in the report.
• list the name and certification number of the certified blaster who conducted the blast.

The Inspector shall forward the investigation report and findings to the Supervisor electronically within 10 days of receiving the complaint. The Supervisor shall review the material for accuracy, completeness, and neatness prior to forwarding it to the Reclamation Services Manager. If it is impossible to complete the investigation within 10 working days (due to waiting for water sample results, technical assistance, etc.), the Inspector shall prepare a preliminary report which describes the initial investigation findings, and shall submit it to the Supervisor. The Inspector’s final report shall be submitted to the Supervisor as soon as it is completed.

Technical Investigations:

During technical investigations of complaints, the investigator shall keep the complainant and company apprised of the investigation process. If the technical investigator will not be able to meet the time frames that the complainant was given, he or she should personally contact the complainant and inform the person:

• of the delay,
• the reason for the delay, 3

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.06

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE 07/01/2011 SUBJECT Citizen Complaint Investigation Section Enforcement & CS Last Revised 9-23-05

• The expected investigation completion date, and
• When the complainant can expect to receive the report.

Citizen contacts should be noted in the investigation file as a note or phone log (also include on the PC based tracking system). The Inspector should also be informed of the delay.

Reports:

The Inspector shall list the complaint control number on the inspection report (DMLR-ENF-044S).

The Inspector shall document the final disposition of the investigation on form DMLR-ENF-032S or DMLR-AML-147S. Form DMLR-ENF-032S would be used for Title V concerns and shall indicate whether the Division had jurisdiction, if any enforcement action was issued or would be issued, or whether the Division had determined that no violation existed. Form DMLR-AML-147S would be utilized to address Title IV (AML) concerns.

Final close-out occurs after remedial/corrective actions are completed or enforcement is vacated/terminated.

The Inspector shall record all investigations in the DMLR system per the Manual.

Notification of Investigation Results to the Complainant:

The Division shall notify the complainant in writing within 15 days of receipt.

The notification shall inform the complainant of:

1. If inspected, state enforcement actions taken or reasons for not acting.
2. Indicate if the situation is AML program eligible.
3. If no inspection, state reason for not inspecting.
4. Inform the right to request administrative review of the Division’s action or inaction.

Office Processing of Complaint Investigations:

The Reclamation Services Manager reviews materials, requests additional info if needed, and distributes copies to relevant agencies and personnel.

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.06

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE 07/01/2011 SUBJECT Citizen Complaint Investigation Section Enforcement & CS Last Revised 9-23-05 The Enforcement Secretary shall:

• Review, file electronically, and distribute investigation materials to DMLR personnel if not done.
• Forward a copy of the Inspector’s or Division’s report and findings to the complainant and the alleged violator. A copy may be emailed if requested in place of paper.
• If the complaint results in a NOV or CO, an electronic copy of the investigation shall be provided to the Legal Services Officer.

Tracking Complaints:

Complaint Tracking System - Technical and Enforcement staff shall maintain and use this automated system as follows:

• The Enforcement Section shall enter all data for complaints not requiring technical assistance.
• Technical personnel shall enter data from assistance request date until the technical report is filed.

Technical Assistance Procedure:

If technical assistance is needed, the Inspector shall code the report as “TA”.

The Supervisor will review the report and acknowledge the technical assistance request when electronically forwarding the report to the Reclamation Services Manager. If technical assistance is required during the investigation of an emergency situation, the request shall be immediately communicated by phone, STARS, or e-mail to the Reclamation Services Manager, who will notify the

RPM-G.

Upon loading the complaint report into the DMLR Enforcement data system, a system generated note for technical assistance with the complaint will be sent to the RPM-G. A paper copy of the complaint investigation report, including any maps, data, or other relevant information will be forwarded from the Inspector to the RPM-G for assignment to the appropriate technical personnel.

If TA is unwarranted, the objector shall prepare a memo justifying and directing the Inspector.

The technical investigator shall:

• Establish a review completion date no later than 20 days from the Inspector’s or Reclamation Services Manager’s assistance request, whichever is later.

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.06

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE 07/01/2011 SUBJECT Citizen Complaint Investigation Section Enforcement & CS Last Revised 9-23-05

• Immediately gather or request relevant data and, if needed, schedule a field visit with the Inspector or Supervisor for initial site investigation within 15 days of the assistance request, whichever is later.
• determine if additional onsite investigations or data are required, and (in writing) shall estimate the date the investigation will be completed and the final report prepared. This determination shall be forwarded to the appropriate section manager for review. (If the anticipated review period will exceed 20 days, the technical investigator should also explain the special conditions or circumstances, which are present in the case that prevents a more expedient decision.)
• Send a letter with the anticipated completion date of the technical investigation to the complainant, Inspector, Reclamation Services Manager, and coal company.

The RPM-G shall input the projected completion date into the system.

The technical reviewer and Inspector shall cooperate and provide necessary assistance to one another during the investigation process. Preliminary findings should not be disclosed or discussed with the complainant, permittee, or other outside party.

The technical investigator shall proceed with the investigation and upon completion, shall submit his or her draft written report for review by appropriate staff. The technical investigator may request assistance from other technical reviewers in gathering and interpolating data, and finalizing the technical report. Any comments made by the reviewers shall be listed on or attached to the “Technical Report Comment/Approval Sheet”.

The technical reviewer and appropriate section managers, as needed, shall review the final technical report findings with the Inspector. Upon finalization of the report, the technical investigator shall prepare and forward sufficient copies of the final report to the Reclamation Services Manager for distribution.

The RPM-G shall record the report finalization date in the tracking system.

Within 5 working days from receipt of the technical report, the Inspector shall discuss the report findings with the complainant. The Inspector shall hand deliver to the complainant a copy of the report with the Reclamation Services Manager’s cover letter (advises complainant of administrative appeal rights).

If unfamiliar with techniques, the Inspector may request the technical reviewer to attend the review with the complainant.

The Inspector shall prepare a report (DMLR-ENF-032S or DMLR-AML-147S ) documenting 6

DIVISION OF MINED LAND RECLAMATION

PROCEDURE NO.

1. 1.06

PROCEDURES MANUAL

ISSUE DATE 07/01/2011 SUBJECT Citizen Complaint Investigation Section Enforcement & CS Last Revised 9-23-05 the final disposition of the investigation. 7

O. GENE DISHNER

DIVISIONS

DIRECTOR

ENERGY

GAS AND OIL

MINED LAND RECLAMATION

MINERAL MINING

MINERAL RESOURCES

MINES

ADMINISTRATION COMMONWEALTH OF VIRGINIA Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy Division of Mines P. O. Box 900 Big Stone Gap, VA 24219-0900 (276) 523-8100 Frank A. Linkous, Chief

MEMORANDUM DM 05-08
TO: All Virginia Surface Coal Mine Operators FROM: Frank A. Linkous Frank A. Linkous, Chief

Division of Mines SUBJECT: Surface Mine Maps

DATE: November 16, 2005

On February 10, 2005, the Governor signed into law House Bill 2573, which included significant changes to Section 45.1-161.64 of the Coal Mine Safety Laws of Virginia, pertaining to surface mine maps. Previously, surface mine operators only submitted surface mine maps to the Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy (DMME) when intersecting abandoned mine workings. This section of the law now requires all surface mine operators to submit a map “prior to commencing mining activity”; “at intervals not to exceed 12 months”; and “when a coal mine is abandoned”. The information these maps must contain is also described in detail in Section 45.1-161.64(G), a copy of which is attached for your review.

While the requirements adopted are principally the same as those contained in the Federal regulations, several questions have arisen as a result of these changes:

1. When must surface mine maps be submitted?

Surface mine operators who have submitted mine maps within the past 12 months will be notified, as usual, by mail when their maps are due. If you have not submitted a surface mine map within the past 12 months, you will be notified by mail on the anniversary day of the mine license.

1. What is an accurate and up-to-date map of the mine?

An accurate and up-to-date map of the mine is a map that meets all requirements of Section 45.1-161.64.G of the Coal Mine Safety Laws of Virginia. An itemized list of these requirements for surface mine maps has been included in Attachment A.

Pertinent aspects of these requirements are discussed in the questions and answers that follow. An accurate and up-to-date map of the mine meeting these same requirements must also be maintained at the mine site.

1. What are the property or boundary lines of the active areas of the mine and how much should be shown on the mine map?

Generally, for a surface mine, the boundary lines are the permit boundaries. Some mines have multiple permit boundaries or the permitted area is so large that much of the area may not be mined for several years. The revised law does not specifically state that all of the property or boundary lines must be shown on a map of the mine; rather, the law requires that the property or boundary lines of the “active areas” of the mine be shown. For maps submitted to the DMME or maintained at the mine, showing the property or boundary lines within 1,000 feet of the active workings or within 1,000 feet of the projected mining in the next 12 months will be sufficient.

1. How must contour lines of elevations be shown?

Paragraph 45.1-161.64.G.3 requires contour lines passing through whole number elevations of the coalbed being mined. It includes spacing requirements and the provision that contour lines may be placed on an overlay. Since most surface mine maps are submitted on topographical maps, showing the coalbed contour elevations on them may make them difficult to interpret and utilize. If the operator chooses to submit separate maps showing the underground mine workings they will be mining through (see question 5 below), coalbed contour lines may be placed on them. If there are no underground mine workings, and the only known coalbed elevations are the pit elevations, the operator may state in the cover letter or on the map that not enough information exists to develop coalbed contour lines. The operator also may elect to implement either of these options for the map maintained at the mine. Paragraph 45.1-161.64.G.4 requires showing a general elevation of the coalbeds being mined and the general elevation of the surface. If the surface mine map is a topographical map, then the surface elevation contours will suffice for the general elevation of the surface.

1. What bodies of water must be shown?

Paragraph 45.1-161.64.G.6 requires showing the location and elevation of “any body of water dammed or held back in any portion of the mine”. This paragraph allows the bodies of water to be shown on a separate overlay or tracing. Any pond or impoundment constructed on the site by the mine must be shown. Bodies of water impounded by any abandoned underground mines are excluded from this requirement.

However, if underground impoundments are known, operators are encouraged to show them in order to decrease the potential for an uncontrolled release of water in the event of an accidental hole through.

DM 05-08 2

1. What do we need to keep for daily notations?

Section 45.1-161.64.G does not specifically require temporary notations to be made for surface mines as does section 45.1-161.64.E for underground mines. This paragraph does require the map to show all auger and strip mined areas of the coalbeds being mined. Also, all worked out and abandoned areas must be shown. Surface mining activity such as development of coal pits, auger holes, or highwall miner holes must be noted on the map as they are completed. It is important, particularly when mining in red zones, for the surface mine foremen and workers to know where they are conducting ground disturbing activities in relationship to the many potentially hazardous contacts surrounding a surface mine such as public roads, residences, gas wells and pipelines, and power transmission lines.

1. How can we show all underground mine workings on the map?

As these maps are required to show underground mine workings “underlying” and “within 1,000 feet of the active areas of the mine”, it is likely that the maps will become quite busy and difficult to maintain as well as to comprehend. Therefore, surface mine operators, if they choose, may elect to submit a set of overlays and underlays of the underground mine workings to keep on file at DMME. The overlays must include maps of the underground workings within the planned mining horizon of the surface mine and below. These overlay or underlay maps will not have to be updated annually unless changes occur to the underground mine workings.

1. What other information does the Chief require?

This section of the law also allows the Chief to require other information to be shown on the surface mine map. Attached is the list of requirements that must be shown on the maps submitted to the DMME and maintained at the mine. Each notification letter will also include a copy of this list.

Currently, the Chief requires that all surface mine maps contain at least four points labeled with the state plane coordinate system (NAD27). Of course, if the coordinate system on the map is already the NAD 27 state plane coordinate system, this requirement is met. Section 45.1-161.64.A requires that all maps, beginning July 1, 2007, to be presented on the Virginia Coordinate System of 1927, South Zone, unless otherwise approved by the Chief.

All surface mines are now required to have a ground control plan approved by the Chief. These ground control plans must include a map of “red zones” which depict work areas that represent a potential hazard to the public. The Chief now requires all surface mine maps to show the approved red zone areas on the map.

DM 05-08 3

1. How often does a surface map at the mine site have to be updated?

Section 45.1-161.64 does not specifically state when or how often that mine maps must be updated at the mine site. However, the DMME requires that, in each mine’s approved ground control plan, there will be a statement that the map of the mine will be updated every six months and that the map will be certified by registered professional engineer or certified land surveyor. Failure to do so will constitute a violation of the approved ground control plan.

10. Does a surface mine have to submit a final map?

Yes, Section 45.1-161.64.A pertains to all mines. All mines must submit a map prior to commencing mining activity, at intervals not to exceed every 12 months, and when it is abandoned.

11. Do highwall miners or augers have to submit maps?

Yes, Section 45.1-161.64.A again pertains to all mines. Mine operators may choose to submit the highwall miner or auger on the same map as the surface mine.

Maps maintained at the mine site should, in most cases, contain the same information as a map submitted to the DMME. The format of the information can take the same format as that of the submitted map, e.g., underground mine workings in the mining horizon can be shown on separate overlays kept on file at the mine site.

We hope the answers to these questions will prove helpful in developing your surface mine maps for submittal to the DMME and to be maintained at the mine site. If you have further questions or need additional explanation, please contact Mike Willis, DM Mine Safety Engineer, at 276-523-8231 or email mike.willis@dmme.virginia.gov, or any of the specialists at our Big Stone Gap office (276-523-8229) or our Keen Mountain office (276-468-4553). dm

Enclosure DM 05-08 4 Attachment A

Mapping Requirements for Surface Coal Mines

Section 45.1-161.64 of the Coal Mine Safety Laws of Virginia requires mine maps to be submitted prior to commencing mining activity, at intervals not to exceed twelve (12) months, and when a mine is abandoned. Annual maps must be up-to-date and certified by a registered engineer or registered surveyor. If there have been no changes since the last submittal, maps are not required, however, written notification that no changes have occurred should be forwarded to the Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy.

Annual surface mine maps must include the following: Scale between 100 ft. and 500 ft. to 1 inch with the scale noted on the map.

Posted date.

Mine name, company name, Mine Index #, and DMLR Surface Mining Permit #.

Legend and symbols used.

Property lines, permit lines, and outcrop within 1,000 feet of the active areas of the mine.

All auger and strip-mined areas of the coalbeds being mined.

Active and worked out areas of the mine.

Mining projections, including the sequence of mining, for at least 12 months.

Location of gas wells, gas lines, vertical ventilation holes, and all known drill holes within the permit boundary and within 500 feet of the mine.

Elevations of the coalbeds mined.

The location of underground mine workings or workings from auger, thin seam, or highwall mining operations that are within 1,000 feet of the active areas of a mine.

Location of any body of water dammed or held back in any portion of the mine.

Location of railroads, public highways, and primary access roads leading to the mine and permanent mine buildings.

The location and description of at least two permanent baseline points and the location and description of at least two permanent elevation benchmarks.

The Chief may require other information to be shown on the surface mine maps.

Four points, labeled with Virginia Coordinate System of 1927, South Zone, located on the map to encompass the entire mine workings (or the use of this coordinate system on the map).

Location of “Red Zone” work areas as required by the surface mine operation’s approved ground control plan.

Attachment B

45.1-161.64 Code of Virginia.

A) Prior to commencing mining activity, the operator of a coal mine, or his agent, shall make, or cause to be made, unless already made and filed, an accurate map of such mine. Beginning July 1, 2007, all maps shall be presented on the Virginia Coordinate System of 1927, South Zone, unless otherwise approved by the Chief. At intervals not to exceed twelve 12 months and when a coal mine is abandoned, the operator shall submit to the Chief three copies of an up-to-date map of the entire mine in paper format or one copy of the map in an electronic format. On and after July 1, 2007, only maps in an electronic format will be accepted unless otherwise approved by the Chief. If there are no changes in the information required to be submitted under this section at the time an updated map is due, the operator may submit a notice that there are no changes to the map in lieu of submitting an updated map to the Department.

B) Underground coal mine maps shall show:

1. The active workings;
2. All pillared, worked out, and abandoned areas, except as provided in this section;
3. Entries and air courses with the quantity of airflow, direction of airflow indicated by arrows, and ventilation controls;
4. Contour lines of all elevations;
5. Dip of the coalbed;
6. Escapeways;
7. The locations that are known or should be known of:(i) adjacent mine workings within 1,000 feet (ii) mines above or below, and (iii) water pools above;
8. Either producing or abandoned oil and gas wells located within 500 feet of such mine and in any underground area of such mine; and
9. Such other information as the Chief may require.

Such map shall identify those areas of the mine that have been pillared, worked out, or abandoned, which are inaccessible, or cannot be entered safely.

C) Additional information required to be shown on underground coal mine maps shall include:

1. Mine name, company name, mine index number, and name of the person responsible for information on the map;
2. The scale and orientation of the map and symbols used on the map;
3. The property or boundary lines of the mine;
4. All known drill holes that penetrate the coalbed being mined;
5. All shaft, slope, drift, and tunnel openings and auger and strip mined areas of the coalbed being mined;

DM 05-08 2

1. The location of all surface mine ventilation fans; the location may be designated on the mine map by symbols;
2. The location of railroad tracks and public highways leading to the mine, and mine buildings of a permanent nature with identifying names shown;
3. The location and description of a least two permanent base line points coordinated with the underground and surface mine traverses, and the location and description of at least two permanent elevation bench marks used in connection with establishing or referencing mine elevation surveys;
4. The location and elevation of any body of water dammed or held back in any portion of the mine; provided, however, such bodies of water may be shown on overlays or tracings attached to the mine maps used to show contour lines as provided under subdivision 12 of this section; 10. The elevations of tops and bottoms of shafts and slopes, and the floor at the entrance to drift and tunnel openings; 11. The elevation of the floor at intervals of not more than 200 feet in (i) at least one entry of each working section and main and cross entries; (ii) the last line of open crosscuts of each working section, and main and cross entries before such sections and main and cross entries that are abandoned; and (iii) rooms advancing toward or adjacent to property or boundary lines or adjacent mines; and 12. Contour lines passing through whole number elevations of the coalbed being mined. The spacing of such lines shall not exceed 10-foot elevation levels, except that the Chief may approve a broader spacing of contour lines for steeply pitching coalbeds. Contour lines may be placed on overlays or tracings attached to mine maps.

D) Underground coal mine maps submitted to the Chief shall be on a scale of not less than 100 or more than 500 feet to the inch. Mapping of the underground mine works shall be completed by a closed loop survey method of traversing or other equally accurate methods of traversing. All closed loop surveys shall meet a minimum accuracy standard of one part in 5,000. Elevations shall be tied to either the United States Geological Survey or the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey benchmark system. A registered engineer or licensed land surveyor shall certify that the map of the mine workings is accurate.

E) Underground coal mine maps shall be kept up-to-date by temporary notations and revised and supplemented at intervals not to exceed six months based on a survey made or certified by a registered engineer or licensed land surveyor. Temporary notations shall include:

1. The location of each working face of each working place;
2. Pillars mined or other such second mining;
3. Permanent ventilation controls constructed or removed, such as seals, overcasts, undercasts, regulators, and permanent stoppings, and the direction of air currents indicated; and
4. Escapeways designated by means of symbols.

F) At underground coal mines, an accurate map of the mine showing clearly all avenues of ingress and egress in case of fire shall be posted in a place accessible to all miners.

DM 05-08 3 G) Surface mine operators shall maintain an accurate and up-to-date map of the mine. The map shall show:

1. Name and address of the mine;
2. The property or boundary lines of the active areas of the mine;
3. Contour lines passing through whole number elevations of the coalbed being mined. The spacing of such lines shall not exceed 25-foot elevation levels, except that the Chief may approve a broader spacing of contour lines for steeply pitching coalbeds. Contour lines may be placed on overlays or tracings attached to mine maps;
4. The general elevation of the coalbed or coalbeds being mined, and the general elevation of the surface;
5. Either producing or abandoned oil and gas wells and gas transmission lines located on the mine property;
6. The location and elevation of any body of water dammed or held back in any portion of the mine: provided, however, such bodies of water may be shown on overlays or tracings attached to the mine maps;
7. All prospect drill holes that penetrate the coalbed or coalbeds being mined on the mine property;
8. All auger and strip mined areas of the coalbed or coalbeds being mined on the mine property together with the line of maximum depth of holes drilled during auger mining operations;
9. All worked out and abandoned areas; 10. The location of railroad tracks and public highways leading to the mine, and mine buildings of a permanent nature with identifying names shown; 11. Underground mine workings underlying and within 1,000 feet of the active areas of the mine; 12. The location and description of at least two permanent baseline points, and the location and description of at least two permanent elevation bench marks used in connection with establishing or referencing mine elevation surveys; 13. The scale of the map; and 14. Such other information required by the Chief.

H) Surface surveys shall originate from at least two permanent survey monuments on the mine property located with a minimum accuracy standard of one part in 10,000. The monuments shall be clearly referenced on the mine map. Elevations shall be tied to either the United States Geological Survey or the United States Coast and Geodetic benchmark system.

I) The original map, or a true copy thereof, shall be left by the operator at the active mine, open at all reasonable times for the examinations and use of the mine inspector.

J) Such maps may be used by the DMME for the evaluation of the coal resources of the Commonwealth.

DM 05-08 4 K) The map shall be filed and preserved among the records of the Department and copies of such maps shall be made available at a reasonable cost.

L) Any person who has conducted mining operations or prepared mine maps and who has a map or surveying data of any worked out or abandoned underground coal mine shall on request make such map or data available to the Department to copy or reproduce such material.

DM 05-08 5

O. GENE DISHNER

DIVISIONS

DIRECTOR

ENERGY

GAS AND OIL

MINED LAND RECLAMATION

MINERAL MINING

MINERAL RESOURCES

MINES

ADMINISTRATION COMMONWEALTH OF VIRGINIA Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy Division of Mines P. O. Box 900 Big Stone Gap, VA 24219-0900 (276) 523-8100 Frank A. Linkous, Chief

MEMORANDUM DM 05-08
TO: All Virginia Surface Coal Mine Operators FROM: Frank A. Linkous Frank A. Linkous, Chief

Division of Mines SUBJECT: Surface Mine Maps

DATE: November 16, 2005

On February 10, 2005, the Governor signed into law House Bill 2573, which included significant changes to Section 45.1-161.64 of the Coal Mine Safety Laws of Virginia, pertaining to surface mine maps. Previously, surface mine operators only submitted surface mine maps to the Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy (DMME) when intersecting abandoned mine workings. This section of the law now requires all surface mine operators to submit a map “prior to commencing mining activity”; “at intervals not to exceed 12 months”; and “when a coal mine is abandoned”. The information these maps must contain is also described in detail in Section 45.1-161.64(G), a copy of which is attached for your review.

While similar to Federal regulations, these changes raise several questions:

1. When must surface mine maps be submitted?

Surface mine operators who have submitted mine maps within the past 12 months will be notified, as usual, by mail when their maps are due. If you have not submitted a surface mine map within the past 12 months, you will be notified by mail on the anniversary day of the mine license.

1. What defines an accurate, current mine map?

An accurate and up-to-date map of the mine is a map that meets all requirements of Section 45.1-161.64.G of the Coal Mine Safety Laws of Virginia. An itemized list of these requirements for surface mine maps has been included in Attachment A.

Pertinent aspects of these requirements are discussed in the questions and answers that follow. An accurate and up-to-date map of the mine meeting these same requirements must also be maintained at the mine site.

1. What are the property/boundary lines of active mine areas, and how much must be shown on the map?

Generally, for a surface mine, the boundary lines are the permit boundaries. Some mines have multiple permit boundaries or the permitted area is so large that much of the area may not be mined for several years. The revised law does not specifically state that all of the property or boundary lines must be shown on a map of the mine; rather, the law requires that the property or boundary lines of the “active areas” of the mine be shown. For maps submitted to the DMME or maintained at the mine, showing the property or boundary lines within 1,000 feet of the active workings or within 1,000 feet of the projected mining in the next 12 months will be sufficient.

1. How must contour lines of elevations be shown?

Paragraph 45.1-161.64.G.3 requires contour lines passing through whole number elevations of the coalbed being mined. It includes spacing requirements and the provision that contour lines may be placed on an overlay. Since most surface mine maps are submitted on topographical maps, showing the coalbed contour elevations on them may make them difficult to interpret and utilize. If the operator chooses to submit separate maps showing the underground mine workings they will be mining through (see question 5 below), coalbed contour lines may be placed on them. If there are no underground mine workings, and the only known coalbed elevations are the pit elevations, the operator may state in the cover letter or on the map that not enough information exists to develop coalbed contour lines. The operator also may elect to implement either of these options for the map maintained at the mine. Paragraph 45.1-161.64.G.4 requires showing a general elevation of the coalbeds being mined and the general elevation of the surface. If the surface mine map is a topographical map, then the surface elevation contours will suffice for the general elevation of the surface.

1. What bodies of water must be shown?

Paragraph 45.1-161.64.G.6 requires showing the location and elevation of “any body of water dammed or held back in any portion of the mine”. This paragraph allows the bodies of water to be shown on a separate overlay or tracing. Any pond or impoundment constructed on the site by the mine must be shown. Bodies of water impounded by any abandoned underground mines are excluded from this requirement.

However, if underground impoundments are known, operators are encouraged to show them in order to decrease the potential for an uncontrolled release of water in the event of an accidental hole through.

DM 05-08 2

1. What must be kept for daily notations?

Section 45.1-161.64.G does not specifically require temporary notations to be made for surface mines as does section 45.1-161.64.E for underground mines. This paragraph does require the map to show all auger and strip mined areas of the coalbeds being mined. Also, all worked out and abandoned areas must be shown. Surface mining activity such as development of coal pits, auger holes, or highwall miner holes must be noted on the map as they are completed. It is important, particularly when mining in red zones, for the surface mine foremen and workers to know where they are conducting ground disturbing activities in relationship to the many potentially hazardous contacts surrounding a surface mine such as public roads, residences, gas wells and pipelines, and power transmission lines.

1. How can we show all underground mine workings on the map?

As these maps are required to show underground mine workings “underlying” and “within 1,000 feet of the active areas of the mine”, it is likely that the maps will become quite busy and difficult to maintain as well as to comprehend. Therefore, surface mine operators, if they choose, may elect to submit a set of overlays and underlays of the underground mine workings to keep on file at DMME. The overlays must include maps of the underground workings within the planned mining horizon of the surface mine and below. These overlay or underlay maps will not have to be updated annually unless changes occur to the underground mine workings.

1. What other information does the Chief require?

This section of the law also allows the Chief to require other information to be shown on the surface mine map. Attached is the list of requirements that must be shown on the maps submitted to the DMME and maintained at the mine. Each notification letter will also include a copy of this list.

Currently, the Chief requires that all surface mine maps contain at least four points labeled with the state plane coordinate system (NAD27). Of course, if the coordinate system on the map is already the NAD 27 state plane coordinate system, this requirement is met. Section 45.1-161.64.A requires that all maps, beginning July 1, 2007, to be presented on the Virginia Coordinate System of 1927, South Zone, unless otherwise approved by the Chief.

All surface mines are now required to have a ground control plan approved by the Chief. These ground control plans must include a map of “red zones” which depict work areas that represent a potential hazard to the public. The Chief now requires all surface mine maps to show the approved red zone areas on the map.

DM 05-08 3

1. How frequently must the surface map be updated?

Section 45.1-161.64 does not specifically state when or how often that mine maps must be updated at the mine site. However, the DMME requires that, in each mine’s approved ground control plan, there will be a statement that the map of the mine will be updated every six months and that the map will be certified by registered professional engineer or certified land surveyor. Failure to do so will constitute a violation of the approved ground control plan.

Q: Must a surface mine submit a final map?

Yes, Section 45.1-161.64.A pertains to all mines. All mines must submit a map prior to commencing mining activity, at intervals not to exceed every 12 months, and when it is abandoned.

Q: Must highwall miners or augers submit maps?

Yes, Section 45.1-161.64.A again pertains to all mines. Mine operators may choose to submit the highwall miner or auger on the same map as the surface mine.

Maps maintained at the mine site should, in most cases, contain the same information as a map submitted to the DMME. The format of the information can take the same format as that of the submitted map, e.g., underground mine workings in the mining horizon can be shown on separate overlays kept on file at the mine site.

We hope the answers to these questions will prove helpful in developing your surface mine maps for submittal to the DMME and to be maintained at the mine site. If you have further questions or need additional explanation, please contact Mike Willis, DM Mine Safety Engineer, at 276-523-8231 or email mike.willis@dmme.virginia.gov, or any of the specialists at our Big Stone Gap office (276-523-8229) or our Keen Mountain office (276-468-4553). dm

Enclosure DM 05-08 4 Attachment A

Mapping Requirements for Surface Coal Mines

Section 45.1-161.64 of the Coal Mine Safety Laws of Virginia requires mine maps to be submitted prior to commencing mining activity, at intervals not to exceed twelve (12) months, and when a mine is abandoned. Annual maps must be up-to-date and certified by a registered engineer or registered surveyor. If there have been no changes since the last submittal, maps are not required, however, written notification that no changes have occurred should be forwarded to the Department of Mines, Minerals and Energy.

Annual surface mine maps must include the following: Scale between 100 ft. and 500 ft. to 1 inch with the scale noted on the map.

Posted date.

Mine name, company name, Mine Index #, and DMLR Surface Mining Permit #.

Legend and symbols used.

Property lines, permit lines, and outcrop within 1,000 feet of active mine areas.

All auger and strip-mined areas of the coalbeds being mined.

Active and worked out areas of the mine.

Mining projections, including sequence, for at least 12 months.

Location of gas wells, lines, ventilation holes, and drill holes within permit boundary and 500 feet of the mine.

Elevations of the coalbeds mined.

Location of underground mine workings or from auger, thin seam, or highwall mining within 1,000 feet of active areas.

Location of dammed or held-back water bodies in the mine.

Location of railroads, highways, access roads to the mine, and permanent buildings.

Location and description of at least two permanent baseline points and two elevation benchmarks.

The Chief may require additional info on surface mine maps.

Four points labeled with Virginia Coordinate System of 1927, South Zone, to encompass all mine workings (or use of this system).

Location of “Red Zone” work areas per approved ground control plan.

Attachment B

45.1-161.64 Code of Virginia.

A) Prior to commencing mining activity, the operator of a coal mine, or his agent, shall make, or cause to be made, unless already made and filed, an accurate map of such mine. Beginning July 1, 2007, all maps shall be presented on the Virginia Coordinate System of 1927, South Zone, unless otherwise approved by the Chief. At intervals not to exceed twelve 12 months and when a coal mine is abandoned, the operator shall submit to the Chief three copies of an up-to-date map of the entire mine in paper format or one copy of the map in an electronic format. On and after July 1, 2007, only maps in an electronic format will be accepted unless otherwise approved by the Chief. If there are no changes in the information required to be submitted under this section at the time an updated map is due, the operator may submit a notice that there are no changes to the map in lieu of submitting an updated map to the Department.

B) Underground coal mine maps shall show:

1. The active workings;
2. All pillared, worked out, and abandoned areas, unless specified;
3. Entries, air courses with airflow quantity, direction arrows, and ventilation controls;
4. Contour lines of all elevations;
5. Coalbed dip;
6. Escapeways;
7. Known or should-be-known locations: (i) adjacent mine workings within 1,000 ft, (ii) mines above/below, (iii) water pools above;
8. Producing or abandoned oil/gas wells within 500 ft of the mine or underground areas;
9. Other info the Chief may require.

The map shall identify pillared, worked out, abandoned, inaccessible, or unsafe-to-enter areas.